Wikipedia enwiki https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Main_Page MediaWiki 1.39.0-wmf.19 first-letter Media Special Talk User User talk Wikipedia Wikipedia talk File File talk MediaWiki MediaWiki talk Template Template talk Help Help talk Category Category talk Portal Portal talk Draft Draft talk TimedText TimedText talk Module Module talk Gadget Gadget talk Gadget definition Gadget definition talk 0 238190 1087015165 1087015058 2022-05-09T20:00:55Z Fragrant Peony 42594669 Reverting edit(s) by [[Special:Contributions/109.249.181.126|109.249.181.126]] ([[User_talk:109.249.181.126|talk]]) to rev. 1085722202 by Carpathianflorist: non-constructive [[w:en:WP:RW|(RW 16.1)]] wikitext text/x-wiki {{Short description|Relationship among tones of the chromatic scale}} [[Image:Circle of fifths deluxe 4.svg|thumb|right|400px|Circle of fifths showing major and minor keys]] [[Image:Diletsky circle.jpg|thumb|right|[[Nikolay Diletsky]]'s circle of fifths in ''Idea grammatiki musikiyskoy'' (Moscow, 1679)]] In [[music theory]], the '''circle of fifths''' is a way of organizing the 12 [[chromatic scale|chromatic]] [[Pitch (music)|pitches]] as a sequence of [[perfect fifth]]s. If C is chosen as a starting point, the sequence is: C, G, D, A, E, B (=C{{music|flat}}), F{{music|sharp}} (=G{{music|flat}}), C{{music|sharp}} (=D{{music|flat}}), A{{music|flat}}, E{{music|flat}}, B{{music|flat}}, F. Continuing the pattern from F returns the sequence to its starting point of C. This order places the most closely related [[key signature]]s adjacent to one another. It is usually illustrated in the form of a circle. == Definition == The circle of fifths organizes pitches in a sequence of [[perfect fifth]]s, generally shown as a circle with the pitches (and their corresponding keys) in a clockwise progression. [[Musician]]s and [[composer]]s often use the circle of fifths to describe the musical relationships between pitches. Its design is helpful in [[Musical composition|composing]] and [[Harmony|harmonizing]] [[melodies]], building [[chord (music)|chords]], and modulating to different [[key (music)|keys]] within a composition.<ref>Michael Pilhofer and Holly Day (23 Feb 2009). [http://www.dummies.com/how-to/content/the-circle-of-fifths-a-brief-history.html "The Circle of Fifths: A Brief History"], www.dummies.com.</ref> Using the system of [[just intonation]], a perfect fifth consists of two pitches with a frequency ratio of 3:2, but generating a twelve perfect fifths in this way does not result in a return to the [[pitch class]] of the starting note. To adjust for this, instruments are generally tuned with the [[equal temperament]] system. Twelve equal-temperament fifths lead to a note exactly seven [[octave]]s above the initial tone—this results in a perfect fifth that is equivalent to seven equal-temperament [[semitone]]s. The top of the circle shows the [[Key (music)|key]] of C Major, with no [[Sharp (music)|sharps]] or [[Flat (music)|flats]]. Proceeding clockwise, the pitches ascend by [[Perfect fifth|fifths]]. The key signatures associated with those pitches also change: the key of G has one sharp, the key of D has 2 sharps, and so on. Similarly, proceeding counterclockwise from the top of the circle, the notes change by descending fifths and the key signatures change accordingly: the key of F has one flat, the key of B{{music|flat}} has 2 flats, and so on. Some keys (at the bottom of the circle) can be notated [[Enharmonic|either in sharps or in flats]]. Starting at any pitch and ascending by a fifth generates all twelve tones before returning to the beginning pitch class (a pitch class consists of all of the notes indicated by a given letter regardless of octave—all "C"s, for example, belong to the same pitch class). Moving counterclockwise, the pitches descend by a fifth, but ascending by a [[perfect fourth]] will lead to the same note an octave higher (therefore in the same pitch class). Moving counter-clockwise from C could be thought of as descending by a fifth to F, or ascending by a fourth to F. {{col-begin}} {{col-break}} {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \relative c' { \key c \major \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 1 = 60 \time 12/1 c1 g' d a' e b' fis cis gis' dis ais' f | c! \bar "|." } } \layout { \context {\Score \omit BarNumber} line-width = #100 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Circle of fifths clockwise within one octave}} {{col-break}} {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \relative c' { \key c \major \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 1 = 60 \time 12/1 c1 f bes ees, aes des, ges b e, a d, g | c, \bar "|." } } \layout { \context {\Score \omit BarNumber} line-width = #100 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Circle of fifths counterclockwise within one octave}} {{col-end}} ==Structure and use== ===Diatonic key signatures=== Each of the twelve pitches can serve as the tonic of a major or [[Relative key|minor]] key, and each of these keys will have a [[diatonic scale]] associated with it. The circle diagram shows the number of sharps or flats in each [[key signature]], with the major key indicated by a capital letter and the minor key indicated by a lower-case letter. Major and minor keys that have the same key signature are referred to as ''relative major'' and ''relative minor'' of one another. ===Modulation and chord progression=== [[Tonality|Tonal music]] often [[modulation (music)|modulates]] to a new tonal center whose key signature differs from the original by only one flat or sharp. These closely-related keys are a fifth apart from each other and are therefore adjacent in the circle of fifths. [[Chord progression]]s also often move between chords whose roots are related by perfect fifth, making the circle of fifths useful in illustrating the "harmonic distance" between chords. The circle of fifths is used to organize and describe the [[diatonic function|harmonic function]] of [[chord (music)|chords]]. Chords can progress in a pattern of ascending perfect fourths (alternately viewed as descending perfect fifths) in "functional succession". This can be shown "...by the circle of fifths (in which, therefore, [[scale degree]] II is closer to the [[Dominant (music)|dominant]] than scale degree IV)".{{sfn|Nattiez|1990|p=225}} In this view the tonic is considered the end point of a [[chord progression]] derived from the circle of fifths. [[File:Ii-V-I turnaround in C.png|thumb|right|[[ii–V–I progression]], in C, illustrating the similarity between them[[File:Ii-V-I turnaround in C.mid|thumb|Subdominant, supertonic seventh, and supertonic chords]]]] According to [[Richard Franko Goldman]]'s ''Harmony in Western Music'', "the IV chord is, in the simplest mechanisms of diatonic relationships, at the greatest distance from I. In terms of the [descending] circle of fifths, it leads away from I, rather than toward it."{{sfn|Goldman|1965|p=68}} He states that the progression I–ii–V–I (an [[authentic cadence]]) would feel more final or [[resolution (music)|resolved]] than I–IV–I (a [[plagal cadence]]). Goldman{{sfn|Goldman|1965|loc=chapter 3}} concurs with Nattiez, who argues that "the chord on the fourth degree appears long before the chord on II, and the subsequent final I, in the progression I–IV–vii^o–iii–vi–ii–V–I", and is farther from the tonic there as well.{{sfn|Nattiez|1990|p=226}} (In this and related articles, upper-case Roman numerals indicate major triads while lower-case Roman numerals indicate minor triads.) ===Circle closure in non-equal tuning systems=== Using the exact 3:2 ratio of frequencies to define a perfect fifth ([[just intonation]]) does not quite result in a return to the [[pitch class]] of the starting note after going around the circle of fifths. [[Equal temperament]] tuning produces fifths that return to a tone exactly seven [[octave]]s above the initial tone and makes the frequency ratio of each half step the same. An equal-tempered fifth has a frequency ratio of 2^7/12:1 (or about 1.498307077:1), approximately two cents narrower than a justly tuned fifth at a ratio of 3:2. Ascending by justly tuned fifths fails to close the circle by an excess of approximately 23.46 [[Cent (music)|cents]], roughly a quarter of a [[semitone]], an interval known as the [[Pythagorean comma]]. In Pythagorean tuning, this problem is solved by markedly shortening the [[interval (music)|width]] of one of the twelve fifths, which makes it severely [[consonance and dissonance|dissonant]]. This anomalous fifth is called the [[wolf fifth]] – a humorous reference to a wolf howling an off-pitch note. The [[quarter-comma meantone]] tuning system uses eleven fifths slightly narrower than the equally tempered fifth, and requires a much wider and even more dissonant wolf fifth to close the circle. More complex tuning systems based on just intonation, such as [[5-limit tuning]], use at most eight justly tuned fifths and at least three non-just fifths (some slightly narrower, and some slightly wider than the just fifth) to close the circle. Other tuning systems use up to [[53 equal temperament|53&nbsp;tones]] (the original 12&nbsp;tones and 42&nbsp;more between them) in order to close the circle of fifths. ==History== [[Image:Heinichen musicalischer circul.png|thumb|[[Johann David Heinichen|Heinichen]]'s musical circle (German: ''Musicalischer Circul'') (1711)]] Some sources imply that [[Pythagoras]] invented the circle of fifths in the sixth century B.C. but there is no proof of this.<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://jadebultitude.com/the-circle-of-fifths-complete-guide/#:~:text=From%20what%20we%20can%20see,known%20as%20the%20Pythagorean%20circle.|title = The Circle of Fifths Complete Guide!|date = 17 January 2021}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/circle-fifths-made-clear-mark-newman|title = The Circle of Fifths made clear}}</ref><ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.dummies.com/article/academics-the-arts/music/music-theory/the-circle-of-fifths-a-brief-history-201561|title = Dummies - Learning Made Easy}}</ref> Pythagoras was primarily concerned with the theoretical science of harmonics and is credited with having devised a system of tuning based upon the interval of a fifth, but did not tune more than eight notes, and left no written records of his work.<ref>{{citation|last1=Fraser |first1=Peter A. |title=The Development of Musical Tuning Systems |date=2001 |pages=9, 13 |url=http://www.midicode.com/tunings/Tuning10102004.pdf |archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20130701202500/http://www.midicode.com/tunings/Tuning10102004.pdf |access-date=24 May 2020|archive-date=1 July 2013}}</ref> In the late 1670s Ukrainian composer and theorist [[Nikolay Diletsky]] wrote a treatise on composition entitled ''Grammatika'', "the first of its kind, aimed at teaching a Russian audience how to write Western-style polyphonic compositions." It taught how to write ''kontserty'', [[polyphonic]] [[a cappella]] works usually based on [[liturgical]] texts and created by putting together musical sections with contrasting rhythm, meter, melodic material and vocal groupings. Diletsky intended his treatise to be a guide to composition using rules of [[music theory]]. The first circle of fifths appears in the Grammatika and it was used for students as a composition tool.<ref name="Jensen">{{harvnb|Jensen|1992|pp=306–307}}.</ref> ==Use== In musical pieces from the [[Baroque music]] era and the [[Classical era of music]] and in Western [[popular music]], [[traditional music]] and [[folk music]], when pieces or songs modulate to a new key, these modulations are often associated with the circle of fifths. In practice, compositions rarely make use of the entire circle of fifths. More commonly, composers make use of "the compositional idea of the 'cycle' of 5ths, when music moves consistently through a smaller or larger segment of the tonal structural resources which the circle abstractly represents."<ref>[[Arnold Whittall|Whittall, A.]] (2002, p. 259) "Circle of Fifths", article in Latham, E. (ed.) ''The Oxford Companion to Music''. Oxford University Press.</ref> The usual practice is to derive the circle of fifths progression from the seven tones of the diatonic scale, rather from the full range of twelve tones present in the chromatic scale. In this diatonic version of the circle, one of the fifths is not a true fifth: it is a tritone (or a diminished fifth), e.g. between F and B in the "natural" diatonic scale (i.e. without sharps or flats). Here is how the circle of fifths derives, through [[permutation]] from the diatonic major scale: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \time 8/4 c b a g f e d c \bar "||" c' f, b e, a d, g c, \bar "||" } } \layout { \context { \Score \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1/16) } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Diatonic scale and the circle of fifths derived from it – major}} And from the (natural) minor scale: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \time 8/4 a g f e d c b a \bar "||" a' d, g c, f b, e a, \bar "||" } } \layout { \context { \Score \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1/16) } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Diatonic scale and the circle of fifths derived from it – minor}} The following is the basic sequence of chords that can be built over the major bass-line: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \new PianoStaff << \new ChordNames \chordmode { c f b,:dim e:m a,:m d:m g, c } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef treble \time 8/4 <g' c e> <a c f> <f b d> <g b e> <e a c> <f a d> <d g b> <e g c> \bar "||" } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \time 8/4 c f, b e, a d, g c, } >> } \layout { \context { \Score \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1/128) } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Circle of fifths chord progression – major}} And over the minor: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \new PianoStaff << \new ChordNames \chordmode { a,:m d:m g, c f, b,:dim e, a,:m } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef treble \time 8/4 <e a c> <f a d> <d g b> <e g c> <c f a> <d f b> <b e gis> <c e a> \bar "||" } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \time 8/4 a d, g c, f b, e a, } >> } \layout { \context { \Score \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1/128) } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Circle of fifths chord progression – minor}} Adding sevenths to the chords creates a greater sense of forward momentum to the harmony: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \override Score.TimeSignature #'stencil = ##f \new PianoStaff << \new ChordNames \chordmode { a,:m d:m7 g,:7 c:maj7 f,:maj7 b,:m7.5- e,:7 a,:m } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef treble \time 8/4 <e a c> <f a c> <d f b> <e g b> <c e a> <d f a> <b d gis> <c e a> \bar "||" } \new Staff \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \time 8/4 a d, g c, f b, e a, } >> } \layout { \context { \Score \override SpacingSpanner.base-shortest-duration = #(ly:make-moment 1/128) } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Circle of fifths chord progression – minor with added sevenths}} ===Baroque era=== According to [[Richard Taruskin]], [[Arcangelo Corelli]] was the most influential composer to establish the pattern as a standard harmonic [[Trope (literature)|"trope"]]: "It was precisely in Corelli's time, the late seventeenth century, that the circle of fifths was being 'theorized' as the main propellor of harmonic motion, and it was Corelli more than any one composer who put that new idea into telling practice."{{sfn|Taruskin|2010|p=184}} The circle of fifths progression occurs frequently in the music of [[J. S. Bach]]. In the following, from [[Jauchzet Gott in allen Landen, BWV 51|''Jauchzet Gott in allen Landen'', BWV 51]], even when the solo bass line implies rather than states the chords involved: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \new Staff \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"cello" \key c \major \clef bass \time 12/8 r r8 << {a( b c) | d,( e f) g( a b) | c,( d e) f( g a) | b,( c d) e( d) e | a, c e} \new Staff = "chords" \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" \magnifyStaff #2/3 firstClef = ##f } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"cello" \key c \major \clef bass {\hide Stem a8 s s d, s s g s s c, s s f s s b, s s e s s a, s s}} \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-1.5 Am \markup{\concat{Dm\super{7}}} \markup{\concat{G\super{7}}} \markup{\concat{C\super{maj7}}} \markup{\concat{F\super{maj7}}} \markup{\concat{B\super{7(♭5)}}} \markup{\concat{E\super{7}}} Am } >> s1 s8 } } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Bach from Cantata 51}} [[Handel]] uses a circle of fifths progression as the basis for the [[Passacaglia]] movement from his Harpsichord suite No. 6 in G minor. {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { \new PianoStaff << \new Staff = "chords" \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harpsichord" \key g \minor \clef treble \mark \markup { \abs-fontsize #10 { \bold { Passacaille } } } <bes' d>8. <c ees>16 <a c>8. <bes d>16 <c ees>8. <c ees>16 <bes d>8. <c ees>16 | <a c>8. <a f'>16 <g ees'>8. <a f'>16 <bes d>8. <bes d>16 <a c>8. <bes d>16 | <g bes>8. <a c>16 <fis a>8. <g bes>16 <a c>8. <a c>16 <g bes>8. <a c>16 | <fis a>8. <fis d'>16 <e c'>8. <fis d'>16 bes8 a g4 \bar "||" } \new Voice \relative c' { s1 s s s2 \stemDown g'2 } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"harpsichord" \key g \minor \clef bass <g bes d>2 <ees g c> <f a c> <bes, d f bes> <ees g bes> <c ees a> d4 d, g2 } \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-1.5 Gm Cm F B♭ E♭ \markup{\concat{Am\super{(♭5)}}} D _ Gm } >> >> } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=Handel Passacaille from Suite in G minor bars 1–4}} [[Baroque music|Baroque]] composers learnt to enhance the "propulsive force" of the harmony engendered by the circle of fifths "by adding sevenths to most of the constituent chords." "These sevenths, being dissonances, create the need for resolution, thus turning each progression of the circle into a simultaneous reliever and re-stimulator of harmonic tension... Hence harnessed for expressive purposes."{{sfn|Taruskin|2010|p=188}} Striking passages that illustrate the use of sevenths occur in the aria "Pena tiranna" in [[Handel]]'s 1715 opera ''[[Amadigi di Gaula]]'': {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> {<< \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 instrumentName = "Bassoon" } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"bassoon" \key f \major \clef tenor \time 3/4 \mark \markup { \abs-fontsize #10 { \bold { Largo } } } f2. ~ | f | e ~ | e | \break d ~ | d | cis8 a d4 \clef bass d, | a a'8 g f e } \new ChoirStaff << \new Staff = "chords" \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 instrumentName = "Violins" } << \new Voice \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"violin" \key f \major \clef treble <d' f a>4 <d, f a>4. r16 <d' f a> | <d f bes>8.-. <d, f bes>16 <d f bes>4. r 16 <d f bes> | <c e bes'>8.-. <g bes>16 <g bes>4. r16 <e'' g bes> | <e f a>4 <e, f a>4. r16 <c f a> | <d f a>8.-. a16 a4. r16 <d' f a> | <d e g>4 <d, e g>4. r16 <g e' g> | \stemUp <e' g>8.-. <f a>16 <d f>4. <cis e>8 | <cis e>4 <cis e> r } \new Voice \relative c' { s2. s s s s s | \stemDown cis'4 a4. a8 | a4 a s } >> \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 instrumentName = "Violas"} \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"viola" \key f \major \clef alto a'4 a,4. r16 a' | g8.-. g,16 g4. r16 g | g8.-. e16 e4. r16 c'' | c4 c,4. r16 c | bes8.-. f16 f4. r16 bes' | bes4 bes,4. r16 e | e4 f e | e e r } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 instrumentName = "Bassi"} \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"cello" \key f \major \clef bass d4 d,4. r16 d | g4-. g, r | c-. c,4. r16 c' | f4 f, r8 f' | bes4 bes, r | e e, r | a' d, d, | a' a r } \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-1.5 Dm _ _ \markup{\concat{Gm\super{7}}} _ \markup{\concat{C\super{7}}} _ _ \markup{\concat{F\super{maj7}}} _ _ \markup{\concat{B♭\super{maj7}}} _ \markup{\concat{Em\super{7(♭5)}}} _ \markup{\concat{A\super{7}}} Dm _ A } >> >> } \layout { indent = 1.0\cm line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=|Handel, aria "Pena tiranna" from ''Amadigi'', orchestral introduction}} – and in Bach's [[Weimar concerto transcriptions (Bach)|keyboard arrangement]] of [[Alessandro Marcello]]'s [[Oboe Concerto (Marcello)|Concerto for Oboe and Strings]]. {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { << \new PianoStaff << \new Staff = "chords" \with{ \magnifyStaff #2/3 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key f \major \clef treble \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 4 = 40 \time 3/4 \mark \markup { \abs-fontsize #10 { \bold { Adagio } } } d8 d d d d d | e e e e e e | g g g g g g | \stemUp d'( f) \stemNeutral f( a) a( c16 bes) | bes2 \mordent r4 | \break c,8( e16 d) e8( g16 f) g8( bes16 a) | a2 \mordent r4 | bes,16( c32 a bes16 d32 cis) d16( e32 cis d16 f32 e) f16( g32 e f16 a32 g) | \break g2 \mordent r4 | a,32( gis a b a b cis b) cis( d cis d e d e f e f g! f g f g e) | f4 \mordent s4 } \new Voice \relative c' { s2. | s | \stemDown e8 e e e e e | f8 } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #2/3 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key f \major \clef bass \time 3/4 R2. | d8 d d d d d | \stemUp cis cis cis cis cis cis | d <d f>[ <d f> <d f> <d f> <d f>] | <d f> <d f> <d f> <d f> <d f> <d f> | e e e e e e | <c e> <c e> <c e> <c e> <c e> <c e> | d d d d d d | <bes d> <bes d> <bes d> <bes d> <bes d> <bes d> | cis cis cis cis cis cis | d[ d] s4 } \new Voice \relative c' { \clef bass s2. | s | \stemDown a8 a a a a a | d, r r4 r | g8 g g g g g | c8 c c c c c | f, f f f f f | bes bes bes bes bes bes | e, e e e e e | a a a a a a | d,[ d] s4 } \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-1.5 _ _ _ _ _ _ Dm \markup{\concat{Gm\super{7}}} _ _ _ _ _ C _ _ _ _ _ \markup{\concat{F\super{maj7}}} _ _ _ _ _ B♭ _ _ _ _ _ \markup{\concat{Em\super{7(♭5)}}} _ _ _ _ _ \markup{\concat{A\super{7}}} _ _ _ _ _ Dm } >> >> >> \new Staff \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" \magnifyStaff #2/3 firstClef = ##f } \relative c' { \hide Staff.KeySignature \key f \major \clef bass {\stopStaff s2. s s \startStaff \hide Stem d8 s s s s s g, s s s s s c s s s s s f, s s s s s bes s s s s s e, s s s s s a s s s s s d,}} >> } \layout { line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=|Bach adagio BWV 974 (after Marcello)}} ===Nineteenth century=== During the nineteenth century, composers made use of the circle of fifths to enhance the expressive character of their music. [[Franz Schubert]]'s poignant Impromptu in E flat major, D 899, contains such a passage: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { << \new PianoStaff << \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #2/3 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key ees \major \clef treble \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 4 = 120 \time 3/4 \mark \markup { \abs-fontsize #10 { \bold { Allegro } } } \times 2/3 {ges'8_\markup{\dynamic pp} bes aes} \times 2/3 {ges f ees} \times 2/3 {des ces bes} | \times 2/3 {ces ees aes} \stemDown \times 2/3 {ces ees, aes} \times 2/3 {ges ees ges} | \stemNeutral \times 2/3 {f ces' bes} \times 2/3 {aes ges f} \times 2/3 {ees des ces} | \times 2/3 {bes des ges} \stemDown \times 2/3 {bes des, ges} \times 2/3 {f des f} | \stemNeutral \times 2/3 {ees bes' aes} \times 2/3 {ges f ees} \times 2/3 {des ces bes} | \times 2/3 {aes ces f} \stemDown \times 2/3 {aes ces, f} \times 2/3 {ees ces ees} | \stemNeutral \times 2/3 {d aes' ges} \times 2/3 {f ees d} \times 2/3 {ces bes aes} | \times 2/3 {ges bes ees} \stemDown \times 2/3 {ges bes, ees} \times 2/3 {des bes des} | } \new Voice \relative c' { \stemUp s2. | s4 ces'2 | s2. | s4 bes2 | s2. | s4 aes2 | s2. | s4 ges2 | } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #2/3 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key ees \major \clef bass \time 3/4 \stemUp \slurUp ees,,4( ees'2) | aes,4( aes'2) | des,,4( des'2) | ges,4( ges'2) ces,,4( ces'2) | f,4( f'2) | bes,,4( bes'2) | ees,4( ees'2) } \new Voice \relative c' { \stemDown ees,,2. | aes2. | des,2. | ges2. ces,2. | f2. | bes,2. | ees2. } >> >> >> \new Staff = "chords" \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" \magnifyStaff #2/3 } \relative c' { \hide Staff.KeySignature \key ees \major \clef bass \hide Staff.Clef {\stopStaff s4 \startStaff \hide Stem ees,8 s s s s s aes s s s s s des, s s s s s ges s s s \stopStaff s s \startStaff ces, s s s s s f s s s s s bes, s s s s s ees}} \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing = #'((basic-distance . 3)) } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-2 E♭m \markup{\concat{A♭m\super{7}}} \markup{\concat{D♭\super{7}}} \markup{\concat{G♭\super{maj7}}} \markup{\concat{C♭\super{maj7}}} \markup{\concat{Fm\super{7(♭5)}}} \markup{\concat{B♭\super{7}}} E♭m } >> } \layout { line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=}} – as does the [[Intermezzo]] movement from [[Mendelssohn]]'s [[String Quartet No. 2 (Mendelssohn)|String Quartet No.2]]: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { << \new ChoirStaff << \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"violin" \p \key c \major \clef treble \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 4 = 60 \time 2/4 \mark \markup { \abs-fontsize #10 { \bold { Allegretto con moto} } } \repeat volta 2 { e'4( f8. e32 d | c8) d-. e4 | a, d8.( c32 b | a8) b-. e,4 | e'( f8. e32 d | c8) d-. e4 | a, d8.( c32 b | e8) e, a, r } } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pizzicato strings" \key c \major \clef treble \time 2/4 <e c'>8_"pizz." r <f d'> r | <g, f' b> r <g e' c'> r | <c f a> r <d a'> r | e f b, r | <c e a> r <d a'> r | <g, f' b> r <g e' c'> r | <c f a> r <d a'> r | e gis a r | } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pizzicato strings" \key c \major \clef alto \time 2/4 <c e a>8_"pizz." r <d f a> r | <g, g'> r <g g'> r | <a f'> r <a f'> r | c d gis, r | <a e' c'> r <a f' d'> r | <g d' b'> r <g e' c'> r | <a f' a> r <a f'> r | c d c r | } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"pizzicato strings" \key c \major \clef bass \time 2/4 a8_"pizz." r d, r | g r c, r | f r d r | e e e, r | a' r d, r | g r c, r | f r d r | e, e' a, r | } >> \new Staff = "chords" \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \hide Staff.KeySignature \key c \major \clef bass { \hide Stem a8 s d, s g s c, s f s }} \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing = #'((basic-distance . 3)) } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-2 Am Dm \markup{\concat{G\super{7}}} C F } >> } \layout { line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=}} Robert Schumann's evocative "Child falling asleep" from his ''[[Kinderszenen]]'' springs a surprise at the end of the progression: the piece ends on an A minor chord, instead of the expected [[Tonic (music)|tonic]] E minor. {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> { << \new Dynamics { s2 s s4 s \tempo 8 = 87 s-"rit." \tempo 8 = 82 s \tempo 8 = 77 s \tempo 8 = 72 s } \new PianoStaff << \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key e \minor \clef treble \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 8 = 92 \time 2/4 \stemUp \slurUp \tieUp r4 b'8( fis'16 b, | b g'8.) b,8( fis'16 b, | b b'8.) c,8( b'16 c, | c a'8.^\startTextSpan) b,8( a'16 b, | b g'8.) a,8( g'16 a, | a fis'8.) e4 ~ \stopTextSpan e2 \fermata ~ e4 r \bar "|." } \new Voice \relative c' { \stemDown \tieDown s4 b'4 b b b c c b b a a a ~ a2 ~ a4 s4 } \new Dynamics { \p } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \key e \minor \clef bass \time 2/4 \stemUp \slurUp \tieUp g8( c16 b b fis'8.) | b,8( c16 b b fis'8.) | b,8( c16 b c b'8.) | c,8( d16 c b a'8.) | b,8( c16 b a g'8.) | a,8( b16 a ~ <a c e>4 ~ <a c e>2 \fermata ~ <a c e>4) r | } \new Voice \relative c' { \stemDown \tieDown e,4 <dis fis> | <e g> <dis fis> | <e g> a | <d, fis> g | <c, e> fis | <b, dis> e4 ~ e2 ~ <a, e'>4 s } \new Dynamics { s2 s s s\> s s s s \! } >> >> >> \new Staff = "chords" \with { \remove "Time_signature_engraver" \magnifyStaff #2/3 } \relative c' { \hide Staff.KeySignature \hide Staff.Clef \key e \minor \clef bass { \hide Stem \stopStaff \once \hide \p s2 s \startStaff e,8 s a s d, s g s c, s fis s b, s e s \stopStaff}} \addlyrics \with { alignAboveContext = "chords" \override VerticalAxisGroup.nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing = #'((basic-distance . 3)) } { \override LyricText.font-size = #-3 Em \markup{\concat{Am\super{9}}} \markup{\concat{D\super{7}}} \markup{\concat{G\super{maj9}}} \markup{\concat{C\super{maj7}}} \markup{\concat{F♯m\super{7♭5}}} \markup{\concat{B\super{7}}} Am} >> } \layout { line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=}} In [[Wagner]]'s opera, ''[[Götterdämmerung]]'', a cycle of fifths progression occurs in the music which transitions from the end of the prologue into the first scene of Act 1, set in the imposing hall of the wealthy Gibichungs. "Status and reputation are written all over the motifs assigned to Gunther",<ref>[[Roger Scruton|Scruton, R.]] (2016, p. 121) ''The Ring of Truth: The Wisdom of Wagner's Ring of the Nibelung''. London, Allen Lane.</ref> chief of the Gibichung clan: {{Image frame|content=<score sound="1"> {<< \new ChoirStaff << \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef treble \set Score.tempoHideNote = ##t \tempo 4 = 60 \time 3/4 \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trumpet" \transposition f'^"in F" \p \grace {s16 s} ees2( d4) | ees2( d4) | cis2. ~ cis4 r r | R2. | R | R | R | R | R } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } << \new Voice \relative c' { \override Hairpin.minimum-length = #3 \key c \major \clef treble \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trumpet" \transposition e'^"in E" \p \grace {s16 s} \hide \pp <g bes>2( <bes g>4) | <g bes>2( <bes g>4) | <bes d>4.( <g bes>8 <a c>4 | <bes d>2.) |<bes d>4.( <g bes>8 <a c>4 ) | <bes d>2 ees4-! | c2._"(marc.)" | s2. | R | R } \new Voice \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \stemDown \hide \p \grace {s16 s} s2. | s | s | s | s | s2 ees4-! | c2. | d4-! bes2 | R2. | R2. \bar "|." } >> >> \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef treble \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \transposition e^"in E" \p \grace {s16 s} \hide \pp g'2. ~ g ~ g ~ g | g ~ g2 bes4-! | g2._"(marc.)" | d'4-! bes2 | c2_"dim." r4 | \pp d2 r4 } \new ChoirStaff << \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef tenor \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \p \grace {s16 s} aes2( g4) | aes2( g4) | fis2. ~ fis | fis ~ fis2 b4-! | g2._"(marc.)" | cis4-! b2 | b2_"dim." r4 | \pp ais2 r4 } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \p \grace {s16 s} \hide \pp <b, d>2. | <b d> | <b d> ~ <b d> | <b d> ~ <b d>2 <b g'>4-! | <e g>2._"(marc.)" | <fis a>4-! <d fis>2 | <e g>_"dim." r4 | \pp <cis fis>2 r4 } >> \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"trombone" \p \grace {s16 s} \hide \pp f,,!2( g4) | f!2( g4) | gis2. ~ gis | g! ~ g2 e4 ~ e a8._"(marc.)"[ g16 fis8. e16] | d2 g4( | cis,2_"dim.") r4 | \pp fis2 r4 } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"timpani" \p \grace {b,16 b} b4 r r | \grace {b16 b} b4 r r | \grace {b16 b} b4 r r | r b b | \grace {b16 b} b4 r r | r b f' | b, r r | R2. | R | R } \new Staff \with{ \magnifyStaff #3/4 } \relative c' { \key c \major \clef bass \set Staff.midiInstrument = #"tuba" \p \grace {s16 s} R2. | R | R | R | R | r4 r e,, ~ e a8._"(marc.)"[ g16 fis8. e16] | d2 g4( cis,2_"dim." ) r4 | \pp fis2 r4 } >> } \layout { line-width = #150 } </score>|width=|align=center|caption=}} ===Jazz and popular music=== The enduring popularity of the circle of fifths as both a form-building device and as an expressive musical trope is evident in the number of "[[Standard (music)|standard]]" popular songs composed during the twentieth century. It is also favored as a vehicle for improvisation by jazz musicians. * [[Bart Howard]], "[[Fly Me to the Moon]]" {{blockquote|The song opens with a pattern of descending phrases – in essence, the hook of the song – presented with a soothing predictability, almost as if the future direction of the melody is dictated by the opening five notes. The harmonic progression, for its part, rarely departs from the circle of fifths.{{sfn|Gioia|2012|p=115}}}} * [[Jerome Kern]], "[[All the Things You Are]]"{{sfn|Gioia|2012|p=16}} * [[Ray Noble]], "[[Cherokee (Ray Noble song)|Cherokee]]." Many jazz musicians have found this particularly challenging as the [[middle eight]] progresses so rapidly through the circle, "creating a series of [[ii–V–I progression|II–V–I progressions]] that temporarily pass through several [[tonality|tonalities]]."<ref>Scott, Richard J. (2003, p. 123) ''Chord Progressions for Songwriters''. Bloomington Indiana, Writers Club Press.</ref> * Kosmo, Prevert and Mercer, "[[Autumn Leaves (1945 song)|Autumn Leaves]]"<ref>{{cite book|last1=Kostka|first1=Stefan|author1-link=Stefan Kostka|first2=Dorothy|last2=Payne|first3=Byron|last3=Almén|title=Tonal Harmony with an Introduction to Twentieth-century Music|edition=7th|year=2013|location=New York|publisher=McGraw-Hill|isbn=978-0-07-131828-0|pages=46, 238}}</ref> * [[The Beatles]], "[[You Never Give Me Your Money]]"<ref>"You Never Give Me Your Money" (1989, pp. 1099–1100, bars 1–16) ''The Beatles Complete Scores''. Hal Leonard.</ref>{{Primary source inline|date=October 2021}} *[[Mike Oldfield]], "[[Incantations (album)|Incantations]]"<ref>{{cite web|url=https://tubular.net/articles/1980_06/Mike-Oldfield-by-Tim-Oakes|title=Mike Oldfield|first=Tim|last=Oakes|date=June 1980|work=International Musician and Recording World|access-date=19 February 2021|via=Tubular.net}}</ref> *[[Carlos Santana]], "[[Europa (Earth's Cry Heaven's Smile)]]"{{Citation needed|date=March 2020}} *[[Gloria Gaynor]], "[[I Will Survive]]"<ref>Fekaris, D. and Perren, F. J. (1978) "I Will Survive". Polygram International Publishing.</ref>{{Primary source inline|date=October 2021}} *[[Pet Shop Boys]], "[[It's a Sin]]"<ref>Tennant, N. and Lowe, C. (1987, bars 1–8) "It's a Sin." Sony/ATV Music Publishing (UK) Ltd.</ref>{{Primary source inline|date=October 2021}} *[[Donna Summer]], "[[Love to Love You Baby (song)|Love to Love you, Baby]]"<ref>[[Giorgio Moroder|Moroder, G.]], [[Pete Bellotte|Bellote, P.]] and [[Donna Summer|Summer, D.]] (1975, bars 11–14) "Love to Love you, Baby" 1976, Bulle Music</ref>{{Primary source inline|date=October 2021}} ==Related concepts== ===Diatonic circle of fifths=== {{Main|Circle progression}} The diatonic circle of fifths is the circle of fifths encompassing only members of the diatonic scale. Therefore, it contains a diminished fifth, in C major between B and F. See [[structure implies multiplicity]]. The [[circle progression]] is commonly a circle of fifths through the diatonic chords, including one [[Diminished triad|diminished chord]]. A circle progression in C major with chords I–IV–vii^o–iii–vi–ii–V–I is shown below. :<score sound="1"> { \new PianoStaff << \new Staff << \new Voice \relative c' { \clef treble \time 4/4 \stemUp e2 f d e c d b c } \new Voice \relative c' { \stemDown c2 c b b a a g g } >> \new Staff << \new Voice \relative c' { \clef bass \time 4/4 \stemUp g2 a f g e f d e } \new Voice \relative c { \stemDown c f, b e, a d, g c, } >> >> } </score> ===Chromatic circle=== {{Main|Chromatic circle}} The circle of fifths is closely related to the [[chromatic circle]], which also arranges the twelve equal-tempered pitch classes in a circular ordering. A key difference between the two circles is that the [[chromatic circle]] can be understood as a continuous space where every point on the circle corresponds to a conceivable [[pitch class]], and every conceivable pitch class corresponds to a point on the circle. By contrast, the circle of fifths is fundamentally a ''discrete'' structure, and there is no obvious way to assign pitch classes to each of its points. In this sense, the two circles are mathematically quite different. However, the twelve equal-tempered [[pitch class]]es can be represented by the [[cyclic group]] of order twelve, or equivalently, the [[modular arithmetic|residue classes]] modulo twelve, <math> \mathbb{Z}/12\mathbb{Z} </math>. The group <math> \mathbb{Z}_{12} </math> has four generators, which can be identified with the ascending and descending semitones and the ascending and descending perfect fifths. The semitonal generator gives rise to the [[chromatic circle]] while the perfect fifth gives rise to the circle of fifths. ===Relation with chromatic scale=== {{Main|Chromatic scale}} [[Image:Pitch class space star.svg|thumb|right|The circle of fifths drawn within the chromatic circle as a [[star polygon|star]] [[dodecagram]].{{sfn|McCartin|1998|p=364}}]] The circle of fifths, or fourths, may be mapped from the [[chromatic scale]] by [[multiplication]], and vice versa. To map between the circle of fifths and the chromatic scale (in [[integer notation]]) multiply by 7 ([[twelve-tone technique|M7]]), and for the circle of fourths multiply by 5 (P5). Here is a demonstration of this procedure. Start off with an [[order theory|ordered]] 12-tuple ([[tone row]]) of integers : (0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11) representing the notes of the chromatic scale: 0 = C, 2 = D, 4 = E, 5 = F, 7 = G, 9 = A, 11 = B, 1 = C{{music|sharp}}, 3 = D{{music|sharp}}, 6 = F{{music|sharp}}, 8 = G{{music|sharp}}, 10 = A{{music|sharp}}. Now multiply the entire 12-tuple by 7: : (0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49, 56, 63, 70, 77) and then apply a [[modulo operation|modulo]] 12 reduction to each of the numbers (subtract 12 from each number as many times as necessary until the number becomes smaller than 12): : (0, 7, 2, 9, 4, 11, 6, 1, 8, 3, 10, 5) which is equivalent to : (C, G, D, A, E, B, F{{music|sharp}}, C{{music|sharp}}, G{{music|sharp}}, D{{music|sharp}}, A{{music|sharp}}, F) which is the circle of fifths. Note that this is [[enharmonic]]ally equivalent to: : (C, G, D, A, E, B, G{{music|flat}}, D{{music|flat}}, A{{music|flat}}, E{{music|flat}}, B{{music|flat}}, F). ===Enharmonic equivalents and theoretical keys=== {{main|Theoretical key}} The key signatures found on the bottom of the circle of fifths diagram, such as D{{music|flat}} major, are often written one way in flats and in another way using sharps. These keys are easily interchanged using enharmonic equivalents. Enharmonic means that the notes sound the same, but are written differently. For example, the key signature of D{{Music|flat}} major, with five flats, contains the same sounding notes, enharmonically, as C{{music|sharp}} major (seven sharps). After C{{music|sharp}} comes the key of G{{music|sharp}} (following the pattern of being a fifth higher, and, coincidentally, enharmonically equivalent to the key of A{{music|flat}}). The "eighth sharp" is placed on the F{{music|sharp}}, to make it F{{music|doublesharp}}. The key of D{{music|sharp}}, with nine sharps, has another sharp placed on the C{{music|sharp}}, making it C{{music|doublesharp}}. The same is true for key signatures with flats; The key of E (four sharps) is equivalent to the key of F{{music|flat}} (again, one fifth below the key of C{{music|flat}}, following the pattern of flat key signatures). The last flat is placed on the B{{music|flat}}, making it B{{music|doubleflat}}. Such keys with double accidentals in the key signatures are called [[theoretical key]]s: the appearance of their key signatures is extremely rare, but they are sometimes tonicised in the course of a work (particularly if the home key was already heavily sharped or flatted). <score sound="1"> \relative c' { \key gis \major \set Staff.printKeyCancellation = ##f <gis' bis dis> \bar "||" \key dis \major <dis fisis ais> \bar "||" \key fes \major <fes as ces> \bar "||" \key beses \major <beses des fes> } </score> There does not appear to be a standard on how to notate theoretical key signatures: *The default behaviour of [[LilyPond]] (pictured above) writes all single sharps (flats) in the circle-of-fifths order, before proceeding to the double sharps. This is the format used in [[John Foulds]]' ''A World Requiem'', Op. 60, which ends with the key signature of G{{music|#}} major (exactly as displayed above, [https://imslp.simssa.ca/files/imglnks/usimg/5/59/IMSLP527245-PMLP756657-JFoulds_A_World_Requiem,_Op.60_vocalscore.pdf pp. 153ff.]) The sharps in the key signature of G{{music|#}} major here proceed C{{music|#}}, G{{music|#}}, D{{music|#}}, A{{music|#}}, E{{music|#}}, B{{music|#}}, F{{music|x}}. *The single sharps or flats at the beginning are sometimes repeated as a courtesy, e.g. [[Max Reger]]'s ''Supplement to the Theory of Modulation'', which contains D{{music|b}} minor key signatures on [https://archive.org/details/supplementtotheo00rege/page/42/mode/2up pp. 42–45]. These have a B{{music|b}} at the start and also a B{{music|bb}} at the end (with a double-flat symbol), going B{{music|b}}, E{{music|b}}, A{{music|b}}, D{{music|b}}, G{{music|b}}, C{{music|b}}, F{{music|b}}, B{{music|bb}}. The convention of LilyPond and Foulds would suppress the initial B{{music|b}}. *Sometimes the double signs are written at the beginning of the key signature, followed by the single signs. For example, the F{{music|b}} key signature is notated as B{{music|bb}}, E{{music|b}}, A{{music|b}}, D{{music|b}}, G{{music|b}}, C{{music|b}}, F{{music|b}}. This convention is used by Victor Ewald, by the program [[Finale (software)]],<ref>{{Cite web|url=https://www.hickeys.com/music/brass/brass_ensembles/brass_quintets/products/sku035994-ewald-victor-quintet-no-4-in-ab-op-8.php|title=Ewald, Victor Quintet No 4 in Ab, op 8 for Brass Quintets &#91;211.01&#93;}}</ref> and by some theoretical works. ==See also== * [[Approach chord]] * [[Sonata form]] * [[Well temperament]] * [[Circle of fifths text table]] * [[Pitch constellation]] * [[Multiplicative group of integers modulo n]] ==Notes== {{Reflist}} ===References=== * {{cite book|last=Gioia|first=Ted|author-link=Ted Gioia|year=2012|title=[[The Jazz Standards: A Guide to the Repertoire]]|publisher=Oxford University Press|isbn=9780199769155}} * {{cite book|last=Goldman|first=Richard Franko|author-link=Richard Franko Goldman|year=1965|title=Harmony in Western Music|url=https://archive.org/details/harmonyinwestern00gold|url-access=registration|location=New York|publisher=W. W. Norton}} * {{cite journal|last=Jensen|first=Claudia R.|date=Summer 1992|jstor=831450|title=A Theoretical Work of Late Seventeenth-Century Muscovy: Nikolai Diletskii's "Grammatika" and the Earliest Circle of Fifths|journal=[[Journal of the American Musicological Society]]|volume=45|issue=2|pages=305–331|doi=10.2307/831450}} * {{cite journal|last=McCartin|first=Brian J.|date=November 1998|title=Prelude to Musical Geometry|journal=[[The College Mathematics Journal]]|volume=29|issue=5|pages=354–370|doi=10.1080/07468342.1998.11973971|url=http://www.maa.org/pubs/cmj_Nov98.html|jstor=2687250|access-date=2008-07-29|archive-url=https://web.archive.org/web/20080517071420/http://www.maa.org/pubs/cmj_Nov98.html|archive-date=2008-05-17|url-status=dead}}<!--The link does not reach the article, but only the list of abstracts for that issue of the journal.--> * {{wikicite|ref={{harvid|Nattiez|1990}}|reference=[[Jean-Jacques Nattiez|Nattiez, Jean-Jacques]] (1990). ''Music and Discourse: Toward a Semiology of Music'', translated by Carolyn Abbate. Princeton, New Jersey: Princeton University Press. {{ISBN|0-691-02714-5}}. (Originally published in French, as ''Musicologie générale et sémiologie''. Paris: C. Bourgois, 1987. {{ISBN|2-267-00500-X}}).}} * {{cite book|last=Taruskin|first=Richard|author-link=Richard Taruskin|year=2010|title=The Oxford History of Western Music: Music in the Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries|publisher=Oxford University Press}} ==Further reading== * [[Vincent d'Indy|D'Indy, Vincent]] (1903). ''Cours de composition musicale''. Paris: A. Durand et fils. * Lester, Joel. [https://books.google.com/books?id=t2xAAIK7jd0C&pg=PA110&vq=heinichen&dq=intitle:modes+intitle:and+intitle:keys+inauthor:lester&lr=&as_brr=0&source=gbs_search_r&cad=1_1&sig=ACfU3U00ygBnXabE0oXQKUHQ2SazAHjFRw#PPA110,M1 ''Between Modes and Keys: German Theory, 1592–1802'']. 1990. * Miller, Michael. [https://books.google.com/books?id=sTMbuSQdqPMC ''The Complete Idiot's Guide to Music Theory, 2nd ed'']. [Indianapolis, IN]: Alpha, 2005. {{ISBN|1-59257-437-8}}. * Purwins, Hendrik (2005)."[http://ccrma.stanford.edu/~purwins/purwinsPhD.pdf Profiles of Pitch Classes: Circularity of Relative Pitch and Key—Experiments, Models, Computational Music Analysis, and Perspectives]". Ph.D. thesis. Berlin: [[Berlin Institute of Technology|Technische Universität Berlin]]. * Purwins, Hendrik, Benjamin Blankertz, and Klaus Obermayer (2007). "[http://www.ccarh.org/publications/cm/15/cm15-05-purwins.pdf Toroidal Models in Tonal Theory and Pitch-Class Analysis]". in: ''Computing in Musicology'' 15 ("Tonal Theory for the Digital Age"): 73–98. ==External links== * [http://mdecks.com/graphs/mcircle.php Decoding the Circle of Vths] * [https://randscullard.com/CircleOfFifths/ Interactive Circle of Fifths] * [https://guitardashboard.com/ Interactive circle of fifths for guitarists] {{Key (music)}} {{Pitch space}} {{Tonality}} {{Authority control}} {{DEFAULTSORT:Circle Of Fifths}} [[Category:Circle of fifths| ]] [[Category:Harmony]] [[Category:Musical keys]] [[Category:Tonality]] mgzlaz9eqvj2b7dg6bpb8ebwile9puz 10 23327809 1056624773 1041946236 2021-11-22T21:18:20Z MSGJ 42630 add extralist to list of recognised parameters wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Authority control|authorityControl}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude><includeonly><noinclude> </noinclude>{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}||{{ns:14}}=<noinclude> Only articles and categories. </noinclude>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|arts|state|extralist|ignoreblank=1|showblankpositional=1|unknown=[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters|_VALUE_]]|preview=Page using [[Template:Authority control]] with "_VALUE_", please move this to Wikidata if possible}} }}</includeonly> r7zu90c4kw92cg7qpkt338qlrjs39u2 10 994397 1031047817 1023888642 2021-06-29T13:56:58Z Jonesey95 9755426 fix cats post-move (should have been done in December 2020) wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Template:Blockquote/styles.css" /><!-- --><blockquote class="templatequote {{{class|}}}" {{#if:{{{style|}}}|style="{{{style}}}"}}>{{{text|{{{content|{{{quotetext|{{{quote|{{{1|<includeonly>{{error|Error: No text given for quotation (or equals sign used in the actual argument to an unnamed parameter)}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages incorrectly using the quote template]]}}</includeonly><noinclude>{{lorem ipsum}}</noinclude>}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}{{#if:{{{sign|}}}{{{cite|}}}{{{author|}}}{{{by|}}}{{{personquoted|}}}{{{source|}}}{{{ts|}}}{{{title|}}}{{{publication|}}}{{{quotesource|}}}{{{char|}}}{{{character|}}}{{{2|}}}{{{3|}}}{{{4|}}}{{{5|}}}|{{#if:{{{multiline|}}}|<nowiki />}} <div class="templatequotecite">—&thinsp;<cite>{{#if:{{{char|{{{character|{{{5|}}}}}}}}}|{{{char|{{{character|{{{5|}}}}}}}}}, in&#32;}}{{Comma separated entries | {{if empty|{{{sign|}}}|{{{cite|}}}|{{{author|}}}|{{{by|}}}|{{{personquoted|}}}|{{{2|}}}}} | {{if empty|{{{title|}}}|{{{publication|}}}|{{{ts|}}}|{{{quotesource|}}}|{{{3|}}}}} | {{if empty|{{{source|}}}|{{{4|}}}}} }}</cite></div> }}</blockquote>{{#if:{{{class|}}}{{{id|}}}{{{diff|}}}{{{4|}}}{{{5|}}}|{{main other|[[Category:Pages incorrectly using the Blockquote template]]}}}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using Blockquote template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Blockquote]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | author | by | char | character | cite | class | content | diff | id | multiline | personquoted | publication | quote | quotesource | quotetext | sign | source | style | text | title | ts }}<noinclude> {{documentation}}<!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> tg27x2nft768qonkkbkjnu96fw2fsuo 10 58109865 996844942 960796168 2020-12-28T21:59:00Z JJMC89 24812038 JJMC89 moved page [[Template:Quote/styles.css]] to [[Template:Blockquote/styles.css]] without leaving a redirect: [[Wikipedia:Requested moves|requested move]]; consensus at [[Template talk:Blockquote]] sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp-template}} */ .templatequote { overflow: hidden; margin: 1em 0; padding: 0 40px; } .templatequote .templatequotecite { line-height: 1.5em; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-top: 0; } 5iyknyu9w0qaq7phpi470ml3qjlihah 10 50392128 862301591 855471681 2018-10-03T13:51:48Z Trappist the monk 10289486 Undid revision 855471681 by [[Special:Contributions/Trappist the monk|Trappist the monk]] ([[User talk:Trappist the monk|talk]]) restore the change now that the cs1|2 modules have been updated; wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css" />{{#invoke:Catalog lookup link|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 464h1jyus0m20p4x31lf2k2pqgseen5 10 25084818 874046584 577959188 2018-12-16T20:13:00Z Amorymeltzer 141948 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Category handler]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#invoke:Category handler|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, and interwikis to Wikidata. --> </noinclude> og6fhyj2ssd4fmzpqzuodk12q3cms0z 10 3164016 895815361 895803258 2019-05-06T17:38:52Z Trappist the monk 10289486 per [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2019 April 18#separate patent cites from Template:Citation‎|TfD]]; wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=citation }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> c5vwsrpqyl5vzwjnrpazsisamya1wve 10 68607919 1041539562 1041538783 2021-08-31T03:12:09Z Izno 2927383 Protected "[[Template:Citation/styles.css]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ /* * This page is a convenient place for the "citation" styles that are * available in many of our citation templates. This page can be considered the * authoritative source for those styles. [[Template:Citation]], like all CS1/2 * templates, is styled from [[Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css]], *not* here. */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ .citation { word-wrap: break-word; } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } ltkknak6hjx6agm6lakugrgzenjha92 10 2048472 1087547841 1087547784 2022-05-13T03:22:19Z Hyacinth 17171 Reverted edits by [[Special:Contribs/Hyacinth|Hyacinth]] ([[User talk:Hyacinth|talk]]) to last version by Izno wikitext text/x-wiki {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Unsubst||date=__DATE__ |$B= {{Fix |name={{{name|Citation needed}}} |link=Wikipedia:Citation needed |text=citation needed |class=Template-Fact |title={{{reason|This claim needs references to reliable sources.}}} |date={{{date|}}} |cat=[[Category:All articles with unsourced statements]] |cat-date=Category:Articles with unsourced statements }}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages containing citation needed template with unsupported parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Citation needed]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| date | name | reason }}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 1lanyzdl8lz3t31vc8lz268dkp3nq5h 10 4086375 810449908 810433573 2017-11-15T09:11:45Z Salix alba 212526 put TD in a collapse top / bottom section wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=book }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} {{collapse top|TemplateData}} {{Cite book/TemplateData}} {{collapse bottom}} </noinclude> my4yy07itdv4e2t5sc1x4l3pzgpmzo7 10 4740319 690395473 579832342 2015-11-13T02:17:24Z Fuhghettaboutit 665998 Changed protection level of Template:Cite journal: when I changed this to add template editors, I didn't realize it had cascding protection—so all my change did was make it appear as if it could be edited by them ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (in... wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=journal }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> 9fcytsszanq7xbwi3p28zsneear9938 10 1252907 753103437 753063659 2016-12-05T05:36:52Z Anthony Appleyard 119438 Protected "[[Template:Cite web]]": restore old protection ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:citation/CS1|citation |CitationClass=web }}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> rcgmbcxu7hvs583g1f3rzz4c4dkizda 10 3218295 972054407 861995989 2020-08-09T22:35:32Z Bsherr 4386431 adding comment wikitext text/x-wiki <div> {| class="{{{class|}}} multicol" role="presentation" style="{{#if:{{{small|}}}|font-size:90%; }}border-collapse: collapse; padding: 0; border: {{{border|0}}}; background:{{{bgColor|{{{bgcolor|transparent}}}}}}; width:{{{width|100%}}}; {{{style|}}}"<noinclude> |- | |}</div> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 99ncyc3mhkdrw36pqedq5m60cwxiged 10 3233169 1043158730 972054573 2021-09-08T17:07:15Z Jonesey95 9755426 replace space character with noinclude due to continued fostered content errors, in testcases page and e.g. [[10-Piece handicap]]. wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude/> | style="{{#if:{{{width|}}}|width: {{{width}}}; }}text-align: {{{align|left}}}; vertical-align: {{{valign|top}}}; {{#if: {{{gap|}}}|padding-left: {{{gap}}};}} {{{style|}}}" |<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> 6kvqt1c32wtgxc69tkw3wd7pjtc9s7r 10 3218301 1037229063 972054684 2021-08-05T08:10:43Z WOSlinker 3138265 add includeonly wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>&#32; |}</div></includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> k24bcp3cs0m8f59jwmhng1acd8tpifu 10 28069338 696877808 695173639 2015-12-26T16:26:10Z Frietjes 13791031 {{documentation}} does this wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:delink|delink}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> nxxwkb2lon9wgne4irg9ctbsle6zwiy 10 55072963 880607516 799379119 2019-01-28T10:31:16Z Jonesey95 9755426 Actually make this smaller than a standard error message, not just non-bold. wikitext text/x-wiki {{small|{{#invoke:Error|error|{{{message|{{{1}}}}}}|tag=span}}}}<noinclude>{{documentation}}</noinclude> flg30hlgo3wckkfxn23ryl9hsmfet48 10 5632010 1024430416 1024383868 2021-05-22T02:15:55Z JJMC89 24812038 shouldn't be here wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch:{{{subst|¬}}} |¬={{category handler |template=[[Category:Templates needing substitution checking]] |nocat={{{nocat|<noinclude>true</noinclude>}}} }} |SUBST=[[Category:Pages with incorrectly substituted templates]] }}{{Category handler |main={{Fix/category |cat-date={{{cat-date|}}} |cat={{{cat|}}} |cat-date2={{{cat-date2|}}} |cat2={{{cat2|}}} |cat-date3={{{cat-date3|}}} |cat3={{{cat3|}}} |date={{{date|}}} }} |template={{#if:{{{name|}}}|{{#ifeq:{{{name}}}|{{ROOTPAGENAME}}||{{#if:{{{date|}}}||[[Category:Templates including undated clean-up tags]]}}}}}} |subpage=no }}{{#if:{{{text|}}} |<sup class="noprint Inline-Template {{{class|}}}" style="white-space:nowrap;">&#91;<i>{{#if:{{{pre-text|}}} |{{{pre-text}}}&#32; }}[[{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}|<span title="{{#invoke:string|replace|source={{delink|1={{{title|{{{link|Wikipedia:Cleanup}}}}}}{{#if:{{{date|}}}|&#32;({{{date}}})}}}}|pattern=" |replace=' |plain=true}}">{{{text|}}}</span>]]{{#if:{{{post-text|}}} |&#32;{{{post-text}}} }}</i>&#93;</sup>|{{{special|}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- Add cats and interwikis to the /doc subpage, not here! --> </noinclude> 1r71gb56no3991um3t95p5y9x80ldkz 10 34017846 774489703 471928517 2017-04-08T20:24:09Z Jo-Jo Eumerus 17449355 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Fix/category]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: Allowing template editors ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <noinclude>{{pp-template|small=yes}}</noinclude>{{{cat|[[Category:All pages needing cleanup]]}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date|}}} |[[{{{cat-date}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}} |from {{{date}}} }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}} |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date}}} from {{{date}}}| |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]] }} }} }}{{#if:{{{cat2|}}}|{{{cat2}}}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date2|}}} |[[{{{cat-date2}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}} |from {{{date}}} }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}} |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date2}}} from {{{date}}}| |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]] }} }} }}{{#if:{{{cat3|}}}|{{{cat3}}}}}{{#if:{{{cat-date3|}}} |[[{{{cat-date3}}} {{#if:{{{date|}}} |from {{{date}}} }}]]{{#if:{{{date|}}} |{{#ifexist:{{{cat-date3}}} from {{{date}}}| |[[Category:Articles with invalid date parameter in template]] }} }} }} gpikm5p2yggfosi6w5maxtx5my3u9im 10 5326834 972066849 947689928 2020-08-10T00:21:39Z Bsherr 4386431 as found, replacing [[Template:Tld]] with [[Template:Tlc]] or adding/updating category placement comments, plus general and typo fixes wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Footnotes|harvard_citation|template=harvnb}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage, interwikis to Wikidata, not here --> </noinclude> rtjyyomketoec83yixes4x8swygwqvq 10 25416230 911344118 804521304 2019-08-18T08:58:52Z Redrose64 9612106 wrong prot template wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:SfnRef]] {{R from merge}} {{R template-protected}} 6zmhna2etmyxuy6yr28w55zpb0xn2wx 10 5326925 774336434 103261552 2017-04-07T19:22:02Z Jo-Jo Eumerus 17449355 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Harvnb]]": Matching redirect target ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT[[Template:Harvard citation no brackets]] 3shv1t0unnkqbpog36jda0nnq7r7rca 10 51604275 1062463277 1062434525 2021-12-28T16:26:32Z Jonesey95 9755426 Undid revision 1062434525 by [[Special:Contributions/SilkTork|SilkTork]] ([[User talk:SilkTork|talk]]). see talk page wikitext text/x-wiki {{#if:{{{1|<noinclude>$</noinclude>}}}|{{Catalog lookup link|{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}|{{{3|}}}|{{{4|}}}|{{{5|}}}|{{{6|}}}|{{{7|}}}|{{{8|}}}|{{{9|}}}|article-link={{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{plainlink|}}}}}|yes||{{#ifeq:{{yesno-yes|{{{link|}}}}}|no||ISBN (identifier)}}}}|article-name={{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{plainlink|}}}}}|yes||ISBN}}|link-prefix=[Special:BookSources/|item-prefix={{!}}|item-postfix=]|list-leadout={{{leadout|}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{1|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid1|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{1|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{2|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid2|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{2|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{3|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid3|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{3|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{4|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid4|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{4|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{5|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid5|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{5|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{6|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid6|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{6|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{7|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid7|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{7|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{8|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid8|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{8|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}{{#if:{{trim|{{{9|}}}}}|{{#ifeq:{{yesno-no|{{{invalid9|}}}}}|yes|{{main other|[[Category:Pages with listed invalid ISBNs]]}}|{{#invoke:check isxn|check_isbn|{{{9|}}}|error={{error-small|&nbsp;Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Invalid [[ISBN]].}}{{main other|[[Category:Pages with ISBN errors]]}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}}|{{error-small|Parameter error in {{tl|ISBN}}: Missing [[ISBN]].}}}}{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using ISBN template with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:ISBN]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | invalid1 | invalid2 | invalid3 | invalid4 | invalid5 | invalid6 | invalid7 | invalid8 | invalid9 | leadout | link | plainlink }}<noinclude>{{documentation}}<!-- Add categories and interwiki lines to the /doc subpage, not here! --></noinclude> 0ev67mne6uts13hevpx9fa8b6336x6t 10 5710011 1092327425 1073816914 2022-06-09T16:25:16Z Izno 2927383 std property should always come last wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#switch: {{{align|}}} | center | centre= <div class="center"> }}<div class="thumb {{#switch: {{{align|}}} | right |#default=tright | left=tleft | center | centre | none=tnone}}" {{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable|style="overflow:hidden;width:{{{width|auto}}};max-width:{{#if:{{{max-width|}}}|{{#expr:{{{max-width|}}}+8}}px|100%}} {{{style|}}}"|style="{{{style|}}}"}}><div class="thumbinner" {{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable||style="width:{{#if:{{{width|}}}| {{#ifeq: {{{border|}}} | no | {{{width}}}px | {{#expr:{{{width}}}+2}}px}} |-moz-fit-content; width:-webkit-fit-content; width:fit-content;}}"}}>{{#ifeq: {{{pos|}}} | top | <div class="thumbcaption">{{#if: {{{link|}}} | <div style="float:right">{{{linkoverride|[[File:Desc-i.svg|16px|link={{{link}}}{{#if: {{{link_text|}}} | {{!}}{{{link_text}}}}}]]}}}</div> |}}{{{caption|}}}</div> |}}<div class="{{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable||{{#ifeq: {{{border|}}} | no | center | thumbimage }}}} noresize" style="width:{{#if:{{{width|}}}| {{{width}}}px | auto }};{{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable|overflow:auto;{{#ifeq:{{{dir|}}}|rtl|direction:rtl;}}}}{{{innerstyle|}}}">{{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable|<div style="white-space:nowrap">}} {{{content}}}{{#ifeq: {{{mode|}}} | scrollable|</div>}}</div>{{#ifeq: {{{pos|}}} | top || {{#if:{{{caption|}}}|<div class="thumbcaption">{{#if: {{{link|}}} | <div style="float:right">{{{linkoverride|[[File:Desc-i.svg|16px|link={{{link}}}{{#if: {{{link_text|}}} | {{!}}{{{link_text}}}}}]]}}}</div> }}{{{caption|}}}</div>}} }}</div></div>{{#switch: {{{align|}}} | center | centre= </div> }}</includeonly><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 4wdk1h4pwp1f2enix71w5rc28eae2xc 10 46278343 969595187 654433943 2020-07-26T11:35:35Z Myomyomyomyon 13863447 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox | name = Key (music) |state = {{{state|autocollapse}}} | title = [[Key (music)|Musical key]] | image = [[File:F-sharp Major key signature.png|60px]] | listclass = hlist | list1 = * [[Circle of fifths]] * [[Closely related key|Closely related]] * [[Diatonic scale]] * [[Homotonal]] * [[Major and minor]] * [[Modulation (music)|Modulation]] * [[Music written in all major and/or minor keys|Music in all keys]] * [[Parallel key|Parallel]] * [[Relative key|Relative]] * [[Key signature|Signature]] ** [[Key signature names and translations|Names and translations]] * [[Theoretical key|Theoretical]] * [[Tonic (music)|Tonic]] * [[Transposition (music)|Transposing]] ** [[Transposing instrument|Instrument]] }}<noinclude> {{documentation|content= {{collapsible option}} ==See also== *{{tl|Tonality}} [[Category:Music theory templates]] [[Category:Tonality]] }} </noinclude> 6bnbe823njr46e3akm00bdn0bbxf64q 10 1208356 1054074732 1050142713 2021-11-07T22:34:09Z Nihiltres 236191 Includeonly the template to avoid errors on the template pages wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Main article|Main articles|Main page|Main pages}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> hz9saa715ercns6m73a0a1ud2ptzt26 10 17220251 1059626360 388689011 2021-12-10T16:08:06Z Xaosflux 502540 <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> wikitext text/x-wiki {{#switch: <!--If no or empty "demospace" parameter then detect namespace--> {{#if:{{{demospace|}}} | {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} <!--Use lower case "demospace"--> | {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:0}} | main | other }} }} | main = {{{1|}}} | other | #default = {{{2|}}} }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Add categories to the /doc subpage; interwikis go to Wikidata, thank you! --> </noinclude> fqcj40f1ojeitvtz4m2eefrp1ymhi6o 10 12186026 1057802844 1009949029 2021-11-29T19:34:40Z Paine Ellsworth 9092818 update wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly><span class="music-symbol" style="font-family: Arial Unicode MS, Lucida Sans Unicode;">{{#switch: {{lc:{{{1}}}}} | ♭ | b | flat =<span class="music-flat">&#x266d;</span> | 𝄫 | bb | double flat | doubleflat = [[File:Doubleflat.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|double flat]] | bbb | triple flat | tripleflat = [[File:Llpd-3.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|triple flat]] | d | half flat | halfflat = [[File:Llpd-½.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|half flat]] | flat stroke | flatstroke = [[File:Arabic music notation half flat.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|flat stroke]] | db | three quarter flat | threequarterflat = [[File:Three quarter flat.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|three quarter flat]] | doubleflat stroke | double flat stroke | double flatstroke | doubleflatstroke = [[File:Llpd-1½ var.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|double flat stroke]] | ♮ | n | natural =<span class="music-natural">&#x266e;</span> | ♯ | # | sharp =<span class="music-sharp">&#x266f;</span> | 𝄪 | x | ## | double sharp | doublesharp = [[File:DoubleSharp.svg|{{{size|x8px}}}|double sharp]] | ### | #x | x# | triple sharp | triplesharp = &#x266f;[[File:DoubleSharp.svg|{{{size|x8px}}}|triple sharp]] | t | half sharp | halfsharp = [[File:Arabic music notation half sharp.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|half sharp]] | #t | three quarter sharp | threequartersharp = [[File:Llpd+1½.svg|{{{size|x12px}}}|three quarter sharp]] | 5-comma sharp | kucuk sharp | kucuksharp = [[File:ArelEzgiUzdilek_kuçuk_sharp.svg|{{{size|x16px}}}|Five-comma sharp]] | 8-comma sharp | buyuk sharp | buyuksharp = [[File:ArelEzgiUzdilek_büyük_mücenneb_sharp.svg|{{{size|x16px}}}|Eight-comma sharp]] | 8-comma flat | buyuk flat | buyukflat = [[File:ArelEzgiUzdilek_büyük_mücenneb_flat.svg|{{{size|x16px}}}|Eight-comma flat]] | septimal minus | 7 = [[File:7 rightside up.png|{{{size|x16px}}}|7]]<!-- distance the harmonic seventh (7:4) differs from the large just minor seventh (9:5)--> | l<!-- for L, only lowercases in this list --> | ㄥ | 7u | u7 | septimal plus = [[File:7 upside down.png|{{{size|x16px}}}|7 upside-down]] | 11 | 11 up | 11 plus | up = ↑ | 11 minus | 11 down | 11u | u11 | down = ↓ <!--[difference between 11:8 & 4:3]--> | 13 plus | 13 up | 13 = [[File:13 rightside up.png|x12px|13]]<!--[difference between 13:8 & 8:5]--> | 13 upside down | 13 minus | 13u | u13 | e1 = [[File:13 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|13 upside down]] | 17 = [[File:17 rightside up.png|x12px|17]] | 17 upside down | 17u | L1 | u17 | 17 upside down = [[File:17 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|17 upside down]] | 19 = [[File:19 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|19]] | 19u | u19 | 19 upside down = [[File:19 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|19U]] | 23 = [[File:23 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|23]] | 23u | u23 | 23 upside down= [[File:23 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|23U]] | 29 = [[File:29 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|29]] | 29u | 29 upside down= [[File:29 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|29U]] | 31 = [[File:31 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|31]] | 31u | u31 | 1E | 31 upside down = [[File:31 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|31U]] | 37 = [[File:37 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|37]] | 37 upside down | 37u = [[File:37 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|37U]] | 41 = [[File:41 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|41]] | 41 upside down | 41u = [[File:41 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|41U]] | 43 = [[File:43 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43]] | 43 upside down | 43u = [[File:43 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43U]] | 47 = [[File:47 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43U]] | u47 | 47u = [[File:47 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43U]] | fifty-three = [[File:53 rightside up.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43U]] | ufifty-three | 53u | u53 | fifty-threeu = [[File:53 upside down.png|{{{size|x12px}}}|43U]] | + | plus = + | - | minus = - | check down | check = [[File:Sims flagged arrow down.svg|x14px]] | check up = [[File:Sims flagged arrow up.svg|x14px]] | half arrow | half check down | half check = [[File:Half down arrow.png|x14px]] | half arrow up | half check up = [[File:Half up arrow.png|x14px]] | wholenote | whole note | whole | semibreve = [[File:Figure rythmique ronde.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|whole note]]<!--File:WholeNote.svg doesn't match the others here--> | halfnote | half note | half | minim = [[File:Figure rythmique blanche hampe haut.svg|{{{size|6px}}}|half note]]<!--File:Half note with upwards stem.svg doesn't match the others here--> | quarternote | quarter note | quarter | crotchet = [[File:Figure rythmique noire hampe haut.svg|{{{size|6px}}}|quarter note]]<!--File:Quarter note with upwards stem.svg doesn't match the others here--> | eighthnote | eighth note | eighth | quaver = [[File:Figure rythmique croche hampe haut.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|eighth note]] | eighthnotebeam | eighth note beam | eighthbeam | eighth beam | quaverbeam | quaver beam = [[File:Figure rythmique deux croches lien haut.svg|{{{size|20px}}}|beamed eighth notes]] | sixteenthnote | sixteenth note | sixteenth | semiquaver = [[File:Figure rythmique double croche hampe haut.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|sixteenth note]] | sixteenthnotebeam | sixteenth note beam | sixteenthbeam | sixteenth beam | semiquaverbeam | semiquaver beam = [[File:Figure rythmique deux double croches lien haut.svg|{{{size|20px}}}|beamed sixteenth notes]] | thirtysecondnote | thirtysecond note | thirty-secondnote | thirty-second note | thirtysecond | thirty-second | 32nd | 32nd note | demisemiquaver = [[File:Figure rythmique triple croche hampe haut.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|thirty-second note]] | sixtyfourthnote | sixtyfourth note | sixty-fourthnote | sixty-fourth note | sixtyfourth | sixty-fourth | 64th | 64th note | hemidemisemiquaver = [[File:64th note.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|sixty-fourth note]] | dot | dot = . | dottedquarter | dotted quarter | dottedcrotchet | dotted crotchet = <span class="nowrap">[[File:Figure rythmique noire hampe haut.svg|{{{size|6px}}}|dotted quarter note]].</span><!--File:Dotted quarter note.png doesn't match the others here due to its ledger line--> | dottedhalf | dotted half | dottedminim | dotted minim = <span class="nowrap">[[File:Figure rythmique blanche hampe haut.svg|{{{size|6px}}}|dotted half note]].</span> | wholerest | semibreverest | semibreve rest | whole rest = [[File:Whole rest.svg|{{{size|18px}}}|whole rest]] | halfrest | minimrest | minim rest | half rest = [[File:Half rest.svg|{{{size|18px}}}|half rest]] | quarterrest | quarter rest | crotchet rest | crotchetrest = [[File:QuarterRest.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|quarter rest]] | eighthrest | eighth rest | quaver rest | quaverrest = [[File:8thRest.svg|{{{size|10px}}}|eighth rest]] | sixteenthrest | semiquaver rest | sixteenth rest | 16th rest | semiquaverrest = [[File:16th rest.svg|{{{size|7px}}}|sixteenth rest]] | thirtysecondrest | thirtysecond rest | thirty-secondrest | thirty-second rest | 32nd rest | demisemiquaver rest | demisemiquaverrest = [[File:32nd rest.svg|{{{size|9px}}}|thirty-second rest]] | sixtyfourthrest | sixtyfourth rest | sixty-fourthrest | sixty-fourth rest | 64th rest | hemidemisemiquaver rest | hemidemisemiquaverrest = [[File:64th rest.svg|{{{size|9px}}}|thirty-second rest]] | treble | treble clef | trebleclef = [[File:GClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|treble clef]] | g clef | gclef = [[File:GClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|G clef]] | alto | alto clef | altoclef = [[File:CClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|alto clef]] | tenor | tenor clef | tenorclef = [[File:CClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|tenor clef]] | c clef | cclef = [[File:CClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|C clef]] | bass | bass clef | bassclef = [[File:FClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|bass clef]] | f clef | fclef = [[File:FClef.svg|{{{size|16px}}}|F clef]] | neutral | neutralclef | neutral clef = &#124;&#124; | common | commontime | common-time = [[File:Commontime.svg|{{{size|11px}}}|common time]] | alla-breve | allabreve | cut | cuttime | cut-time = [[File:Allabreve.svg|{{{size|11px}}}|cut time]] | scale = [[File:Scale deg {{{2}}}.svg|8px|scale degree {{{2}}}]] | time | timesig | time sig | timesignature | time signature = {{Time signature|{{{2}}}|{{{3}}}}} | ° | diminished | dim = ^o | dimdeg = &deg; | ø | halfdim | half dim | halfdiminished | half diminished | dimslash = ^&oslash; | + | aug | augmented = ⁺ | δ <!-- lowercase, for Δ --> | maj | major | delta = Δ | 6 = {{sup | 6}} | 64 = {{sup sub | 6 | 4}} | 64 chord = {{sup sub | 6 | 4}} | 63 = {{sup sub | 6 | 3}} | 63 chord = {{sup sub | 6 | 3}} | 6 chord = {{sup | 6}} | 53 = {{sup sub | 5 | 3}} | 53 chord = {{sup sub | 5 | 3}} | 7 chord = {{sup | 7}} | 65 = {{sup sub | 6 | 5}} | 65 chord = {{sup sub | 6 | 5}} | 43 chord = {{sup sub | 4 | 3}} | 2 = {{sup | 2}} | 2 chord = {{sup | 2}} | 42 = {{sup sub | 4 | 2}} | 42 chord = {{sup sub | 4 | 2}} | 07 chord = {{sup sub | 0 | 7}} | 75 = {{sup sub | 7 | 5}} | 75 chord = {{sup sub | 7 | 5}} | 643 = {{sup sub | {{sup sub | <small>6</small> | <small>4</small>}}|{{sup sub| <small>3</small> |}}}} | 643 chord = {{sup sub | {{sup sub | <small>6</small> | <small>4</small>}}|{{sup sub| <small>3</small> |}}}} | 642 = {{sup sub | {{sup sub | <small>6</small> | <small>4</small>}}|{{sup sub| <small>2</small> |}}}} | 642 chord = {{sup sub | {{sup sub | <small>6</small> | <small>4</small>}}|{{sup sub| <small>2</small> |}}}} | c major = [[File:C-major a-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|C major]] | a minor = [[File:C-major a-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|A minor]] | f major = [[File:F-major d-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|F major]] | d minor = [[File:F-major d-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|D minor]] | b-flat major = [[File:B-flat-major g-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|B-flat major]] | g minor = [[File:B-flat-major g-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|G minor]] | e-flat major = [[File:E-flat-major c-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|E-flat major]] | c minor = [[File:E-flat-major c-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|C minor]] | a-flat major = [[File:A-flat-major f-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|A-flat major]] | f minor = [[File:A-flat-major f-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|F minor]] | d-flat major = [[File:D-flat-major b-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|D-flat major]] | b-flat minor = [[File:D-flat-major b-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|B-flat minor]] | g-flat major = [[File:G-flat-major e-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|G-flat major]] | e-flat minor = [[File:G-flat-major e-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|E-flat minor]] | c-flat major = [[File:C-flat-major a-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|C-flat major]] | a-flat minor = [[File:C-flat-major a-flat-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|A-flat minor]] | g major = [[File:G-major e-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|G major]] | e minor = [[File:G-major e-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|E minor]] | d major = [[File:D-major b-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|D major]] | b minor = [[File:D-major b-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|B minor]] | a major = [[File:A-major f-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|A major]] | f-sharp minor = [[File:A-major f-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|F-sharp minor]] | e major = [[File:E-major c-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|E major]] | c-sharp minor = [[File:E-major c-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|C-sharp minor]] | b major = [[File:B-major g-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|B major]] | g-sharp minor = [[File:B-major g-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|G-sharp minor]] | f-sharp major = [[File:F-sharp-major d-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|F-sharp major]] | d-sharp minor = [[File:F-sharp-major d-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|D-sharp minor]] | c-sharp major = [[File:C-sharp-major a-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|C-sharp major]] | a-sharp minor = [[File:C-sharp-major a-sharp-minor.svg|{{{size|54px}}}|A-sharp minor]] | left repeat | leftrepeat = [[File:Ritornello 1.JPG|{{{size|x20px}}}|left repeat]] | repeat | right repeat | rightrepeat = [[File:Ritornello 2.JPG|{{{size|x20px}}}|right repeat]] | #default = {{error|Error using {{tlx|music}}: unable to parse music symbol "{{{1|}}}"|tag=span}} }}</span></includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} <!-- PLEASE ADD CATEGORIES TO THE /doc SUBPAGE; INTERWIKIS GO TO WIKIDATA, THANK YOU! --> </noinclude> tu846o2wtkkf4h7q8ss4mw1o7n3uonq 10 995954 1030560841 1030560775 2021-06-26T18:05:09Z Trialpears 35786750 Remove TfD notice as it wouldn't involve any changes to this template. wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Navbox|navbox}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> tqodcaa2vvhehqaod229udlla0wimek 10 23143954 616197024 580855388 2014-07-09T08:29:38Z Callanecc 10440891 Changed protection level of Template:Pagetype: [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]: With more than 5.5 million transclusions and cascade protections this should be full protected as well ([Edit=Allow only administrators] (indefinite) [Move= wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#invoke:pagetype|main}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> lljnsh3xa96oyrio8us1qbonct9sq7b 10 37133634 856555928 856555691 2018-08-26T02:09:09Z Paine Ellsworth 9092818 convert to /doc page + update state= parameter wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox |name = Pitch space |state = {{{state|{{{1|autocollapse}}}}}} |title = [[Pitch space]] |listclass = hlist |image = [[File:Eulers tonnetz.png<!--File:Heinichen musicalischer circul.png-->|90px]] |list1 = *[[Chordal space]] *[[Chromatic circle]] *[[Circle of fifths]] *[[Fokker periodicity block]]s *[[Lattice (music)]] *[[Pitch class space]] *[[Chromatic circle|Pitch constellation]] *[[Spiral array model]] *[[Tonality diamond]] *[[Tonnetz]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 97a4t0k9maty003c47nvwz69zx32ed2 10 22089721 1050813944 1023353892 2021-10-20T01:50:58Z MusikBot II 29539620 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Primary source inline]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]]: 4837 transclusions ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite) [Move=Require extended confirmed access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{ {{{|safesubst:}}}#invoke:Unsubst||date=__DATE__ |$B= {{Fix | subst = <includeonly>{{subst:substcheck}}</includeonly> | link = Wikipedia:No original research#Primary, secondary and tertiary sources | text = non-primary source{{#if:{{{plural|}}}|s|}} needed | class = noprint Template-Fact | title = {{{reason|This claim needs references to reliable secondary sources.}}} | date = {{{date|}}} | cat = {{#if:{{{demo}}}{{{nocat}}}||[[Category:All pages needing factual verification]]}} | cat-date = {{#if:{{{demo}}}{{{nocat}}}||Category:Wikipedia articles needing factual verification}}}} }}<noinclude> <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage, and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> kxyo5t4jlb8m1bmgmqfcfze0ift4uhk 10 7585648 1092654215 1011094246 2022-06-11T17:42:16Z Izno 2927383 correct my error per [[Template talk:Reflist#liststyle and group]] wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Reflist/styles.css" /><div class="reflist <!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}|reflist-columns references-column-width}} <!-- -->{{#switch:{{{liststyle|{{{group|}}}}}}|upper-alpha|upper-roman|lower-alpha|lower-greek|lower-roman=reflist-{{{liststyle|{{{group}}}}}}}} <!-- -->{{#if:{{{1|}}}|{{#iferror:{{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }}||{{#switch:{{{1|}}}|1=|2=reflist-columns-2|#default=reflist-columns-3}} }}}}" <!-- end class -->{{#if: {{{1|}}}<!-- start style --> | {{#iferror: {{#ifexpr: {{{1|1}}} > 1 }} |style="column-width: {{{1}}};"}} | {{#if: {{{colwidth|}}}|style="column-width: {{{colwidth}}};"}} }}> {{#tag:references|{{{refs|}}}|group={{{group|}}}|responsive={{#if:{{{1|}}}{{{colwidth|}}}|0|1}}}}</div>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using reflist with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Reflist]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | colwidth | group | liststyle | refs }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> geeeydvb5368tzzflcyuzs20a5hlnbz 10 66126274 1011085734 1010048464 2021-03-08T23:00:26Z Izno 2927383 Changed protection level for "[[Template:Reflist/styles.css]]": match parent ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ /* can we remove the font size declarations? .references gets a font-size in * common.css that is always 90, and there is nothing else in reflist out in * the wild. May affect column sizes. */ .reflist { font-size: 90%; /* Default font-size */ margin-bottom: 0.5em; list-style-type: decimal; } .reflist .references { font-size: 100%; /* Reset font-size when nested in div.reflist */ margin-bottom: 0; /* Avoid double margin when nested in div.reflist */ list-style-type: inherit; /* Enable custom list style types */ } /* columns-2 and columns-3 are legacy for "2 or more" column view from when the * template was implemented with column-count. */ .reflist-columns-2 { column-width: 30em; } .reflist-columns-3 { column-width: 25em; } /* Reset top margin for lists embedded in columns */ .reflist-columns { margin-top: 0.3em; } .reflist-columns ol { margin-top: 0; } /* Avoid elements breaking between columns */ .reflist-columns li { page-break-inside: avoid; /* Removed from CSS in favor of break-inside c. 2020 */ break-inside: avoid-column; } .reflist-upper-alpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } .reflist-upper-roman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } .reflist-lower-alpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } .reflist-lower-greek { list-style-type: lower-greek; } .reflist-lower-roman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } 9pglv18rwto8wyb2wiymxh52wdd5ut0 10 64752604 971699885 971165861 2020-08-07T18:02:31Z MusikBot II 29539620 Protected "[[Template:SDcat]]": [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|High-risk template or module]] ([[User:MusikBot II/TemplateProtector|more info]]) ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:SDcat |setCat}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> gejktck2ca8vfelabmrprhfecoxzlpi 10 23092408 1000405995 1000116676 2021-01-14T23:46:10Z Jonesey95 9755426 add undocumented "ignore-err" (which should be "ignore-error", no?) to error check per a note on my talk page wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{#invoke:Footnotes|sfn|template=sfn}}</includeonly>{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{main other|[[Category:Pages using sfn with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Sfn]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | ignore-err | loc | p | page | pages | postscript | pp | ps | ref | Ref }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> rf0flsau14dh7x1y90pgyjzzmg34yvn 10 25072600 965983067 958078171 2020-07-04T15:54:11Z Ahecht 2016996 safesubst<noinclude />: wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst<noinclude />:#invoke:Footnotes|sfnref}}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> a5bwsbkzmzfw9xjrhfy0ur5p5priatn 10 55686718 1071437311 1066790170 2022-02-12T16:33:32Z ToBeFree 16759563 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Short description]]": 4 million transclusions ([[WP:HRT]]) ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:{{lc:{{{1|}}}}}|none|<nowiki /><!--Prevents whitespace issues when used with adjacent newlines-->|<div class="shortdescription nomobile noexcerpt noprint searchaux" style="display:none">{{{1|}}}{{SHORTDESC:{{{1|}}}|{{{2|}}}}}</div>}}<includeonly>[[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with short description{{#ifeq:{{{pagetype}}}|Disambiguation pages|s}}]]</includeonly><!-- Start tracking -->{{#invoke:Check for unknown parameters|check|unknown={{Main other|[[Category:Pages using short description with unknown parameters|_VALUE_{{PAGENAME}}]]}}|preview=Page using [[Template:Short description]] with unknown parameter "_VALUE_"|ignoreblank=y| 1 | 2 | pagetype | bot |plural }}<!-- -->{{#ifexpr: {{#invoke:String|len|{{{1|}}}}}>100 | [[Category:{{{pagetype|{{pagetype |defaultns = extended |plural=y}}}}} with long short description]]}}<!-- -->{{Short description/lowercasecheck|{{{1|}}}}}<!-- -->{{Main other |{{SDcat |sd={{{1|}}} }} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> t36h9ek56znujq09ne6dfagkel1cjk9 10 69815941 1071437571 1071316119 2022-02-12T16:35:05Z ToBeFree 16759563 Changed protection settings for "[[Template:Short description/lowercasecheck]]": 4 million transclusions, through [[Template:Short description]] ([[WP:HRT]]) ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) wikitext text/x-wiki {{#ifeq:<!--test first character for lower-case letter-->{{#invoke:string|find|1={{{1|}}}|2=^%l|plain=false}}|1 |<!-- first character is a lower case letter; test against whitelist -->{{#switch: {{First word|{{{1|}}}}}<!--begin whitelist--> |c. <!--for circa--> |gTLD |iMac |iOS |iOS, |iPad |iPhone |iTunes |macOS |none |pH |pH-dependent=<!-- end whitelist; short description starts with an allowed lower-case string; whitelist matched; do nothing --> |#default=<!-- apply category to track lower-case short descriptions -->{{main other|[[Category:Pages with lower-case short description|{{trim|{{{1|}}}}}]]}}{{Testcases other|{{red|CATEGORY APPLIED}}}}<!-- end whitelist test -->}} |<!-- short description does not start with lower-case letter; do nothing; end lower-case test --> }}<noinclude> {{documentation}} </noinclude> i1e9w8d3rdcgxtws9nvbvfopq7y0nnk 10 2385304 1066167302 1064748786 2022-01-17T03:43:07Z Explicit 4842600 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2022 January 10#Template:Smaller]] closed as merge ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.12|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki <span style="font-size:85%;">{{{1}}}</span><includeonly>{{SAFESUBST:#if:{{{1|}}}||[[Category:Pages using small with an empty input parameter]]}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}}<!--Categories and interwikis go in the /doc sub-page.--> </noinclude> dvonxxvea06kvln677gbl2xk9rrnlog 10 1487430 1014201710 1012903429 2021-03-25T19:03:22Z Izno 2927383 [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion/Log/2021 March 18#Template:Tlu]] closed as keep ([[WP:XFDC#4.0.11|XFDcloser]]) wikitext text/x-wiki &#123;&#123;[[Template:{{{1}}}|{{{1}}}]]&#125;&#125;<noinclude>{{documentation}} <!-- Categories go on the /doc subpage and interwikis go on Wikidata. --> </noinclude> rf3qx5cilaxlnjqq9fivevkah92ncil 10 66733012 1006436965 2021-02-12T22:03:00Z Anthony Appleyard 119438 Anthony Appleyard moved page [[Template:Tl]] to [[Template:Template link]]: [[Special:Permalink/1006428669|Requested]] by Buidhe at [[WP:RM/TR]]: RM closed as move wikitext text/x-wiki #REDIRECT [[Template:Template link]] {{Redirect category shell| {{R from move}} }} p1dn3i2ckb7gtckkrbn0xh6ckx8nei1 10 36894334 945881387 857336760 2020-03-16T18:43:47Z Colonies Chris 577301 wikitext text/x-wiki {{Navbox | name = Tonality | state = {{{state<includeonly>|autocollapse</includeonly>}}} | title = [[Tonality]] | listclass = hlist | image = [[File:Ursatz 321IVI revised.png|100px]] | list1 = * [[Cadence]] * [[Circle of fifths]] * [[Consonance and dissonance]] * [[Diatonic scale]] * [[Function (music)|Diatonic function]] ** [[Secondary chord|Secondary function]] * [[Figured bass]] * [[Just intonation]] * [[Key (music)|Key]] * [[Major and minor]] * [[Modulation (music)|Modulation]] * [[Neotonality]] * [[Ostinato]] * [[Otonality and Utonality]] * [[Parallel key]] * [[Polytonality]] * [[Progressive tonality]] * [[Schenkerian analysis]] * [[Sonata form]] * [[Tonality diamond]] * [[Tonicization]] * [[Voice leading]] }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 883krguxsdlb5y54wx39eb9d452lcd8 10 21815705 1028359514 668935791 2021-06-13T14:06:25Z Plastikspork 5075409 Fix for |=foo bug wikitext text/x-wiki <includeonly>{{safesubst:#if:1|{{{x|{{{1|}}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> 14wjdl1oebgpc4d7v8plj06vowkoodf 10 3826555 1042254147 804537047 2021-09-04T00:45:52Z Izno 2927383 tstyles wikitext text/x-wiki <templatestyles src="Citation/styles.css"/><cite class="citation wikicite" id={{{ref|"Reference-{{{id}}}"}}}>{{{reference}}}</cite><noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude> 76ncbcoczdk4rzxzz9xl7hn82p3a217 10 22255088 975364754 821904792 2020-08-28T03:15:17Z Xaosflux 502540 add additional paramerters, "t", "f" - requested on talk - worked in sandbox /testcases wikitext text/x-wiki {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>#switch: {{<includeonly>safesubst:</includeonly>lc: {{{1|¬}}} }} |no |n |f |false |off |0 = {{{no|<!-- null -->}}} | = {{{blank|{{{no|<!-- null -->}}}}}} |¬ = {{{¬|}}} |yes |y |t |true |on |1 = {{{yes|yes}}} |#default = {{{def|{{{yes|yes}}}}}} }}<noinclude> {{Documentation}} </noinclude> bioaq6x8oitfnx7oqmfhviol4hbp1nd 10 48375573 825510157 804450734 2018-02-13T20:27:17Z WOSlinker 3138265 separate pp-template not needed wikitext text/x-wiki {{safesubst:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|no}}}|¬={{{¬|no}}}|def={{{def|no}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 34vmtxa9ubuh1vz2ulp78m5ela68riu 10 48375564 829824778 827246217 2018-03-11T01:06:35Z JJMC89 24812038 allow subst wikitext text/x-wiki {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />yesno|{{{1}}}|yes={{{yes|yes}}}|no={{{no|no}}}|blank={{{blank|yes}}}|¬={{{¬|yes}}}|def={{{def|yes}}}}}<noinclude> {{Documentation|Template:Yesno/doc}} <!--Categories go in the doc page referenced above; interwikis go in Wikidata.--> </noinclude> 2ln5m2kzkd3wxvm1r25pwd6kj6j77we 828 41298065 948472485 948472482 2020-04-01T06:12:40Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module provides easy processing of arguments passed to Scribunto from -- #invoke. It is intended for use by other Lua modules, and should not be -- called from #invoke directly. local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local arguments = {} -- Generate four different tidyVal functions, so that we don't have to check the -- options every time we call it. local function tidyValDefault(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then val = val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if val == '' then return nil else return val end else return val end end local function tidyValTrimOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then return val:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') else return val end end local function tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly(key, val) if type(val) == 'string' then if val:find('%S') then return val else return nil end else return val end end local function tidyValNoChange(key, val) return val end local function matchesTitle(given, title) local tp = type( given ) return (tp == 'string' or tp == 'number') and mw.title.new( given ).prefixedText == title end local translate_mt = { __index = function(t, k) return k end } function arguments.getArgs(frame, options) checkType('getArgs', 1, frame, 'table', true) checkType('getArgs', 2, options, 'table', true) frame = frame or {} options = options or {} --[[ -- Set up argument translation. --]] options.translate = options.translate or {} if getmetatable(options.translate) == nil then setmetatable(options.translate, translate_mt) end if options.backtranslate == nil then options.backtranslate = {} for k,v in pairs(options.translate) do options.backtranslate[v] = k end end if options.backtranslate and getmetatable(options.backtranslate) == nil then setmetatable(options.backtranslate, { __index = function(t, k) if options.translate[k] ~= k then return nil else return k end end }) end --[[ -- Get the argument tables. If we were passed a valid frame object, get the -- frame arguments (fargs) and the parent frame arguments (pargs), depending -- on the options set and on the parent frame's availability. If we weren't -- passed a valid frame object, we are being called from another Lua module -- or from the debug console, so assume that we were passed a table of args -- directly, and assign it to a new variable (luaArgs). --]] local fargs, pargs, luaArgs if type(frame.args) == 'table' and type(frame.getParent) == 'function' then if options.wrappers then --[[ -- The wrappers option makes Module:Arguments look up arguments in -- either the frame argument table or the parent argument table, but -- not both. This means that users can use either the #invoke syntax -- or a wrapper template without the loss of performance associated -- with looking arguments up in both the frame and the parent frame. -- Module:Arguments will look up arguments in the parent frame -- if it finds the parent frame's title in options.wrapper; -- otherwise it will look up arguments in the frame object passed -- to getArgs. --]] local parent = frame:getParent() if not parent then fargs = frame.args else local title = parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '') local found = false if matchesTitle(options.wrappers, title) then found = true elseif type(options.wrappers) == 'table' then for _,v in pairs(options.wrappers) do if matchesTitle(v, title) then found = true break end end end -- We test for false specifically here so that nil (the default) acts like true. if found or options.frameOnly == false then pargs = parent.args end if not found or options.parentOnly == false then fargs = frame.args end end else -- options.wrapper isn't set, so check the other options. if not options.parentOnly then fargs = frame.args end if not options.frameOnly then local parent = frame:getParent() pargs = parent and parent.args or nil end end if options.parentFirst then fargs, pargs = pargs, fargs end else luaArgs = frame end -- Set the order of precedence of the argument tables. If the variables are -- nil, nothing will be added to the table, which is how we avoid clashes -- between the frame/parent args and the Lua args. local argTables = {fargs} argTables[#argTables + 1] = pargs argTables[#argTables + 1] = luaArgs --[[ -- Generate the tidyVal function. If it has been specified by the user, we -- use that; if not, we choose one of four functions depending on the -- options chosen. This is so that we don't have to call the options table -- every time the function is called. --]] local tidyVal = options.valueFunc if tidyVal then if type(tidyVal) ~= 'function' then error( "bad value assigned to option 'valueFunc'" .. '(function expected, got ' .. type(tidyVal) .. ')', 2 ) end elseif options.trim ~= false then if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValDefault else tidyVal = tidyValTrimOnly end else if options.removeBlanks ~= false then tidyVal = tidyValRemoveBlanksOnly else tidyVal = tidyValNoChange end end --[[ -- Set up the args, metaArgs and nilArgs tables. args will be the one -- accessed from functions, and metaArgs will hold the actual arguments. Nil -- arguments are memoized in nilArgs, and the metatable connects all of them -- together. --]] local args, metaArgs, nilArgs, metatable = {}, {}, {}, {} setmetatable(args, metatable) local function mergeArgs(tables) --[[ -- Accepts multiple tables as input and merges their keys and values -- into one table. If a value is already present it is not overwritten; -- tables listed earlier have precedence. We are also memoizing nil -- values, which can be overwritten if they are 's' (soft). --]] for _, t in ipairs(tables) do for key, val in pairs(t) do if metaArgs[key] == nil and nilArgs[key] ~= 'h' then local tidiedVal = tidyVal(key, val) if tidiedVal == nil then nilArgs[key] = 's' else metaArgs[key] = tidiedVal end end end end end --[[ -- Define metatable behaviour. Arguments are memoized in the metaArgs table, -- and are only fetched from the argument tables once. Fetching arguments -- from the argument tables is the most resource-intensive step in this -- module, so we try and avoid it where possible. For this reason, nil -- arguments are also memoized, in the nilArgs table. Also, we keep a record -- in the metatable of when pairs and ipairs have been called, so we do not -- run pairs and ipairs on the argument tables more than once. We also do -- not run ipairs on fargs and pargs if pairs has already been run, as all -- the arguments will already have been copied over. --]] metatable.__index = function (t, key) --[[ -- Fetches an argument when the args table is indexed. First we check -- to see if the value is memoized, and if not we try and fetch it from -- the argument tables. When we check memoization, we need to check -- metaArgs before nilArgs, as both can be non-nil at the same time. -- If the argument is not present in metaArgs, we also check whether -- pairs has been run yet. If pairs has already been run, we return nil. -- This is because all the arguments will have already been copied into -- metaArgs by the mergeArgs function, meaning that any other arguments -- must be nil. --]] if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end local val = metaArgs[key] if val ~= nil then return val elseif metatable.donePairs or nilArgs[key] then return nil end for _, argTable in ipairs(argTables) do local argTableVal = tidyVal(key, argTable[key]) if argTableVal ~= nil then metaArgs[key] = argTableVal return argTableVal end end nilArgs[key] = 'h' return nil end metatable.__newindex = function (t, key, val) -- This function is called when a module tries to add a new value to the -- args table, or tries to change an existing value. if type(key) == 'string' then key = options.translate[key] end if options.readOnly then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; the table is read-only', 2 ) elseif options.noOverwrite and args[key] ~= nil then error( 'could not write to argument table key "' .. tostring(key) .. '"; overwriting existing arguments is not permitted', 2 ) elseif val == nil then --[[ -- If the argument is to be overwritten with nil, we need to erase -- the value in metaArgs, so that __index, __pairs and __ipairs do -- not use a previous existing value, if present; and we also need -- to memoize the nil in nilArgs, so that the value isn't looked -- up in the argument tables if it is accessed again. --]] metaArgs[key] = nil nilArgs[key] = 'h' else metaArgs[key] = val end end local function translatenext(invariant) local k, v = next(invariant.t, invariant.k) invariant.k = k if k == nil then return nil elseif type(k) ~= 'string' or not options.backtranslate then return k, v else local backtranslate = options.backtranslate[k] if backtranslate == nil then -- Skip this one. This is a tail call, so this won't cause stack overflow return translatenext(invariant) else return backtranslate, v end end end metatable.__pairs = function () -- Called when pairs is run on the args table. if not metatable.donePairs then mergeArgs(argTables) metatable.donePairs = true end return translatenext, { t = metaArgs } end local function inext(t, i) -- This uses our __index metamethod local v = t[i + 1] if v ~= nil then return i + 1, v end end metatable.__ipairs = function (t) -- Called when ipairs is run on the args table. return inext, t, 0 end return args end return arguments 5qx9tzlul9ser30uxj9nbasjt92cevn 828 39028170 1089934163 1089010245 2022-05-26T12:17:45Z MSGJ 42630 update link to USCG Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals') local p = {} local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() local namespace = title.namespace local testcases = (string.sub(title.subpageText,1,9) == 'testcases') --[[==========================================================================]] --[[ Category functions ]] --[[==========================================================================]] local function addCat( cat ) if cat and cat ~= '' then return '[[Category:'..cat..']]'..p.redCatLink(cat) end return '' end function p.getCatForId( id ) local cat = '' if namespace == 0 then cat = 'Articles with '..id..' identifiers' end return addCat(cat) end function p.redCatLink( cat ) --cat == 'Blah' (not 'Category:Blah', not '[[Category:Blah]]') if cat and cat ~= '' and testcases == false and mw.title.new(cat, 14).exists == false then return '[[Category:Pages with red-linked authority control categories]]' end return '' end function p.createRow( id, rawValues, link, links, withUid, specialCat, prefix) local faultyCat = 'Articles with faulty '..(specialCat or id)..' identifiers' if links then -- all links[] use withUid = false; no check needed local row = '' if prefix then row = row..'*'..prefix end for i, l in ipairs( links ) do if i == 1 and not prefix then row = row..'*' else row = row..'\n**' end if l then row = row..'<span class="uid">'..l..'</span>' else row = row..'<span class="error">The '..id..' id '..rawValues[i]..' is not valid.</span>'..addCat(faultyCat) end end return row..'\n' elseif link then -- All IDs that have a prefix support multiple identifiers, so prefix is not needed if withUid then return '*<span class="nowrap"><span class="uid">'..link..'</span></span>\n' end return '*<span class="nowrap">'..link..'</span>\n' end return '* <span class="error">The '..id..' id '..rawValues..' is not valid.</span>'..addCat(faultyCat)..'\n' end --[[==========================================================================]] --[[ Property formatting functions ]] --[[==========================================================================]] -- If a link has a suitable entry in the global inter-wiki prefix table at [[:m:Interwiki_map]], -- please consider routing through this prefix rather than as external link URL. -- This will ease future maintenance as necessary updates to the link can be centrally carried out there rather than by updating this module. -- The "external link" icon would disappear for such entries. function p.aagLink( id, label) --P3372's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.aucklandartgallery.com/explore-art-and-ideas/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Auckland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AAG' ) end function p.acmLink( id, label ) --P864's format regex: \d{11} (e.g. 12345678901) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://dl.acm.org/profile/'..id..' '..(label or 'Association for Computing Machinery')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ACM-DL' ) end function p.adbLink( id, label ) --P1907's format regex: [a-z][-a-z]+-([1-3]\d|[1-9])\d{0,3} (e.g. barton-sir-edmund-toby-71) if not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-3]%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^[a-z][-a-z]+-[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/'..id..' '..(label or 'Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ADB' ) end function p.admiraltyLink(id,label) --P3562's format regex: [A-Q]\d{4}(\.\d+)? (e.g. D1204.1) if not id:match('^[A-Q]%d%d%d%d$') and not id:match('^[A-Q]%d%d%d%d%.%d+$') then return false end return id..p.getCatForId( 'admiralty' ) end function p.agsaLink( id, label ) --P6804's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 3625) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.agsa.sa.gov.au/collection-publications/collection/creators/_/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'South Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AGSA' ) end function p.ARLHSLink(id,label) --P2980's format regex: [A-Z]{3}\d{3,4}[A-Z]?| e.g. LAT023 if not id:match('^[A-Z][A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d?[A-Z]?$') then return false end return '[http://wlol.arlhs.com/lighthouse/'..id..'.html '..(label or 'ARLHS')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ARLHS' ) end function p.autoresuyLink( id, label ) --P2558's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,4} (e.g. 12345) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://autores.uy/autor/'..id..' '..(label or 'Uruguay')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'autores.uy' ) end function p.awrLink( id, label ) --P4186's format regex: (([A-Z]{3}\d{4})|([A-Z]{2}\d{5}))[a-z] (e.g. PR00768b) if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) and not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]%d%d%d%d%d[a-z]$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.womenaustralia.info/biogs/'..id..'.htm '..(label or 'Australian Women\'s Register')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'AWR' ) end function p.bibsysLink( id, label ) --P1015's format regex: [1-9]\d* or [1-9](\d{0,8}|\d{12}) (e.g. 1234567890123) --TODO: follow up @ [[d:Property talk:P1015#Discrepancy between the 2 regex constraints]] or escalate/investigate if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://authority.bibsys.no/authority/rest/authorities/html/'..id..' '..(label or 'Norway')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BIBSYS' ) end function p.bildLink( id, label ) --P2092's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.bildindex.de/document/obj'..id..' '..(label or 'Bildindex (Germany)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Bildindex' ) end function p.bncLink( id, label ) --P1890's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.bncatalogo.cl/F?func=direct&local_base=red10&doc_number='..id..' '..(label or 'Chile')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNC' ) end function p.bneLink( id, label ) --P950's format regex: (XX|FF|a)\d{4,7}|(bima|bimo|bica|bis[eo]|bivi|Mise|Mimo|Mima)\d{10} (e.g. XX1234567) if not id:match( '^[XF][XF]%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^bi[mcsv][aoei]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and not id:match( '^Mi[sm][eoa]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://catalogo.bne.es/uhtbin/authoritybrowse.cgi?action=display&authority_id='..id..' '..(label or 'Spain')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNE' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.bnfLink( id, label ) --P268's format regex: \d{8}[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz] (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^c?b?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9bcdfghjkmnpqrstvwxz]$' ) then return false end --Add cb prefix if it has been removed if not id:match( '^cb.+$' ) then id = 'cb'..id end return '[https://catalogue.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' '..(label or 'France')..'] [https://data.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/'..id..' (data)]'..p.getCatForId( 'BNF' ) end function p.bnmmLink( id, label ) --P3788's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 000024044) if id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return '[https://catalogo.bn.gov.ar/F/?func=direct&local_base=BNA10&doc_number='..id..' '..(label or 'Argentina')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BNMM' ) else return false end end function p.botanistLink( id, label ) --P428's format regex: ('t )?(d')?(de )?(la )?(van (der )?)?(Ma?c)?(De)?(Di)?\p{Lu}?C?['\p{Ll}]*([-'. ]*(van )?(y )?(d[ae][nr]?[- ])?(Ma?c)?[\p{Lu}bht]?C?['\p{Ll}]*)*\.? ?f?\.? (e.g. L.) --not easily/meaningfully implementable in Lua's regex since "(this)?" is not allowed... if not mw.ustring.match( id, "^[%u%l%d%. '-]+$" ) then --better than nothing return false end id = id:gsub(' +', '%%20') return '[https://www.ipni.org/ipni/advAuthorSearch.do?find_abbreviation='..id..' '..(label or 'International Plant Names Index')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Botanist' ) end function p.bpnLink( id, label ) --P651's format regex: \d{6,8} (e.g. 00123456) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --original format regex, changed 8/2019 to not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) and --allow 1-2 leading 0s, allowed by the website not id:match( '^0?0?%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.biografischportaal.nl/en/persoon/'..id..' '..(label or 'Netherlands')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'BPN' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.canticLink( id, label ) --P1273's format regex: a\d{7}[0-9x] (e.g. a10640745) if not id:match( '^a%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dx]$' ) then return false end return '[http://cantic.bnc.cat/registres/CUCId/'..id..' '..(label or 'Catalonia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CANTIC' ) --no https as of 10/2019 end function p.canticnLink( id, label ) --P9984's format regex: 981(0|1)\d{9}06706 (e.g. 981058515460906706) if not id:match( '^981[0-1]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d06706$' ) then return false end return '[https://cantic.bnc.cat/registre/'..id..' '..(label or 'Catalonia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CANTICN' ) end function p.ccgLink( id, label ) --P3920's format regex: ([NAIP])?[1-9]\d*(\.\d+)? (e.g. A1761) if not id:match( '^[NAIP]?[1-9]%d*$' ) and not id:match( '^[NAIP]?[1-9]%d*%.%d+$' ) then return false end return id..p.getCatForId( 'CCG' ) end function p.ciniiLink( id, label ) --P271's format regex: DA\d{7}[\dX] (e.g. DA12345678) if not id:match( '^DA%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then return false end return '[https://ci.nii.ac.jp/author/'..id..'?l=en '..(label or 'CiNii (Japan)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CINII' ) end function p.cwgcLink( id, label ) --P1908's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 75228351) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.cwgc.org/find-war-dead/casualty/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Commonwealth War Graves Commission')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'CWGC' ) end function p.emuLink( id, label ) --P4613's format regex: \d{1,6} (e.g. 15409 (or 015409)) if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[http://esu.com.ua/search_articles.php?id='..id..' '..(label or 'Ukraine')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'EMU' ) end function p.daaoLink( id, label ) --P1707's format regex: [a-z\-]+\d* (e.g. rolf-harris) if not id:match( '^[a-z%-]+%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.daao.org.au/bio/'..id..' '..(label or 'Australian Artists')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DAAO' ) end function p.dblpLink( id, label ) --P2456's format regex: \d{2,3} /\d+(-\d+)?|[a-z] /[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*(-\d+)? (e.g. 123/123) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+$' ) and not id:match( '^%d%d%d?/%d+%-%d+$' ) and not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) and not id:match( '^[a-z]/[a-zA-Z][0-9A-Za-z]*%-%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://dblp.org/pid/'..id..' '..(label or 'DBLP (computer science)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DBLP' ) end function p.dibLink( id, label ) --P6829's format regex: 0[01]\d{4}(\.[A-D])? (e.g. 001953) if not id:match( '^0[01]%d%d%d%d%.?[A-D]?$' ) then return false end return '[https://dib.cambridge.org/viewReadPage.do?articleId='..id..' '..(label or 'Ireland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DIB' ) end function p.dsiLink( id, label ) --P2349's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1538) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.uni-stuttgart.de/hi/gnt/dsi2/index.php?table_name=dsi&function=details&where_field=id&where_value='..id..' '..(label or 'Scientific illustrators')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DSI' ) end function p.dtbioLink( id, label ) --P7902's format regex: 1[0-9]{7,8}[0-9X] (e.g. 118554700) if not id:match( '^1[0-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?[0-9X]$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.deutsche-biographie.de/pnd'..id..'.html?language=en '..(label or 'Germany')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'DTBIO' ) end function p.fastLink( id, label ) --P2163's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,7} (e.g. 1916996) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[http://id.worldcat.org/fast/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Faceted Application of Subject Terminology')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'FAST' ) end function p.fnzaLink( id, label ) --P6792's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 9785) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://findnzartists.org.nz/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'New Zealand Artists')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'FNZA' ) end function p.gndLink( id, label ) --P227's format regex: 1[012]?\d{7}[0-9X]|[47]\d{6}-\d|[1-9]\d{0,7}-[0-9X]|3\d{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 4079154-3) if not id:match( '^1[012]?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) and not id:match( '^[47]%d%d%d%d%d%d%-%d$' ) and not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%-[0-9X]$' ) and not id:match( '^3%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[0-9X]$' ) then return false end return '[https://d-nb.info/gnd/'..id..' '..(label or 'Germany')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'GND' ) end function p.googleLink( id, label ) --P1960's format regex: [-_0-9A-Za-z]{12} (e.g. CUO0vDcAAAAJ) if not id:match( '^[%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u][%-_%d%l%u]$' ) then return false end return '[https://scholar.google.com/citations?user='..id..' '..(label or 'Google Scholar')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Google Scholar' ) end function p.hdsLink( id, label ) --P902's format regex: \d{6} (e.g. 050123) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://hls-dhs-dss.ch/fr/articles/'..id..' '..(label or 'Historical Dictionary of Switzerland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'HDS' ) end function p.iaafLink( id, label ) --P1146's format regex: [0-9][0-9]* (e.g. 012) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.iaaf.org/athletes/_/'..id..' '..(label or 'World Athletics')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'IAAF' ) end function p.iccuLink( id, label ) --P396's format regex: \D{2}[A-Z0-3]V\d{6} (e.g. CFIV000163) if not id:match( '^%u%u[%u0-3]V%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then --legacy: %u used here instead of %D (but the faulty ID cat is empty, out of ~12k uses) return false end return '[https://opac.sbn.it/nome/'..id..' '..(label or 'Italy')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ICCU' ) end function p.iciaLink( id, label ) --P1736's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.imj.org.il/artcenter/newsite/en/?artist='..id..' '..(label or 'ICIA (Israel)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ICIA' ) end function p.ieuLink( id, label ) --P9070's format regex: [A-Z]\\[A-Z]\\[A-Za-z0-9]+ (e.g. K\Y\Kyiv) if not id:match( '^[A-Z]\\[A-Z]\\%w+$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.encyclopediaofukraine.com/display.asp?linkpath=pages\\'..id..' '..(label or 'Internet Encyclopedia of Ukraine')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'IEU' ) end function p.isniLink( id, label ) id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145 if not id then return false end return '[https://isni.org/isni/'..id..' '..(label or 'ISNI')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ISNI' ) end function p.j9uLink( id, label ) --P8189's format regex: 9870(0|1)\d{8}05171 (e.g. 987007305652505171) if not id:match( '^9870[0-1]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d05171$' ) then return false end return '[http://uli.nli.org.il/F/?func=find-b&local_base=NLX10&find_code=UID&request='..id..' '..(label or 'Israel')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'J9U' ) end function p.jocondeLink( id, label ) --P347's format regex: [\-0-9A-Za-z]{11} (e.g. 12345678901) local regex = '^'..string.rep('[%-0-9A-Za-z]', 11)..'$' if not id:match( regex ) then return false end return '[https://www.pop.culture.gouv.fr/notice/joconde/'..id..' '..(label or 'Joconde (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Joconde' ) end function p.kulturnavLink( id, label ) --P1248's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{4}\-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end return '[http://kulturnav.org/'..id..' '..(label or 'KulturNav (Norway)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'KULTURNAV' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.lccnLink( id, label ) local parts = p.splitLccn( id ) --e.g. n78039510 if not parts then return false end local lccnType = parts[1] ~= 'sh' and 'names' or 'subjects' id = parts[1] .. parts[2] .. p.append( parts[3], '0', 6 ) return '[https://id.loc.gov/authorities/'..lccnType..'/'..id..' '..(label or 'United States')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LCCN' ) end function p.lirLink( id, label ) --P886's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.e-lir.ch/e-LIR___Lexicon.'..id..'.450.0.html '..(label or 'Lexicon Istoric Retic (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LIR' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.lnbLink( id, label ) --P1368's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://kopkatalogs.lv/F?func=direct&local_base=lnc10&doc_number='..id..'&P_CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Latvia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'LNB' ) end function p.marinaMilitareLink( id, label ) --P3863's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 3856) if id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return '[http://www.marina.difesa.it/cosa-facciamo/per-la-difesa-sicurezza/fari/Pagine/'..id..'.aspx '..(label or 'Italy')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Marina Militare' ) else return false end end function p.mathsnLink( id, label ) --P4955's format regex: [1-9]\d{4,6} (e.g. 175270) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet/MRAuthorID/'..id..' '..(label or 'MathSciNet')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MATHSN' ) end function p.mbaLink( id, label ) --P434's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/artist/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBA (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' artist]'..cat end end function p.mbareaLink( id, label ) --P982's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/area/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz area' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBAREA (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' area]'..cat end end function p.mbiLink( id, label ) --P1330's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/instrument/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz instrument' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBI (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' instrument]'..cat end end function p.mblLink( id, label ) --P966's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/label/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz label' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBL (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' label]'..cat end end function p.mbpLink( id, label ) --P1004's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/place/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz place' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBP (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' place]'..cat end end function p.mbrgLink( id, label ) --P436's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/release-group/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz release group' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBRG (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' release group]'..cat end end function p.mbsLink( id, label ) --P1407's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/series/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz series' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBS (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' series]'..cat end end function p.mbwLink( id, label ) --P435's format regex: [0-9a-f]{8}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{4}-[0-9a-f]{12} (e.g. 12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB) if not id:match( '^%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%-%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x%x$' ) then return false end local url = 'https://musicbrainz.org/work/'..id local cat = p.getCatForId( 'MusicBrainz work' )--special cat name if label then return '['..url..' '..label..']'..cat else return '[[MBW (identifier)|MusicBrainz]] ['..url..' work]'..cat end end function p.mgpLink( id, label ) --P549's format regex: \d{1,6} (e.g. 123456) if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.mathgenealogy.org/id.php?id='..id..' '..(label or 'Mathematics Genealogy Project')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MGP' ) end function p.mtLink( id, label ) --P3601's format regex: \d{10} (e.g. 1000004707) if id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return '[https://www.marinetraffic.com/en/ais/details/lights/'..id..' '..(label or 'MarineTraffic')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'MarineTraffic' ) else return false end end function p.naraLink( id, label ) --P1225's format regex: ^([1-9]\d{0,8})$ (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://catalog.archives.gov/id/'..id..' '..(label or 'National Archives (US)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NARA' ) end function p.nclLink( id, label ) --P1048's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1081436) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[http://aleweb.ncl.edu.tw/F/?func=accref&acc_sequence='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Taiwan')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NCL' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.ndlLink( id, label ) --P349's format regex: 0?\d{8} (e.g. 012345678) if not id:match( '^0?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://id.ndl.go.jp/auth/ndlna/'..id..' '..(label or 'Japan')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NDL' ) end function p.ngaLink(id,label) --P3563's format rgex: 11[0-6]-\d+(\.\d+)? (e.g. 114-7721.2) if not id:match('^11[0-6]%-%d+%.?%d*$') then return false end return '[https://wikidata-externalid-url.toolforge.org/?url=https%3A%2F%2Fmsi.nga.mil%2FqueryResults%3Fpublications%2Fngalol%2Flights-buoys%3Fvolume%3D%251%26featureNumber%3D%252%26includeRemovals%3Dfalse%26output%3Dhtml&exp=(%5Cd%7B3%7D)-(.*)&id='..id..' '..(label or 'NGA')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NGA' ) end function p.ngvLink( id, label ) --P2041's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 12354) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.ngv.vic.gov.au/explore/collection/artist/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Victoria')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NGV' ) end function p.nkcLink( id, label ) --P691's format regex: [a-z]{2,4}[0-9]{2,14} (e.g. abcd12345678901234) if not id:match( '^[a-z][a-z][a-z]?[a-z]?%d%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://aleph.nkp.cz/F/?func=find-c&local_base=aut&ccl_term=ica='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Czech Republic')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NKC' ) end function p.nlaLink( id, label ) --P409's format regex: [1-9][0-9]{0,11} (e.g. 123456789012) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://nla.gov.au/anbd.aut-an'..id..' '..(label or 'Australia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLA' ) end function p.nlgLink( id, label ) --P3348's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://data.nlg.gr/resource/authority/record'..id..' '..(label or 'Greece')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLG' ) end function p.nlkLink( id, label ) --P5034's format regex: KA.(19|20).{7} (e.g. KAC201501465) if not id:match( '^KA.19.......$' ) and not id:match( '^KA.20.......$' ) then return false end return '[https://librarian.nl.go.kr/LI/contents/L20101000000.do?id='..id..' '..(label or 'Korea')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLK' ) end function p.nlpLink( id, label ) --P1695's format regex: 9810[0-9]\d* or A[0-9]{7}[0-9X] (e.g. 9810123456789012345 or A10414836) if not id:match( '^9810%d+$' ) and not id:match( '^A%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then return false end return '[https://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url?p=1695&id='..id..' '..(label or 'Poland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLP' ) end function p.nlrLink( id, label ) --P1003's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://aleph.bibnat.ro:8991/F/?func=direct&local_base=NLR10&doc_number='..id..' '..(label or 'Romania')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NLR' ) end function p.nskLink( id, label ) --P1375's format regex: \d{9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://katalog.nsk.hr/F/?func=direct&doc_number='..id..'&local_base=nsk10 '..(label or 'Croatia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NSK' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.ntaLink( id, label ) --P1006's format regex: \d{8}[\dX] (e.g. 12345678X) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then return false end return '[http://data.bibliotheken.nl/id/thes/p'..id..' '..(label or 'Netherlands')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'NTA' ) end function p.orcidLink( id, label ) id = p.validateIsni( id ) --e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483 if not id then return false end id = id:sub( 1, 4 )..'-'..id:sub( 5, 8 )..'-'..id:sub( 9, 12 )..'-'..id:sub( 13, 16 ) return '[https://orcid.org/'..id..' '..(label or 'ORCID')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ORCID' ) end function p.picLink( id, label ) --P2750's format regex: [1-9]\d* (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://pic.nypl.org/constituents/'..id..' '..(label or 'Photographers\' Identities')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'PIC' ) end function p.plwabnLink( id, label ) --P7293's format regex: 981[0-9]{8}05606 (e.g. 9810696457305606) if not id:match( '^981%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d05606*$' ) then return false end return '[http://mak.bn.org.pl/cgi-bin/KHW/makwww.exe?BM=1&NU=1&IM=4&WI='..id..' '..(label or 'Poland')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'PLWABN' ) end function p.publonsLink( id, label ) --P3829's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 654601) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://publons.com/author/'..id..'/ '..(label or 'Publons (researchers)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Publons' ) end function p.ridLink( id, label ) --P1053's format regex: [A-Z]{1,3}-\d{4}-(19|20)\d\d (e.g. AAS-5150-2020) if not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]?[A-Z]?%-%d%d%d%d%-19%d%d$' ) and not id:match( '^[A-Z][A-Z]?[A-Z]?%-%d%d%d%d%-20%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.researcherid.com/rid/'..id..' '..(label or 'ResearcherID')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RID' ) end function p.rismLink( id, label ) --P5504's format regex: (pe|ks)?\[1-9]d* (e.g. pe30006410) if not id:match( '^pe[1-9]%d*$' ) and --99% start with 'pe' not id:match( '^ks[1-9]%d*$' ) and not id:match( '^[1-9]%d*$' ) then return false end return '[https://opac.rism.info/search?id='..id..' '..(label or 'RISM (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RISM' ) end function p.reroLink( id, label ) --P3065's format regex: 0[1-2]-[A-Z0-9]{1,10} (e.g. 02-A012345678) if not id:match( '^0[1-2]%-[A-Z%d][A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?[A-Z%d]?$' ) then return false end return '[http://data.rero.ch/'..id..' '..(label or 'RERO (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RERO' ) end function p.rkdartistsLink( id, label ) --P650's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://rkd.nl/en/explore/artists/'..id..' '..(label or 'RKD Artists (Netherlands)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDartists' ) end function p.rkdidLink( id, label ) --P350's format regex: [1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 123456) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://rkd.nl/nl/explore/images/'..id..' '..(label or 'RKD ID (Netherlands)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RKDID' ) end function p.rslLink( id, label ) --P947's format regex: \d{1,9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[http://aleph.rsl.ru/F?func=find-b&find_code=SYS&adjacent=Y&local_base=RSL11&request='..id..'&CON_LNG=ENG '..(label or 'Russia')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'RSL' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.scopusLink( id, label ) --P1153's format regex: [1-9]\d{9,10} (e.g. 35247902700) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.scopus.com/authid/detail.uri?authorId='..id..' '..(label or 'Scopus author')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Scopus' ) end function p.selibrLink( id, label ) --P906's format regex: [1-9]\d{4,5} (e.g. 123456) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://libris.kb.se/auth/'..id..' '..(label or 'Sweden')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SELIBR' ) end function p.sikartLink( id, label ) --P781's format regex: \d{7,9} (e.g. 123456789) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[http://www.sikart.ch/KuenstlerInnen.aspx?id='..id..'&lng=en '..(label or 'SIKART (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SIKART' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.snacLink( id, label ) --P3430's format regex: \d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]* (e.g. A) if not id:match( '^%d*[A-Za-z][0-9A-Za-z]*$' ) then return false end return '[https://snaccooperative.org/ark:/99166/'..id..' '..(label or 'Social Networks and Archival Context')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SNAC-ID' ) end function p.sudocLink( id, label ) --P269's format regex: (\d{8}[\dX]|) (e.g. 026927608) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dxX]$' ) then --legacy: allow lowercase 'x' return false end return '[https://www.idref.fr/'..id..' '..(label or 'SUDOC (France)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'SUDOC' ) end function p.ta98Link( id, label ) --P1323's format regex: A\d{2}\.\d\.\d{2}\.\d{3}[FM]? (e.g. A12.3.45.678) if not id:match( '^A%d%d%.%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%d[FM]?$' ) then return false end local longurl = '[http://tools.wmflabs.org/wikidata-externalid-url/?p=1323&url_prefix=https:%2F%2Fwww.unifr.ch%2Fifaa%2FPublic%2FEntryPage%2FTA98%20Tree%2FEntity%20TA98%20EN%2F&url_suffix=%20Entity%20TA98%20EN.htm&id=' return longurl..id..' '..(label or 'Terminologia Anatomica')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TA98' ) end function p.tdviaLink( id, label ) --P7314's format regex: [0-9a-z/-]+] (e.g. barkan-omer-lutfi) if not id:match( '^[%d%l/-]+$' ) then return false end return '[https://islamansiklopedisi.org.tr/'..id..' '..(label or 'İslâm Ansiklopedisi')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TDVİA' ) end function p.tepapaLink( id, label ) --P3544's format regex: \d+ (e.g. 1) if not id:match( '^%d+$' ) then return false end return '[https://collections.tepapa.govt.nz/agent/'..id..' '..(label or 'Te Papa (New Zealand)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TePapa' ) end function p.tlsLink( id, label ) id = id:gsub(' +', '_') --P1362's format regex: \p{Lu}[\p{L}\d_',\.\-\(\)\*\/–&]{3,89} (e.g. Abcd) --Mediawiki page title partial URL so consider validation with mw.title or "[^#<>%[%] {|}]" local class = "[%w_',%.%-%(%)%*%/–&]" local idlen = mw.ustring.len (id) if idlen < 4 or idlen > 90 then return false end local regex = '^%u'..string.rep(class, idlen - 1)..'$' if not mw.ustring.match( id, regex ) then return false end return '[http://tls.theaterwissenschaft.ch/wiki/'..id..' '..(label or 'Theaterlexikon (Switzerland)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'TLS' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.troveLink( id, label ) --P1315's format regex: [1-9]\d{5,7} (e.g. 12345678) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then return false end return '[https://trove.nla.gov.au/people/'..id..' '..(label or 'Trove (Australia)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'Trove' ) end function p.ukparlLink( id, label ) --P6213's format regex: [a-zA-Z\d]{8} (e.g. AQUupyiR) if not id:match( '^[a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d][a-zA-Z%d]$' ) then return false end return '[https://id.parliament.uk/'..id..' '..(label or 'UK Parliament')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'UKPARL' ) end function p.ulanLink( id, label ) --P245's format regex: 500\d{6} (e.g. 500123456) if not id:match( '^500%d%d%d%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.getty.edu/vow/ULANFullDisplay?find=&role=&nation=&subjectid='..id..' '..(label or 'Artist Names (Getty)')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ULAN' ) end function p.uscgLink( id, label ) --P3723's format regex: [1-7]-\d{1,5}(.[1-9])? (e.g. 6-0695) if not id:match( '^[1-7]%-%d%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^[1-7]%-%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%.%d*[1-9]$' ) then return false end return '[[USCG (identifier)|USCG]] ([https://www.navcen.uscg.gov/pdf/lightlists/LightList%20V'..mw.ustring.sub(id,1,1)..'.pdf '..id..'])'..p.getCatForId( 'USCG' ) end function p.uscongressLink( id, label ) --P1157's format regex: [A-Z]00[01]\d{3} (e.g. A000123) if not id:match( '^[A-Z]00[01]%d%d%d$' ) then return false end return '[http://bioguide.congress.gov/scripts/biodisplay.pl?index='..id..' '..(label or 'US Congress')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'USCongress' ) --no https as of 9/2019 end function p.vcbaLink( id, label ) --P8034's format regex: \d{3}\/[1-9]\d{0,5} (e.g. 494/9793) if not id:match( '^%d%d%d\/[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end id = id:gsub('\/', '_') return '[https://opac.vatlib.it/auth/detail/'..id..' '..(label or 'Vatican')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'VcBA' ) end function p.viafLink( id, label ) --P214's format regex: [1-9]\d(\d{0,7}|\d{17,20}) (e.g. 123456789, 1234567890123456789012) if not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?$' ) and not id:match( '^[1-9]%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?%d?$' ) then return false end -- If the "VIAF" entry at [[:m:Interwiki map]] would resolve to "https://viaf.org/viaf/$1" (rather than "http://viaf.org/viaf/$1", as it currently still does), -- then the code below could change from '[https://viaf.org/viaf/'..id..' '..id..']' to '[[:VIAF:'..id..'|'..id..']]'. return '[https://viaf.org/viaf/'..id..' '..(label or 'VIAF')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'VIAF' ) end function p.worldcatidLink( id, label ) --P7859's format regex: viaf-\d+|lccn-n[a-z]?[0-9\-]+|n[cps]-.+ (e.g. viaf-100181709, lccn-n78-95332, np-verbeck,%20william$1861) if not id:match( '^viaf%-%d+$' ) and not id:match( '^lccn%-n[a-z]?[0-9%-]+$' ) and not id:match( '^n[cps]%-.+$' ) then return false end return '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/'..mw.uri.encode(id, 'PATH')..'/ '..(label or 'WorldCat')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'WORLDCATID' ) end function p.zbmathLink( id, label ) --P1556's format regex: [a-z][a-z\-]*(\.[a-z][a-z\-]*)?(\.[0-9]*)? (e.g. turing.alan-m) local ps = {'%l[%l%-]*', '%.%l[%l%-]*', '%.%d*'} if not id:match( '^'..ps[1]..'$' ) and -- prefix with no capture options not id:match( '^'..ps[1]..ps[2]..'$' ) and -- prefix with first capture option not id:match( '^'..ps[1]..ps[3]..'$' ) and -- prefix with second capture option not id:match( '^'..ps[1]..ps[2]..ps[3]..'$' ) then -- prefix and both capture options return false end return '[https://zbmath.org/authors/?q=ai:'..id..' '..(label or 'zbMATH')..']'..p.getCatForId( 'ZBMATH' ) end --[[=========================== Helper functions =============================]] function p.append(str, c, length) while str:len() < length do str = c..str end return str end --Returns the ISNI check digit isni must be a string where the 15 first elements are digits, e.g. 0000000066534145 function p.getIsniCheckDigit( isni ) local total = 0 for i = 1, 15 do local digit = isni:byte( i ) - 48 --Get integer value total = (total + digit) * 2 end local remainder = total % 11 local result = (12 - remainder) % 11 if result == 10 then return 'X' end return tostring( result ) end --Validate ISNI (and ORCID) and retuns it as a 16 characters string or returns false if it's invalid --See http://support.orcid.org/knowledgebase/articles/116780-structure-of-the-orcid-identifier function p.validateIsni( id ) --P213 (ISNI) format regex: [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{4} [0-9]{3}[0-9X] (e.g. 0000-0000-6653-4145) --P496 (ORCID) format regex: 0000-000(1-[5-9]|2-[0-9]|3-[0-4])\d{3}-\d{3}[\dX] (e.g. 0000-0002-7398-5483) id = id:gsub( '[ %-]', '' ):upper() if not id:match( '^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$' ) then return false end if p.getIsniCheckDigit( id ) ~= string.char( id:byte( 16 ) ) then return false end return id end function p.splitLccn( id ) --P244's format regex: (n|nb|nr|no|ns|sh)([4-9][0-9]|00|20[0-1][0-9])[0-9]{6} (e.g. n78039510) if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d?%d?$' ) then id = id:gsub( '^(%l+)(%d+)(%d%d%d%d%d%d)$', '%1/%2/%3' ) end if id:match( '^%l%l?%l?/%d%d%d?%d?/%d+$' ) then return mw.text.split( id, '/' ) end return false end --[[==========================================================================]] --[[ Wikidata & documentation functions ]] --[[==========================================================================]] function p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, property ) local ids = {} if not mw.wikibase then return ids end local statements = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements( itemId, property ) if statements then for _, statement in ipairs( statements ) do if statement.mainsnak.datavalue then table.insert( ids, statement.mainsnak.datavalue.value ) end end end return ids end function p.checkcat( category,label ) local ret='[[:Category:'..category..'|'..label..']]' if mw.title.new(category, 14).exists == false then ret = ret..' <span class="plainlinks" style="font-size:85%;">&#91;['..tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl('Category:'..category,'action=edit&preload=Template:Authority_control/preload'))..' create]&#93;</span>' end return ret end -- Creates a human-readable standalone wikitable version of p.conf, and tracking categories with page counts, for use in the documentation function p.docConfTable( frame ) local wikiTable = '<table class="wikitable sortable">'.. '<tr><th rowspan=2>Parameter</th>'.. '<th rowspan=2>Section</th>'.. '<th rowspan=2>Appears as</th>'.. '<th rowspan=2 data-sort-type=number>Wikidata property</th>'.. '<th colspan=2>Tracking categories and page counts</th></tr>'.. '<tr><th>[[:Category:Articles with authority control information|Articles]]</th>'.. '<th>[[:Category:Articles with faulty authority control information|Faulty IDs]]</th></tr>' local lang = mw.getContentLanguage() local a, f, P = 0, 0, 0 --cumulative sums for _, conf in pairs( p.conf ) do local param, pid, section = conf[1], conf[2], conf[4] local appearsAs if conf.prefix then appearsAs = conf.prefix else appearsAs = conf[3](conf[5]) end local link = conf.link or param..' (identifier)' local category = conf.category or param local args = { id = 'f', pid } local wpl = frame:expandTemplate{ title = 'Wikidata property link', args = args } --cats local articleCat = 'Articles with '..category..' identifiers' local faultyCat = 'Articles with faulty '..category..' identifiers' --counts local articleCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(articleCat, 'pages') ) local faultyCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(faultyCat, 'pages') ) --calcs P = P + 1 --property count a = a + lang:parseFormattedNumber(articleCount) f = f + lang:parseFormattedNumber(faultyCount) --concat wikiTable = wikiTable..'<tr><td>[['..link..'|'..param..']]</td>'.. '<td>'..section..'</td>'.. '<td>'..appearsAs..'</td>'.. '<td data-sort-value='..pid..'>'..wpl..'</td>'.. '<td style="text-align: right;">'..p.checkcat(articleCat,articleCount)..'</td>'.. '<td style="text-align: right;">'..p.checkcat(faultyCat,faultyCount)..'</td></tr>' end --append derivative WorldCat cats local wcd = { 'WorldCat-LCCN', 'WorldCat-VIAF' } for _, w in pairs(wcd) do local articleCat = 'Articles with '..w..' identifiers' local articleCount = lang:formatNum( mw.site.stats.pagesInCategory(articleCat, 'pages') ) local appearsAs if w == 'WorldCat-LCCN' then appearsAs = '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-n79-113947 WorldCat (via Library of Congress)]' else appearsAs = '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/containsVIAFID/12345789 WorldCat (via VIAF)]' end a = a + lang:parseFormattedNumber(articleCount) wikiTable = wikiTable..'<tr><td>-</td>'.. '<td>General</td>'.. '<td>'..appearsAs..'</td>'.. '<td data-sort-value='..w..'>—</td>'.. '<td style="text-align: right;">[[:Category:'..articleCat..'|'..articleCount..']]</td>'.. '<td style="text-align: right;">—</td></tr>' end --append sums wikiTable = wikiTable..'<tr><th style="text-align: right;" colspan=3>Totals</th>'.. '<th style="text-align: right;">'..lang:formatNum(P)..'</th>'.. '<th style="text-align: right;">'..lang:formatNum(a)..'</th>'.. '<th style="text-align: right;">'..lang:formatNum(f)..'</th></tr></table>' return require('Module:Suppress categories').main(wikiTable) end --[[==========================================================================]] --[[ Configuration ]] --[[==========================================================================]] -- Please use "<parameter> (identifier)" redirects rather than linking directly to the target page. -- This reduces clutter in "What links here" on both the redirect and the target, -- and improves reverse lookup of articles where a manifestation of each identifier is used. -- p.conf table basic format: { 'parameter name', propertyId # in Wikidata, formatting/validation function, section, example ID for documentation } -- p.conf table optional named parameters: -- link: to override the link in the documentation (defaults to "<parameter> (identifer)") -- category: to override the ID in category names (defaults to "... with <parameter> identifiers") -- prefix: to include a prefix (usually a wikilink explaining what the identifier is) before the external link itself p.conf = { { 'AAG', 3372, p.aagLink, 'Art galleries and museums', '1' }, { 'ACM-DL', 864, p.acmLink, 'Scientific databases', '12345678901', link = 'ACM DL (identifier)' }, { 'ADB', 1907, p.adbLink,'Biographical dictionaries', 'barton-sir-edmund-toby-71' }, { 'admiralty', 3562, p.admiraltyLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', 'D1204.1', prefix='[[Admiralty number|Admiralty]]'}, { 'AGSA', 6804, p.agsaLink, 'Art galleries and museums', '3625' }, { 'ARLHS', 2980, p.ARLHSLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', 'LAT023'}, { 'autores.uy', 2558, p.autoresuyLink, 'Biographical dictionaries', '12345' }, { 'AWR', 4186, p.awrLink, 'Biographical dictionaries', 'PR00768b' }, { 'BIBSYS', 1015, p.bibsysLink, 'National libraries', '1234567890123' }, { 'Bildindex', 2092, p.bildLink, 'Art research institutes', '1' }, { 'BNC', 1890, p.bncLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'BNE', 950, p.bneLink, 'National libraries', 'XX1234567' }, { 'BNF', 268, p.bnfLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'BNMM', 3788, p.bnmmLink, 'National libraries', '000024044' }, { 'Botanist', 428, p.botanistLink , 'Scientific databases', 'L.' }, { 'BPN', 651, p.bpnLink , 'Biographical dictionaries', '12345678' }, { 'CANTIC', 1273, p.canticLink, 'National libraries', 'a12345678' }, { 'CANTICN', 9984, p.canticnLink, 'National libraries', '981058515460906706' }, { 'CCG', 3920, p.ccgLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', 'A1761', prefix='[[CCG (identifier)|CCG]]' }, { 'CINII', 271, p.ciniiLink, 'Scientific databases', 'DA12345678', link = 'CiNii (identifier)' }, { 'CWGC', 1908, p.cwgcLink, 'Other', '1234567' }, { 'DAAO', 1707, p.daaoLink, 'Art research institutes', 'rolf-harris' }, { 'DBLP', 2456, p.dblpLink, 'Scientific databases', '123/123' }, { 'DIB', 6829, p.dibLink, 'Biographical dictionaries', '001953' }, { 'DSI', 2349, p.dsiLink, 'Art research institutes', '1538' }, { 'DTBIO', 7902, p.dtbioLink, 'Biographical dictionaries', '118554700' }, { 'EMU', 4613, p.emuLink, 'National libraries', '15409' }, { 'FAST', 2163, p.fastLink, 'Other', '1' }, { 'FNZA', 6792, p.fnzaLink, 'Art research institutes', '12' }, { 'GND', 227, p.gndLink, 'National libraries', '4079154-3' }, { 'Google Scholar', 1960, p.googleLink, 'Scientific databases', 'QPdLuj8AAAAJ' }, { 'HDS', 902, p.hdsLink, 'Other', '050123' }, { 'IAAF', 1146, p.iaafLink, 'Other', '123' }, { 'ICCU', 396, p.iccuLink, 'National libraries', 'CFIV000163' }, --formerly SBN { 'ICIA', 1736, p.iciaLink, 'Art research institutes', '1' }, { 'IEU', 9070, p.ieuLink, 'Other', 'N\\A\\NationalAcademyofArtandArchitecture' }, { 'ISNI', 213, p.isniLink, 'General', '0000-0000-6653-4145', prefix = '[[ISNI (identifier)|ISNI]]' }, { 'J9U', 8189, p.j9uLink, 'National libraries', '987007305652505171' }, { 'Joconde', 347, p.jocondeLink, 'Art research institutes', '12345678901' }, { 'KULTURNAV', 1248, p.kulturnavLink, 'Art research institutes', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', link = 'KulturNav (identifier)' }, { 'LCCN', 244, p.lccnLink, 'National libraries', 'n78039510' }, { 'LIR', 886, p.lirLink, 'Other', '1' }, { 'LNB', 1368, p.lnbLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'Marina Militare', 3863, p.marinaMilitareLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', '3856' }, { 'MarineTraffic', 3601, p.mtLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', '1000004707' }, { 'MATHSN', 4955, p.mathsnLink, 'Scientific databases', '175270' }, { 'MBA', 434, p.mbaLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz' }, --special cat name { 'MBAREA', 982, p.mbareaLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz area' }, --special cat name { 'MBI', 1330, p.mbiLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz instrument' }, --special cat name { 'MBL', 966, p.mblLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz label' }, --special cat name { 'MBP', 1004, p.mbpLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz place' }, --special cat name { 'MBRG', 436, p.mbrgLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz release group' }, --special cat name { 'MBS', 1407, p.mbsLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz series' }, --special cat name { 'MBW', 435, p.mbwLink, 'Other', '12345678-1234-1234-1234-1234567890AB', category = 'MusicBrainz work' }, --special cat name { 'MGP', 549, p.mgpLink, 'Scientific databases', '123456' }, { 'NARA', 1225, p.naraLink, 'Other', '12345678' }, { 'NCL', 1048, p.nclLink, 'National libraries', '1081436' }, { 'NDL', 349, p.ndlLink, 'National libraries', '012345678' }, { 'NGA', 3563, p.ngaLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', '114-5592'}, { 'NGV', 2041, p.ngvLink, 'Art galleries and museums', '12354' }, { 'NKC', 691, p.nkcLink, 'National libraries', 'abcd12345678901234' }, { 'NLA', 409, p.nlaLink, 'National libraries', '123456789012' }, { 'NLG', 3348, p.nlgLink, 'National libraries', '12345678' }, { 'NLK', 5034, p.nlkLink, 'National libraries', 'KAB197000000' }, { 'NLP', 1695, p.nlpLink, 'National libraries', '9810123456789012345' }, { 'NLR', 1003, p.nlrLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'NSK', 1375, p.nskLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'NTA', 1006, p.ntaLink, 'National libraries', '12345678X' }, { 'ORCID', 496, p.orcidLink, 'General', '0000-0002-7398-5483', prefix = '[[ORCID (identifier)|ORCID]]' }, { 'PIC', 2750, p.picLink, 'Art research institutes', '1' }, { 'PLWABN', 7293, p.plwabnLink, 'National libraries', '9812345678905606' }, { 'Publons', 3829, p.publonsLink, 'Scientific databases', '2776255' }, { 'RID', 1053, p.ridLink, 'Scientific databases', 'A-1234-1934' }, { 'RISM', 5504, p.rismLink, 'Other', 'pe1', prefix = '[[RISM (identifier)|RISM (France)]]' }, { 'RERO', 3065, p.reroLink, 'Other', '02-A012345678', prefix = '[[RERO (identifier)|RERO (Switzerland)]]' }, { 'RKDartists', 650, p.rkdartistsLink, 'Art research institutes', '123456' }, { 'RKDID', 350, p.rkdidLink, 'Art research institutes', '123456' }, { 'RSL', 947, p.rslLink, 'National libraries', '123456789' }, { 'Scopus', 1153, p.scopusLink, 'Scientific databases', '7005487412' }, { 'SELIBR', 906, p.selibrLink, 'National libraries', '123456' }, { 'SIKART', 781, p.sikartLink, 'Art research institutes', '123456789' }, { 'SNAC-ID', 3430, p.snacLink, 'Other', 'A' }, { 'SUDOC', 269, p.sudocLink, 'Other', '026927608', prefix = '[[SUDOC (identifier)|SUDOC (France)]]' }, { 'TA98', 1323, p.ta98Link, 'Scientific databases', 'A12.3.45.678' }, { 'TDVİA', 7314, p.tdviaLink, 'Other', 'asim-b-behdele' }, { 'TePapa', 3544, p.tepapaLink, 'Art galleries and museums', '1' }, { 'TLS', 1362, p.tlsLink, 'Other', 'Abcd' }, { 'Trove', 1315, p.troveLink, 'Other', '12345678', prefix = '[[Trove (identifier)|Trove (Australia)]]' }, --formerly NLA-person { 'UKPARL', 6213, p.ukparlLink, 'Other', 'AQUupyiR' }, { 'ULAN', 245, p.ulanLink, 'Art research institutes', '500123456' }, { 'USCG', 3723, p.uscgLink, 'Lighthouse identifiers', '6-0695'}, { 'USCongress', 1157, p.uscongressLink, 'Other', 'A000123', link = 'US Congress (identifier)' }, { 'VcBA', 8034, p.vcbaLink, 'National libraries', '494/9793' }, { 'VIAF', 214, p.viafLink, 'General', '123456789', prefix = '[[VIAF (identifier)|VIAF]]' }, { 'WORLDCATID', 7859, p.worldcatidLink, 'General', 'lccn-n78-95332', link = 'WorldCat Identities (identifier)' }, { 'ZBMATH', 1556, p.zbmathLink, 'Scientific databases', 'turing.alan-m' }, } -- Legitimate aliases to p.conf, for convenience -- Format: { 'alias', 'parameter name in p.conf' } p.aliases = { { 'DNB', 'GND' }, --Deutsche Nationalbibliothek -> Gemeinsame Normdatei { 'MusicBrainz', 'MBA' }, { 'MusicBrainz artist', 'MBA' }, { 'MusicBrainz label', 'MBL' }, { 'MusicBrainz release group', 'MBRG' }, { 'MusicBrainz work', 'MBW' }, { 'SBN', 'ICCU' }, --SBN alias to be deprecated at a later stage { 'TDVIA', 'TDVİA' }, --alias name without diacritics { 'tdvia', 'TDVİA' }, --lowercase variant without diacritics } -- Deprecated aliases to p.conf; tracked in [[Category:Articles with deprecated authority control identifiers]] -- Format: { 'deprecated parameter name', 'replacement parameter name in p.conf' } p.deprecated = { { 'GKD', 'GND' }, { 'PND', 'GND' }, { 'RLS', 'RSL' }, { 'SWD', 'GND' }, { 'NARA-organization', 'NARA' }, { 'NARA-person', 'NARA' }, } --[[==========================================================================]] --[[ Main ]] --[[==========================================================================]] function p.authorityControl( frame ) local resolveEntity = require( 'Module:ResolveEntityId' ) local parentArgs = frame:getParent().args --WD IDs added here later local iParentArgs = 0 --count original/manual parent args only later local worldcatCat = '' local elementsCat = '' local multipleIdCat = '' local suppressedIdCat = '' local suppressedIdCatArts = '' local deprecatedIdCat = '' local differentOnWDCat = '' local sameOnWDCat = '' local stateCat = '' --redirect aliases to proper parameter names for _, a in pairs( p.aliases ) do local alias, param = a[1], a[2] if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[alias] then parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[alias] end end --redirect deprecated parameters to proper parameter names, and assign tracking cat for _, d in pairs( p.deprecated ) do local dep, param = d[1], d[2] if (parentArgs[param] == nil or parentArgs[param] == '') and parentArgs[dep] then parentArgs[param] = parentArgs[dep] if namespace == 0 then deprecatedIdCat = '[[Category:Articles with deprecated authority control identifiers|'..dep..']]' end end end --use QID= parameter for testing/example purposes only local itemId = nil if namespace ~= 0 then local qid = parentArgs['qid'] or parentArgs['QID'] if qid then itemId = 'Q'..mw.ustring.gsub(qid, '^[Qq]', '') itemId = resolveEntity._id(itemId) --nil if unresolvable end elseif mw.wikibase then itemId = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() end --Wikidata fallback if available if itemId then local suppressedIdCount = 0 local iMatches = 0 for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do if params[2] > 0 then local val = parentArgs[mw.ustring.lower(params[1])] or parentArgs[params[1]] if val == nil or val == '' then local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] ) if wikidataIds[1] then if val == '' and (namespace == 0 or testcases) then suppressedIdCount = suppressedIdCount + 1 suppressedIdCat = '[[Category:Articles with suppressed authority control identifiers|'..params[1]..']]' else parentArgs[params[1]] = wikidataIds[1] --add ID from WD end end else iParentArgs = iParentArgs + 1 local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] ) if wikidataIds[1] and differentOnWDCat == '' then local bMatch = false for _, wd in pairs( wikidataIds ) do if val == wd then iMatches = iMatches + 1 bMatch = true end end if bMatch == false then differentOnWDCat = '[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters different on Wikidata|'..params[1]..']]' end end end end end if iMatches > 0 and iMatches == iParentArgs then sameOnWDCat = '[[Category:Pages using authority control with parameters all matching Wikidata]]' end if parentArgs['arts'] == 'arts' and suppressedIdCount > 0 then if namespace == 0 or testcases then local s = 's' if suppressedIdCount == 1 then s = '' end local sCat = 'ACArt with '..suppressedIdCount..' suppressed element'..s suppressedIdCatArts = addCat(sCat) end end end --configure rows local rct = 0 local sectionOrder = { 'General', 'National libraries', 'Art galleries and museums', 'Art research institutes', 'Biographical dictionaries', 'Scientific databases', 'Lighthouse identifiers', 'Other' } local sections = { ['General'] = {}, ['National libraries'] = {}, ['Art galleries and museums'] = {}, ['Art research institutes'] = {}, ['Biographical dictionaries'] = {}, ['Scientific databases'] = {}, ['Lighthouse identifiers'] = {}, ['Other'] = {} } --don't show CANTIC if CANTICN is present, since they both go to the Library of Catalonia --and the library has deprecated CANTIC IDs in favor of CANTICN IDs if parentArgs.CANTICN or parentArgs.canticn then parentArgs.CANTIC = '' parentArgs.cantic = '' end --don't show NLP if PLWABN is present, since they both go to the National Library of Poland --and the library has deprecated NLP IDs in favor of PLWABN IDs if parentArgs.PLWABN or parentArgs.plwabn then parentArgs.NLP = '' parentArgs.nlp = '' end for _, params in ipairs( p.conf ) do local val = parentArgs[mw.ustring.lower(params[1])] or parentArgs[params[1]] local tval, tlinks = {}, {} --init tables if val and val ~= '' and type(params[3]) == 'function' then table.insert( tval, val ) if params.prefix then table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( val, '1' ) ) else table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( val ) ) end end --collect other unique vals (IDs) from WD, if present if itemId and tval[1] then local nextIdVal = 2 local wikidataIds = p.getIdsFromWikidata( itemId, 'P'..params[2] ) for _, v in pairs( wikidataIds ) do local bnew = true for _, w in pairs( tval ) do if v == w then bnew = false end end if bnew then table.insert( tval, v ) table.insert( tlinks, params[3]( v, tostring(nextIdVal) ) ) nextIdVal = nextIdVal + 1 end end end --assemble if tval[1] then table.insert( sections[params[4]], p.createRow( params[1], tval, nil, tlinks, true, params.category, params.prefix) ) rct = rct + 1 if tval[2] then multipleIdCat = p.getCatForId( 'multiple' ) end end end --WorldCat-VIAF & WorldCat-LCCN local worldcatId = parentArgs['worldcatid'] or parentArgs['WORLDCATID'] if worldcatId == nil then --if WORLDCATID absent but unsuppressed local viafId = parentArgs['viaf'] or parentArgs['VIAF'] local lccnId = parentArgs['lccn'] or parentArgs['LCCN'] if viafId and viafId ~= '' and p.viafLink( viafId ) then --VIAF must be present, unsuppressed, & validated table.insert( sections['General'], p.createRow( 'VIAF', viafId, '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/containsVIAFID/'..viafId..' WorldCat (via VIAF)]', nil, false ) ) if namespace == 0 then worldcatCat = '[[Category:Articles with WorldCat-VIAF identifiers]]' end rct = rct + 1 elseif lccnId and lccnId ~= '' and p.lccnLink( lccnId ) then --LCCN must be present, unsuppressed, & validated local lccnParts = p.splitLccn( lccnId ) if lccnParts and lccnParts[1] ~= 'sh' then local lccnIdFmtd = lccnParts[1]..lccnParts[2]..'-'..lccnParts[3] table.insert( sections['General'], p.createRow( 'LCCN', lccnId, '[https://www.worldcat.org/identities/lccn-'..lccnIdFmtd..' WorldCat (via Library of Congress)]', nil, false ) ) if namespace == 0 then worldcatCat = '[[Category:Articles with WorldCat-LCCN identifiers]]' end end rct = rct + 1 end end --configure Navbox local outString = '' local extrap = true local extra = parentArgs.extralist if extra == nil or extra == '' then extrap = false end if rct > 0 or extrap then local Navbox = require('Module:Navbox') local sectionID = 1 local args = { pid = 'identifiers' } -- #target the list of identifiers if testcases and itemId then args.qid = itemId end --expensive local pencil = require('Module:EditAtWikidata')._showMessage(args) local navboxArgs = { name = 'Authority control', navboxclass = 'authority-control', bodyclass = 'hlist', state = parentArgs.state or 'autocollapse', navbar = 'off' } for _, sectName in ipairs(sectionOrder) do if #sections[sectName] ~= 0 then navboxArgs['group'..sectionID] = sectName navboxArgs['list'..sectionID] = table.concat(sections[sectName]) sectionID = sectionID + 1 end end if extrap then if parentArgs.extragroup then navboxArgs['group'..sectionID] = parentArgs.extragroup else navboxArgs['group'..sectionID] = 'Additional' end navboxArgs['list'..sectionID] = extra sectionID = sectionID + 1 end if navboxArgs.list2 then navboxArgs.title = '[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]'..pencil else local sect = navboxArgs.group1 if sect == 'General' or sect == 'Other' or sect == 'Additional' then -- Just say "Authority control" with no label if only general or only other IDs are present -- since "general" is redundant and "other" is silly when there's nothing to contrast it with navboxArgs.group1 = '[[Help:Authority control|Authority control]]'..pencil else navboxArgs.group1 = '[[Help:Authority control|Authority control: '..sect..']] '..pencil end end outString = Navbox._navbox(navboxArgs) end --auxCats if rct == 0 or rct >= 25 then if namespace == 0 or testcases then local eCat = 'AC with '..rct..' elements' elementsCat = addCat(eCat) end end if parentArgs.state then if namespace == 0 or testcases then local sCat if parentArgs.state == 'collapsed' then sCat = 'AC using state parameter: collapsed' elseif parentArgs.state == 'expanded' then sCat = 'AC using state parameter: expanded' elseif parentArgs.state == 'autocollapse' then sCat = 'AC using state parameter: autocollapse' else sCat = 'AC using state parameter: other' end stateCat = addCat(sCat) end end local auxCats = worldcatCat..elementsCat..multipleIdCat..suppressedIdCat..suppressedIdCatArts.. deprecatedIdCat..differentOnWDCat..sameOnWDCat..stateCat if testcases then auxCats = mw.ustring.gsub(auxCats, '(%[%[)(Category)', '%1:%2') --for easier checking end --out outString = outString..auxCats if namespace ~= 0 then outString = mw.ustring.gsub(outString, '(%[%[)(Category:Articles)', '%1:%2') --by definition end return outString end return p hml9am1fcoeeliry3ls8pq1q9zs9meu 828 57923154 968117896 884931331 2020-07-17T10:11:36Z Trappist the monk 10289486 fix lock icon css class; Scribunto text/plain --[[ |1=, |2=, |3=, |4=, |5=, |6=, |7=, |8=, |9=: Optional unnamed parameters for 0 to 9 items to be listed. Whitespace is trimmed off both ends and the strings are urlencoded as if they were query strings. |article-link=: Optional Wikipedia article name to link to. |article-name=: Optional alternative text to be displayed for |article-link= link in front of catalog link. If not specified, |article-link= is used for display as well. If both parameters are not specified, the prefix is omitted completely. |article-suffix=: Optional symbol to be displayed after article name or link (f.e. ":"; omitted, if not defined). |link-prefix=: Optional prefix portion of url to external catalog item(s). |link-suffix=: Optional suffix portion of url to external catalog item(s). |item-prefix=: Optional text displayed in front of each external link (omitted, if not defined) |item-suffix=: Optional text displayed immediately after each external link (omitted, if not defined) |list-separator=: Optional alternative separator displayed between list items (default: ", ", if not specified). Whitespace must be encoded. |list-leadout=: Optional alternative leadout text displayed between the last two list items (f.e. "and", "or", "as well as", etc., default is the |list-separator= or ", ".) |leadout-suffix=: Optional alternative suffix text of the leadout (see |list-leadout=) displayed between the last two list items. This gets added in front of the last list item instead of the default whitespace which is added without this parameter. This may be necessary if |list-separator= is used not only to define the list separator but also parts of the item prefix (except for the first one). (At present, this is used only to cope with format oddities of the {{MR}} template.) new parameters that support access icons: |allowed_icons= – comma-separated list of keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription, none, all (default; 'all' implied when this parameter empty or omitted) the icons specified in the following parameters are checked agains the list in |allowed-icons=; not in the list? not displayed |url-access-all= – applies specified icon to all items in the list; accepted keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription; |url-accessn= – applies specified icon to item n of the list (the nth positional parameter); accepted keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription; ]] require('Module:No globals'); local getArgs = require ('Module:Arguments').getArgs; local lock_icons = { --icon classes are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['free'] = {'id-lock-free', 'Freely accessible'}, ['registration'] = {'id-lock-registration', 'Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {'id-lock-limited', 'Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {'id-lock-subscription', 'Paid subscription required'}, } --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set( var ) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ L A B E L >---------------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilinked or plain text label from arguments; when both link and display text is provided, makes a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided, makes a wikilinked label in the form [[L]]; if only display is provided, makes a plain-text label; if neither are provided makes a label from suffix, returns an empty string else. ]=] local function make_label (link, display, suffix) local label = ''; if is_set (link) then if is_set (display) then label = table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); -- make [[L|D]] wikilinked label else label = table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); -- make [[L]] wikilinked label end elseif is_set (display) then label = display; -- plain-text label end if is_set (label) then return table.concat ({label, suffix, '&nbsp;'}); -- assemble the complete label else return suffix; -- no space after suffix if no label end end --[[--------------------------< I C O N _ I N D E X _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------- returns index into lock_icons[] if value assigned to |url-access= or |url-access-all= is a valid icon selector (free, limited, registration, subscription) icon selection may be limited to a subset of the icons with: |allow_icons=<comma-separated list of allowed icons> <comma-separated list of allowed icons> may be any of the keywords: free, limited, registration, subscription, none, all keyword 'all' is default condition; 'all' is implied when |allowed=icons= is empty or omitted keyword 'none' for use with identifiers where icons are inappropriate (isbn, issn, oclc) Templates using this module should set: |allow_icons=free for most identifiers; |allow_icons=none for isbn, issn, oclc, etc |url-access= is alias of |url-access1= ]] local function icon_index_get (args, k) local icon; local param_name = (1 == k and is_set (args['url-access']) and 'url-access') or table.concat ({'url-access', k}); -- make an enumerated parameter name if is_set (args['url-access-all']) and lock_icons[args['url-access-all']] then -- if set and valid icon = args['url-access-all']; -- tentatively elseif is_set (args[param_name]) and lock_icons[args[param_name]] then -- if set and valid icon = args[param_name]; -- tentatively else return nil; -- neither |url-access-all= nor |url-accessn= set so return nil end if args['allow_icons'] and args['allow_icons']:find ('none') then -- if 'none' keyword is present return nil; -- icons display not allowed end if not is_set (args['allow_icons']) or args['allow_icons']:find ('all') or args['allow_icons']:find (icon) then --if all allowed or specified icon is allowed return icon; -- return selected icon as index into icon table end end --[[--------------------------< M A I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Template entrypoint to this module; arguments come primarily from the parent frame though in templates that use this module, |allowed-icons= is typically set, if needed, in the {{#invoke:}}. ]] local function main (frame) local args = getArgs (frame); local out_text = ''; if is_set(args[1]) then local result = {}; local label; local article_suffix = args['article-suffix'] or args['article-postfix'] or ''; local link_prefix = args['link-prefix'] or ''; local link_suffix = args['link-suffix'] or args['link-postfix'] or ''; local item_prefix = args['item-prefix'] or ''; local item_suffix = args['item-suffix'] or args['item-postfix'] or ''; local list_separator = args['list-separator'] or ', '; local leadout_suffix = args['leadout-suffix'] or args['leadout-postfix'] or ' '; local list_leadout; local icon_index; if is_set (args['list-leadout']) then list_leadout = table.concat ({ mw.ustring.gsub (args['list-leadout'], '^(%a)', ' %1'), -- insert leading space if first character is a letter leadout_suffix, }); else list_leadout = ''; end label = make_label (args['article-link'], args['article-name'], article_suffix); for k, item in ipairs (args) do -- for each of the positional parameters item = mw.text.trim (item); -- remove extraneous whitespace if is_set (link_prefix) then -- if there is link prefix... item = table.concat ({ -- create an external link item '[', -- open ext link markup link_prefix, -- url prefix mw.uri.encode (item), -- item is part of url link_suffix, -- url suffix ' ', -- required space between url and label item_prefix, -- label prefix item, -- item as label item_suffix, -- item suffix ']' -- close ext link markup }); icon_index = icon_index_get (args, k); -- set if icon specified and allowed for this item; nil else if icon_index then item = table.concat ({ -- add access icon markup to this item '<span class="', -- open the opening span tag; icon classes are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css lock_icons[icon_index][1], -- add the appropriate lock icon class '" title="', -- and the title attribute lock_icons[icon_index][2], -- for an appropriate tool tip '">', -- close the opening span tag item, '</span>', -- and close the span }); end else item = table.concat ({ -- create an unlinked item item_prefix, -- label prefix item, -- item as label item_suffix, -- item suffix }); end table.insert (result, item); -- add the item to the result list end if is_set (args['list-leadout']) then out_text = table.concat ({label, mw.text.listToText (result, list_separator, list_leadout)}); else out_text = table.concat ({label, table.concat (result, list_separator)}); end end --is_set (args[1]) return out_text end return {main = main}; afhatnamr2i3fuucagrgsakx2kl7zso 828 39772274 948472489 948472486 2020-04-01T06:12:40Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- CATEGORY HANDLER -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{category handler}} template in Lua, -- -- with a few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases -- -- are supported, and namespace names are detected automatically for -- -- the local wiki. This module requires [[Module:Namespace detect]] -- -- and [[Module:Yesno]] to be available on the local wiki. It can be -- -- configured for different wikis by altering the values in -- -- [[Module:Category handler/config]], and pages can be blacklisted -- -- from categorisation by using [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load required modules local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') -- Lazily load things we don't always need local mShared, mappings local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function trimWhitespace(s, removeBlanks) if type(s) ~= 'string' then return s end s = s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') if removeBlanks then if s ~= '' then return s else return nil end else return s end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- CategoryHandler class -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local CategoryHandler = {} CategoryHandler.__index = CategoryHandler function CategoryHandler.new(data, args) local obj = setmetatable({ _data = data, _args = args }, CategoryHandler) -- Set the title object do local pagename = obj:parameter('demopage') local success, titleObj if pagename then success, titleObj = pcall(mw.title.new, pagename) end if success and titleObj then obj.title = titleObj if titleObj == mw.title.getCurrentTitle() then obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end else obj.title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() obj._usesCurrentTitle = true end end -- Set suppression parameter values for _, key in ipairs{'nocat', 'categories'} do local value = obj:parameter(key) value = trimWhitespace(value, true) obj['_' .. key] = yesno(value) end do local subpage = obj:parameter('subpage') local category2 = obj:parameter('category2') if type(subpage) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(subpage) end if type(category2) == 'string' then subpage = mw.ustring.lower(category2) end obj._subpage = trimWhitespace(subpage, true) obj._category2 = trimWhitespace(category2) -- don't remove blank values end return obj end function CategoryHandler:parameter(key) local parameterNames = self._data.parameters[key] local pntype = type(parameterNames) if pntype == 'string' or pntype == 'number' then return self._args[parameterNames] elseif pntype == 'table' then for _, name in ipairs(parameterNames) do local value = self._args[name] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil else error(string.format( 'invalid config key "%s"', tostring(key) ), 2) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressedByArguments() return -- See if a category suppression argument has been set. self._nocat == true or self._categories == false or ( self._category2 and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Yes and self._category2 ~= self._data.category2Negative ) -- Check whether we are on a subpage, and see if categories are -- suppressed based on our subpage status. or self._subpage == self._data.subpageNo and self.title.isSubpage or self._subpage == self._data.subpageOnly and not self.title.isSubpage end function CategoryHandler:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() -- Check whether the category suppression arguments indicate we -- should skip the blacklist check. return self._nocat == false or self._categories == true or self._category2 == self._data.category2Yes end function CategoryHandler:matchesBlacklist() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist else mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') return mShared.matchesBlacklist( self.title.prefixedText, mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/blacklist') ) end end function CategoryHandler:isSuppressed() -- Find if categories are suppressed by either the arguments or by -- matching the blacklist. return self:isSuppressedByArguments() or not self:shouldSkipBlacklistCheck() and self:matchesBlacklist() end function CategoryHandler:getNamespaceParameters() if self._usesCurrentTitle then return self._data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters else if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end return mShared.getNamespaceParameters( self.title, mappings ) end end function CategoryHandler:namespaceParametersExist() -- Find whether any namespace parameters have been specified. -- We use the order "all" --> namespace params --> "other" as this is what -- the old template did. if self:parameter('all') then return true end if not mappings then mShared = mShared or require('Module:Category handler/shared') mappings = mShared.getParamMappings(true) -- gets mappings with mw.loadData end for ns, params in pairs(mappings) do for i, param in ipairs(params) do if self._args[param] then return true end end end if self:parameter('other') then return true end return false end function CategoryHandler:getCategories() local params = self:getNamespaceParameters() local nsCategory for i, param in ipairs(params) do local value = self._args[param] if value ~= nil then nsCategory = value break end end if nsCategory ~= nil or self:namespaceParametersExist() then -- Namespace parameters exist - advanced usage. if nsCategory == nil then nsCategory = self:parameter('other') end local ret = {self:parameter('all')} local numParam = tonumber(nsCategory) if numParam and numParam >= 1 and math.floor(numParam) == numParam then -- nsCategory is an integer ret[#ret + 1] = self._args[numParam] else ret[#ret + 1] = nsCategory end if #ret < 1 then return nil else return table.concat(ret) end elseif self._data.defaultNamespaces[self.title.namespace] then -- Namespace parameters don't exist, simple usage. return self._args[1] end return nil end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Exports -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local p = {} function p._exportClasses() -- Used for testing purposes. return { CategoryHandler = CategoryHandler } end function p._main(args, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local handler = CategoryHandler.new(data, args) if handler:isSuppressed() then return nil end return handler:getCategories() end function p.main(frame, data) data = data or mw.loadData('Module:Category handler/data') local args = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame, { wrappers = data.wrappers, valueFunc = function (k, v) v = trimWhitespace(v) if type(k) == 'number' then if v ~= '' then return v else return nil end else return v end end }) return p._main(args, data) end return p letwavu3yvlayfzew66uuwixmwebq5b 828 43232926 951673917 948472491 2020-04-18T08:48:05Z Jo-Jo Eumerus 17449355 Per category talk page Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains the blacklist used by [[Module:Category handler]]. -- Pages that match Lua patterns in this list will not be categorised unless -- categorisation is explicitly requested. return { '^Main Page$', -- don't categorise the main page. -- Don't categorise the following pages or their subpages. -- "%f[/\0]" matches if the next character is "/" or the end of the string. '^Wikipedia:Cascade%-protected items%f[/\0]', '^User:UBX%f[/\0]', -- The userbox "template" space. '^User talk:UBX%f[/\0]', -- Don't categorise subpages of these pages, but allow -- categorisation of the base page. '^Wikipedia:Template index/.*$', -- Don't categorise archives. '/[aA]rchive', "^Wikipedia:Administrators' noticeboard/IncidentArchive%d+$", } fsv1drcay6t25e91hzhqxtyp7pckbpx 828 42291997 948472494 894414603 2020-04-01T06:12:40Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- [[Module:Category handler]] configuration data -- -- Language-specific parameter names and values can be set here. -- -- For blacklist config, see [[Module:Category handler/blacklist]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = 'parameter name', -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'}, -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.parameters = { -- The nocat and categories parameter suppress -- categorisation. They are used with Module:Yesno, and work as follows: -- -- cfg.nocat: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is suppressed -- false Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- nil Categorisation is allowed -- -- cfg.categories: -- Result of yesno() Effect -- true Categorisation is allowed, and -- the blacklist check is skipped -- false Categorisation is suppressed -- nil Categorisation is allowed nocat = 'nocat', categories = 'categories', -- The parameter name for the legacy "category2" parameter. This skips the -- blacklist if set to the cfg.category2Yes value, and suppresses -- categorisation if present but equal to anything other than -- cfg.category2Yes or cfg.category2Negative. category2 = 'category2', -- cfg.subpage is the parameter name to specify how to behave on subpages. subpage = 'subpage', -- The parameter for data to return in all namespaces. all = 'all', -- The parameter name for data to return if no data is specified for the -- namespace that is detected. other = 'other', -- The parameter name used to specify a page other than the current page; -- used for testing and demonstration. demopage = 'page', } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter values -- -- These are set values that can be used with certain parameters. Only one -- -- value can be specified, like this: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'value name' -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- The following settings are used with the cfg.category2 parameter. Setting -- cfg.category2 to cfg.category2Yes skips the blacklist, and if cfg.category2 -- is present but equal to anything other than cfg.category2Yes or -- cfg.category2Negative then it supresses cateogrisation. cfg.category2Yes = 'yes' cfg.category2Negative = '¬' -- The following settings are used with the cfg.subpage parameter. -- cfg.subpageNo is the value to specify to not categorise on subpages; -- cfg.subpageOnly is the value to specify to only categorise on subpages. cfg.subpageNo = 'no' cfg.subpageOnly = 'only' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Default namespaces -- -- This is a table of namespaces to categorise by default. The keys are the -- -- namespace numbers. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.defaultNamespaces = { [ 0] = true, -- main [ 6] = true, -- file [ 12] = true, -- help [ 14] = true, -- category [100] = true, -- portal [108] = true, -- book } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Wrappers -- -- This is a wrapper template or a list of wrapper templates to be passed to -- -- [[Module:Arguments]]. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- cfg.wrappers = 'Template:Category handler' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 6ga9hbq2pdwalsvx68i53dmbr421rq5 828 43233647 948472496 894414581 2020-04-01T06:12:41Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module assembles data to be passed to [[Module:Category handler]] using -- mw.loadData. This includes the configuration data and whether the current -- page matches the title blacklist. local data = require('Module:Category handler/config') local mShared = require('Module:Category handler/shared') local blacklist = require('Module:Category handler/blacklist') local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() data.currentTitleMatchesBlacklist = mShared.matchesBlacklist( title.prefixedText, blacklist ) data.currentTitleNamespaceParameters = mShared.getNamespaceParameters( title, mShared.getParamMappings() ) return data k26mwixuaeijisfddb0sxkg82iux8v4 828 43232937 948472498 894414384 2020-04-01T06:12:41Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -- This module contains shared functions used by [[Module:Category handler]] -- and its submodules. local p = {} function p.matchesBlacklist(page, blacklist) for i, pattern in ipairs(blacklist) do local match = mw.ustring.match(page, pattern) if match then return true end end return false end function p.getParamMappings(useLoadData) local dataPage = 'Module:Namespace detect/data' if useLoadData then return mw.loadData(dataPage).mappings else return require(dataPage).mappings end end function p.getNamespaceParameters(titleObj, mappings) -- We don't use title.nsText for the namespace name because it adds -- underscores. local mappingsKey if titleObj.isTalkPage then mappingsKey = 'talk' else mappingsKey = mw.site.namespaces[titleObj.namespace].name end mappingsKey = mw.ustring.lower(mappingsKey) return mappings[mappingsKey] or {} end return p omlsnhudxz6juptvtxz7ns97jutbzc5 828 42286729 1073136630 1055951540 2022-02-21T05:24:13Z BusterD 346148 Changed protection settings for "[[Module:Check for unknown parameters]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]]; requested at [[WP:RfPP]] ([Edit=Require administrator access] (indefinite) [Move=Require administrator access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module may be used to compare the arguments passed to the parent -- with a list of arguments, returning a specified result if an argument is -- not on the list local p = {} local function trim(s) return s:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') end local function isnotempty(s) return s and s:match('%S') end local function clean(text) -- Return text cleaned for display and truncated if too long. -- Strip markers are replaced with dummy text representing the original wikitext. local pos, truncated local function truncate(text) if truncated then return '' end if mw.ustring.len(text) > 25 then truncated = true text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 25) .. '...' end return mw.text.nowiki(text) end local parts = {} for before, tag, remainder in text:gmatch('([^\127]*)\127[^\127]*%-(%l+)%-[^\127]*\127()') do pos = remainder table.insert(parts, truncate(before) .. '&lt;' .. tag .. '&gt;...&lt;/' .. tag .. '&gt;') end table.insert(parts, truncate(text:sub(pos or 1))) return table.concat(parts) end function p._check(args, pargs) if type(args) ~= "table" or type(pargs) ~= "table" then -- TODO: error handling return end -- create the list of known args, regular expressions, and the return string local knownargs = {} local regexps = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then v = trim(v) knownargs[v] = 1 elseif k:find('^regexp[1-9][0-9]*$') then table.insert(regexps, '^' .. v .. '$') end end -- loop over the parent args, and make sure they are on the list local ignoreblank = isnotempty(args['ignoreblank']) local showblankpos = isnotempty(args['showblankpositional']) local values = {} for k, v in pairs(pargs) do if type(k) == 'string' and knownargs[k] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(k, regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( not ignoreblank or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, clean(k)) end elseif type(k) == 'number' and knownargs[tostring(k)] == nil then local knownflag = false for _, regexp in ipairs(regexps) do if mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), regexp) then knownflag = true break end end if not knownflag and ( showblankpos or isnotempty(v) ) then table.insert(values, k .. ' = ' .. clean(v)) end end end -- add results to the output tables local res = {} if #values > 0 then local unknown_text = args['unknown'] or 'Found _VALUE_, ' if mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess( "{{REVISIONID}}" ) == "" then local preview_text = args['preview'] if isnotempty(preview_text) then preview_text = require('Module:If preview')._warning({preview_text}) elseif preview == nil then preview_text = unknown_text end unknown_text = preview_text end for _, v in pairs(values) do -- Fix odd bug for | = which gets stripped to the empty string and -- breaks category links if v == '' then v = ' ' end -- avoid error with v = 'example%2' ("invalid capture index") local r = unknown_text:gsub('_VALUE_', {_VALUE_ = v}) table.insert(res, r) end end return table.concat(res) end function p.check(frame) local args = frame.args local pargs = frame:getParent().args return p._check(args, pargs) end return p h9rooqvu67gk81cpbiswol48lpmwmym 828 47420247 783139241 712698918 2017-05-31T10:38:54Z The Anome 76 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Check isxn]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|High-risk Lua module]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This template is a copy of the ISXN validation code from [[Module:Citation/CS1]] -- which allows for validating ISBN, ISMN, and ISSN without invoking a citation template local p = {} --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >---------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function check_isbn( isbn_str, error_string ) if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X return error_string; end isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces local len = isbn_str:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return error_string; end if len == 10 then if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return error_string; end return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10) and '' or error_string; else local temp = 0; if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979 return error_string; end return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str) and '' or error_string; end end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ]] local function check_ismn (id, error_string) local text; local valid_ismn = true; id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn end return valid_ismn and '' or error_string end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an issn. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn error message. ]] local function check_issn(id, error_string) local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; if not id:match ('^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%d[%dX]$') then return error_string; end id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn end return valid_issn and '' or error_string end ------------------------------< E N T R Y P O I N T S >--------------------------------------------------==== function p.check_isbn(frame) return check_isbn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error') end function p.check_ismn(frame) return check_ismn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error') end function p.check_issn(frame) return check_issn(frame.args[1] or frame:getParent().args[1], frame.args['error'] or frame:getParent().args['error'] or 'error') end return p m39a8k5gmtbg6x3k2f7rizj3jk5on20 828 38573037 1096003161 1068074133 2022-07-01T17:45:25Z Trappist the monk 10289486 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain require ('Module:No globals'); --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit ]] local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist --[[------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module) local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation --[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------ Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table, left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set. This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list. ]] local function first_set (list, count) local i = 1; while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then return list[i]; -- return the first set list member end i = i + 1; -- point to next end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >---------------------------------------------------- Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist. To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function add_vanc_error (source, position) if added_vanc_errs then return end added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position}); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-"). returns true if it does, else false ]] local function is_scheme (scheme) return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------------- Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name? Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5 BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234 Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. There are several tests: the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD i and q SL domains in the .net TLD single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters) two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters) IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false ]=] local function is_domain_name (domain) if not domain then return false; -- if not set, abandon end domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit return false; end if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource return false; end local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld '%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix '%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) '%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) '%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) '%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD '^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list if domain:match (pattern) then return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL end end for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then return true end end return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external wikilinks. ]] local function is_url (scheme, domain) if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); else return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative end end --[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes like news: that don't use authority indicator? Strip off any port and path; ]] local function split_url (url_str) local scheme, authority, domain; url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions if utilities.is_set (authority) then authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end else if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message end end domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present end return scheme, domain; end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: # < > [ ] | { } _ except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links returns false when the value contains any of these characters. When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). ]] local function link_param_ok (value) local scheme, domain; if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters return false; end scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when that condition exists check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code and must begin with a colon. ]] local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) local orig; if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon orig = lorig; -- flag as error end end end if utilities.is_set (orig) then link = ''; -- unset utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; end return link; -- link if ok, empty string else end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 ]] local function check_url( url_str ) if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL return false; end local scheme, domain; scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$'); end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------- Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. ]=] local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value) local scheme, domain; if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain else return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL end return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL end --[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >----------------------------------------------------- loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message. ]] local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list) for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); end end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------ Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions ]] local function safe_for_url( str ) if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {}); end return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', { ['['] = '&#91;', [']'] = '&#93;', ['\n'] = ' ' } ); end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Format an external link with error checking ]] local function external_link (URL, label, source, access) local err_msg = ''; local domain; local path; local base_url; if not utilities.is_set (label) then label = URL; if utilities.is_set (source) then utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); else error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); end end if not check_url (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); end domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path if path then -- if there is a path portion path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble end base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon end return base_url; end --[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >-------------------------------------- Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation. added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above ]] local function deprecated_parameter(name) if not added_deprecated_cat then added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message end end --[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. This function will positive kern either single or double quotes: "'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" " 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. ]=] local function kern_quotes (str) local cap = ''; local wl_type, label, link; wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str); elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str); end else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap); end cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) if utilities.is_set (cap) then label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap); end if 2 == wl_type then str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink else str = label; end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped in italic markup. Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |script-title=ja : *** *** |script-title=ja: *** *** |script-title=ja :*** *** Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>= ]] local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param) local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string local name; if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script if not utilities.is_set (lang) then utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string end -- if we get this far we have prefix and script name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script -- is prefix one of these language codes? if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang}) else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message end lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string end else utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message end script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL return script_value; end --[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------ Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags. ]] local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) if utilities.is_set (script) then script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error if utilities.is_set (script) then title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title end end return title; end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >-------------------------------------------------------------- Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style(). ]] local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then return ""; end if true == lower then local msg; msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text else return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); end end --[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >------------------- Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= ]] local function wikisource_url_make (str) local wl_type, D, L; local ws_url, ws_label; local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title }); ws_label = str; -- label for the URL end elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace if utilities.is_set (str) then ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL wikisource_prefix, -- prefix str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink }); end end if ws_url then ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker end return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil end --[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >----------------------- Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter. ]] local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical) if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style end periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); if utilities.is_set (periodical) then periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical periodical = trans_periodical; utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); end end return periodical; end --[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------- Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). ]] local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access) local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link if ws_url then ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters chapter = ws_label; end if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation else if false == no_quotes then chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); end end chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate elseif ws_url then chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); end if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); if utilities.is_set (chapter) then chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter chapter = trans_chapter; chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); end end return chapter; end --[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >------------------- This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the first match. This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup(). Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value. ]] local function has_invisible_chars (param, v) local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters return; end for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts position = nil; -- unset position elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}? position = nil; -- unset position end end if position then if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) ('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters stripmarker = true; -- set a flag elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker position = nil; -- unset else local err_msg; if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name; else err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character'; end utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message return; -- and done with this parameter end end end end --[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >---------------------- Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable. ]] local function argument_wrapper ( args ) local origin = {}; return setmetatable({ ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded. return origin[k]; end }, { __index = function ( tbl, k ) if origin[k] ~= nil then return nil; end local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k]; if type( list ) == 'table' then v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); if origin[k] == nil then origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil end elseif list ~= nil then v, origin[k] = args[list], list; else -- maybe let through instead of raising an error? -- v, origin[k] = args[k], k; error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k); end -- Empty strings, not nil; if v == nil then v = ''; origin[k] = ''; end tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v ); return v; end, }); end --[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >------------------------- When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges. ]] local function nowrap_date (date) local cap = ''; local cap2 = ''; if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); end return date; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >--------------------- This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none). ]] local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) if utilities.is_set (title_type) then if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed end return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value end return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >----------------------------- Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters. ]] local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions f.gsub = string.gsub f.match = string.match f.sub = string.sub else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub f.match = mw.ustring.match f.sub = mw.ustring.sub end local str = ''; -- the output string local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean? local end_chr = ''; local trim; for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do if value == nil then value = ''; end if str == '' then -- if output string is empty str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) elseif value ~= '' then if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) else comp = value; end -- typically duplicate_char is sepc if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? -- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the -- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? trim = false; end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string -- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' trim = true; -- same question end elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link trim = true; elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. trim = true; end elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both end end if trim then if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup local dup2 = duplicate_char; if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup else value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character end end end str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string end end return str; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >----------------------------- returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. ]] local function is_suffix (suffix) if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then return true; end return false; end --[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >------------------- For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this so editors may/must. This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F [http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F |lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods This original test: if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor to maintain this code. \195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls) \195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls) \195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B) \199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B) ]] local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position) if not suffix then if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix end end if utilities.is_set (suffix) then if not is_suffix (suffix) then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix end end if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position); return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization end; return true; end --[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). ]] local function reduce_to_initials(first, position) local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$"); if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? end if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials if suffix then -- if there is a suffix if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate? return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message return first; -- and return first unmolested end else return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do end end end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix while names[i] do -- loop through the table if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot) names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization end if 3 > i then table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table end i = i + 1; -- bump the counter end return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces. end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------- Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) names in the list will be linked when |<name>-link= has a value |<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered ]] local function list_people (control, people, etal) local sep; local namesep; local format = control.format; local maximum = control.maximum; local name_list = {}; if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space else sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> end if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names for i, person in ipairs (people) do if utilities.is_set (person.last) then local mask = person.mask; local one; local sep_one = sep; if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then etal = true; break; end if mask then local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else if n then one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil else one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator end else one = person.last; -- get surname local first = person.first -- get given name if utilities.is_set (first) then if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials end end one = one .. namesep .. first; end end if utilities.is_set (person.link) then one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor end if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator end end end local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 if 0 < count then if 1 < count and not etal then if 'amp' == format then name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text elseif 'and' == format then if 2 == count then name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text else name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text end end end name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator end local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. end return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) end --[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >----------------------- Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string. namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year. ]] local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year) local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names names[i] = v.last if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done end table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion else return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------ construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation. <cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template <mode> – value from |mode= parameter ]] local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode) local class_t = {}; table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight if 'citation' ~= cite_class then table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript else table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript end for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript end return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >-------------------------- Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter ]] local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added end end end end return name, etal; end --[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >---------------------- Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught. returns nothing ]] local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) if utilities.is_set (name) then if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template end end end --[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------ Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped" semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities. If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. returns nothing ]] local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps; if utilities.is_set (name) then _, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas _, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons -- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in -- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the -- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add -- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new -- entities _, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps -- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps -- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added, -- they also can be subtracted. if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message end end end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >---------------------------------------------------------- Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call. <item> can have on of two values: 'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc 'generic_titles' – for |title= There are two types of generic tests. The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the 'reject' test. For example, |author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]] would be rejected by the 'author' reject test. But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening. Accept tests are always performed before reject tests. Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local']) that each can hold a test sequence table The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index [2], a boolean control value. The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. Returns true when a reject test finds the pattern or string false when an accept test finds the pattern or string nil else ]=] local function is_generic (item, value, wiki) local test_val; local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.lower, ['local'] = mw.ustring.lower, } local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local']) ['en'] = string.find, ['local'] = mw.ustring.find, } local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched end local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do if generic_value[wiki] then if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else end end end end end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------ calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the parameter name used in error messaging ]] local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias) if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message added_generic_name_errs = true; end end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >-------------------------------------------------------- This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters. ]] local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias) local accept_name; if utilities.is_set (last) then last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end end if utilities.is_set (first) then first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list end local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first); if 0 ~= wl_type then first = D; utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias); end end return last, first; -- done end --[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >------------------------- Gets name list from the input arguments Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done. This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3= are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=. When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the template's metadata. When this occurs, an error is emitted. ]] local function extract_names(args, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names local last; -- individual name components local first; local link; local mask; local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer local n = 1; -- output table indexer local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging while true do last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', { first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form }); -- add this error message elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which end else -- we have last with or without a first local result; link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup if first then link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup end names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message end count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names end i = i + 1; -- point to next args location end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag end --[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------ attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else. This function looks for: <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_code_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{} <lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t <lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{} on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil ]] local function name_tag_get (lang_param) local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables local name; local tag; name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags name = cfg.lang_code_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag> end if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag end tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag if tag then return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag> end name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name if name then return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name> end tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else if tag then name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag> if name then return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag end end end --[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------ Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter. When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources. Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not. This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with optional space characters. ]] local function language_parameter (lang) local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag local name; -- the language name local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase if utilities.is_set (tag) then lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag -- utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag) utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template? end elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it end else name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added end table.insert (language_list, name); name = ''; -- so we can reuse it end name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English' return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) end return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)' --[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format ]] end --[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode. Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default. In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'. In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','. ]] local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode) if utilities.is_set(postscript) then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end else postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode]; end return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >----------------------------- Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the #invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none. ]] local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class) local sep; if 'cs2' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); elseif 'cs1' == mode then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); elseif 'citation' == cite_class then sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2'); else sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1'); end if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then -- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript -- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript'); end postscript = ''; end return sep, postscript end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >----------------------------------- Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links. returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false ]=] local function is_pdf (url) return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035'); end --[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >----------------------- Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with the appropriate styling. ]] local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) if utilities.is_set (format) then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize if not utilities.is_set (url) then utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message end elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF else format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end return format; end --[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------ Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.'). When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.' In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag. inputs: max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal count: #a or #e list_name: 'authors' or 'editors' etal: author_etal or editor_etal ]] local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param) if utilities.is_set (max) then if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names() elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; end else -- not a valid keyword or number utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set end end return max, etal; end --[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >--------------- Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content. check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value: good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a digit bad pattern: '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG ]] local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name) if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------ Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator. For |volume=: 'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so are allowed. For |issue=: 'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the parameter content (all case insensitive). Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module. <val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value <name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message <selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue= sets error message on failure; returns nothing ]] local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector) if not utilities.is_set (val) then return; end local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns; local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue'; val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message return; -- and done end end end --[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >---------------------------------------------- split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.)) ]=] local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table) local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder local i = 1; while name_table[i] do if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses local name = name_table[i]; i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment while name_table[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses break; -- and done reassembling so end i = i + 1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink else wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name if 1 == wl_type then table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]] else table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string end end i = i + 1; end return output_table; end --[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >-------------------------------- This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and |xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does. Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. ]] local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name) local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn= local v_name_table = {}; local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter local last, first, link, mask, suffix; local corporate = false; vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period) v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor local accept_name; v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> if accept_name then last = v_name; corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters; add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i); end local lastfirstTable = {} lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table end last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix if not utilities.is_set (last) then first = ''; -- unset last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i); end if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing end if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials end else last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? end if utilities.is_set (first) then if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials end is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit if utilities.is_set (suffix) then first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names end else if not corporate then is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i); end end link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list end return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------ Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list. Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest; |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn) When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is. Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided. In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate. ]] local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) local lastfirst = false; if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then lastfirst = true; end if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or (true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then local err_name; if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message err_name = 'author'; else err_name = 'editor'; end utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message end if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------ This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value specified by ret_val. TODO: explain <invert> ]] local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert) if not utilities.is_set (value) then return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok end if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table return value; -- return <value> as it is else utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message return ret_val; end end --[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >---------------------------------------- This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a single space character. ]] local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated return name_list; -- just return the name list elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another else return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >---------------------------------------- returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set. ]] local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then return ''; end -- same condition as in format_pages_sheets() local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits? local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters? if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters? utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat end if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting local vol = ''; if utilities.is_set (volume) then if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters? vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold else -- four or fewer characters vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold end end if utilities.is_set (issue) then return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); end return vol; end if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end -- all other types of citation if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower); elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower); else return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); end end --[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >----------------------------------------- adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings. The return order is: page, pages, sheet, sheets Singular has priority over plural when both are provided. ]] local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators if utilities.is_set (sheet) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; else return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then if 'journal' == origin then return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); else return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower); end end end local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); if utilities.is_set (page) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; elseif not nopp then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; else return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if is_journal then return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; elseif not nopp then return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; else return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; end end return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings end --[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >---------------------------------------------- returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline; TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned to a new name)? ]] local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at) local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) if utilities.is_set (page) then if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then pages = ''; -- unset the others at = ''; end extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then if utilities.is_set (at) then at = ''; -- unset end extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); coins_pages = ws_label; end elseif utilities.is_set (at) then ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); coins_pages = ws_label; end end return page, pages, at, coins_pages; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------ add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value ]] local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date) if utilities.is_set (archive) then if archive == url or archive == c_url then utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url= end end return archive, date; end --[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow unwitting readers to do. When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |archive-date= and an error message when: |archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the correct place otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: //web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form //web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags ('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore) we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified archive URL: for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) ]=] local function archive_url_check (url, date) local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; else path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; if '*' ~= flag then local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY) if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year) replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display end end elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; else return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end -- if here, something not right so utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and if is_preview_mode then return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate else return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate end end --[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------------------- check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits ]] local function place_check (param_val) if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted return param_val; -- return that empty state end if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat end return param_val; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else ]] local function is_archived_copy (title) title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' return true; elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------ This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting. ]] local function citation0( config, args ) --[[ Load Input Parameters The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. ]] local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); local i -- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates -- define different field names for the same underlying things. local author_etal; local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors= local Authors; local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList'); if 1 == selected then a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= elseif 3 == selected then Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: end end if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required end end local editor_etal; local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors= do -- to limit scope of selected local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn if 1 == selected then e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= elseif 2 == selected then NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= end end local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter'); local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s) if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution end local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= if 0 < #c then if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later end end else -- if not a book cite if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message end Contribution = nil; -- unset end local Title = A['Title']; local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto local accept_link; TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty end TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present end local Periodical = A['Periodical']; local Periodical_origin = ''; if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter local i; Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}); end end if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}); end Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}} Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList'); end local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; -- web and news not tested for now because of -- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter -- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message if p[config.CitationClass] then utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}); end end local Volume; local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' end else Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings Volume = A['Volume']; end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v'); local Issue; if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); end end extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i'); local Page; local Pages; local At; if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then Page = A['Page']; Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); At = A['At']; end local Edition = A['Edition']; local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace')); local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place')); local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then local i = 0; PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}); end end local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup'); if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}); end PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS end local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL? local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then UrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url'); end local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL']; local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then ChapterUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}); end local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then MapUrlAccess = nil; utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}); end local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); -- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats end for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats break; -- bail out if one is found end end end -- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category local coins_pages; Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At); local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same end elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place end if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); local Format = A['Format']; local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat']; local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); local TransTitle = A['TransTitle']; local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; --[[ Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: When the citation has these parameters: |encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= |trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified ]] local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}); Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template end end if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}); end if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); end if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); end Title = Periodical; ChapterFormat = Format; Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; Format = ''; TitleLink = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset end end end -- special case for cite techreport. local ID = A['ID']; if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it else -- ID has a value so emit error message utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}); end end end -- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode local Conference = A['Conference']; local BookTitle = A['BookTitle']; local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle'); if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then Chapter = Title; Chapter_origin = 'title'; -- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; URL_origin = ''; ChapterFormat = Format; TransChapter = TransTitle; TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin; Title = BookTitle; Format = ''; -- TitleLink = ''; TransTitle = ''; URL = ''; end elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string end -- CS1/2 mode local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- separator character and postscript local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass); -- controls capitalization of certain static text local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- cite map oddities local Cartography = ""; local Scale = ""; local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or ''; local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; if config.CitationClass == "map" then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message end Chapter = A['Map']; Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map'); ChapterURL = A['MapURL']; ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL'); TransChapter = A['TransMap']; ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap'] ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap') ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess; ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat']; Cartography = A['Cartography']; if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); end Scale = A['Scale']; if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; end end -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data. local Series = A['Series']; if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set local Network = A['Network']; local Station = A['Station']; local s, n = {}, {}; -- do common parameters first if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}} local Season = A['Season']; local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= end -- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= TransChapter = TransTitle; ChapterURL = URL; ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin; ChapterFormat = Format; Title = Series; -- promote series to title TitleLink = SeriesLink; Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); end URL = ''; -- unset TransTitle = ''; ScriptTitle = ''; Format = ''; else -- now oddities that are cite serial Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); end Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized end end -- end of {{cite episode}} stuff -- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values local TitleType = A['TitleType']; local Degree = A['Degree']; if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); end end if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses -- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem end -- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set. local Date = A['Date']; local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; local Year = A['Year']; if not utilities.is_set (Date) then Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter end else Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging end if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation --[[ Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where we get the date used in the metadata. Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation ]] local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); if not utilities.is_set (DF) then DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template end local ArchiveURL; local ArchiveDate; local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat']; ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate']) ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL local AccessDate = A['AccessDate']; local LayDate = A['LayDate']; local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken']; local Embargo = A['Embargo']; local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch local error_message = ''; -- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it local date_parameters_list = { ['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, ['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, ['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, ['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, ['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, ['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, ['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, }; local error_list = {}; anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul-greg-uncertainty'); end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list); end if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty local modified = false; -- flag if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate end if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate modified = true; utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category end -- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat modified = true; end if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val; Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val; DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val; LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val; PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val; end else utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message end end -- end of do local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier local ID_support = { {A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')}, {DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, {Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, } ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message end Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; end -- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; end end if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message AccessDate = ''; -- unset end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset end end end -- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. -- Test if citation has no title if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}); end if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and ('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites Title = ''; -- set title to empty string utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end -- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information. -- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that -- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title -- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required local coins_title = Title; -- et tu if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then coins_chapter = Title; -- remap coins_title = Periodical; end end local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list coins_author = c; -- use that instead end local QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; local QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']); -- this is the function call to COinS() local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ ['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata ['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS ['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only ['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup ['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, ['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; ['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn, ['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter, ['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit? ['Series'] = Series, ['Volume'] = Volume, ['Issue'] = Issue, ['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links ['Edition'] = Edition, ['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName ['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), ['Authors'] = coins_author, ['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, ['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, }, config.CitationClass); -- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal end -- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); end local Editors; local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list local contributor_etal; local Translators; -- assembled translators name list local translator_etal; local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= local Interviewers; local interviewers_list = {}; interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters local interviewer_etal; -- Now perform various field substitutions. -- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the -- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil. do local last_first_list; local control = { format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set mode = Mode }; do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors')); Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal); if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation end end do -- now do interviewers control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers')); Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal); end do -- now do translators control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators')); Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal); end do -- now do contributors control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors')); Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal); end do -- now do authors control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors')); last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal); if utilities.is_set (Authors) then Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. if author_etal then Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter end else Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string end end -- end of do if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. end end local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat']; local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL']; ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url'); -- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); end if not utilities.is_set (URL) then if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist ('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url'); end -- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); AccessDate = ''; end end local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); local OriginalURL local OriginalURL_origin local OriginalFormat local OriginalAccess; UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs end end elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat end if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then local chap_param; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') end if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation TransChapter = ''; ChapterURL = ''; ScriptChapter = ''; ChapterFormat = ''; end else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted end end Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title end Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it end end -- Format main title local plain_title = false; local accept_title; Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message -- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat end if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title end if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message end end if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or ('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title else Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); end if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then if utilities.is_set (Title) then TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; else utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'}); end end if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both TitleLink = ''; -- unset end if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format; URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed Format = ""; elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then local ws_url; ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here if ws_url then Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle; end else local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label if ws_url then Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); Title = Title .. TransTitle; else Title = Title .. TransTitle; end end else Title = TransTitle; end if utilities.is_set (Place) then Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; end local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL if utilities.is_set (Conference) then if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); end local Position = ''; if not utilities.is_set (Position) then local Minutes = A['Minutes']; local Time = A['Time']; if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar? utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}); end Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; else if utilities.is_set (Time) then local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; if sepc ~= '.' then TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower(); end end Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time; end end else Position = " " .. Position; At = ''; end Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; if config.CitationClass == 'map' then local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier local Inset = A['Inset']; if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); end if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); end At = At .. Inset .. Section; end local Others = A['Others']; if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes" or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm') else utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); end end Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Translators) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); end local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; if utilities.is_set (Edition) then if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn. utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message end Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); else Edition = ''; end Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum local Agency = A['Agency']; Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates end if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end local Docket = A['Docket']; if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; end if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set end if utilities.is_set (URL) then URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); end local Quote = A['Quote']; local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then if utilities.is_set (Quote) then if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end end Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped end if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off end Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); end if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix local quote_prefix = ''; if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; end elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc. if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; elseif not NoPP then quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; else quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; end end Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; else Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; end PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set end -- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by -- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't -- a displayed postscript. -- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable? -- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern? if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript') end local Archived; if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then local arch_text; if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end if "live" == UrlStatus then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], {external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); else Archived = ''; end if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added else utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added end else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, { external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled else Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation end end else -- OriginalUrl not set arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation end elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message else Archived = ''; end local Lay = ''; local LaySource = A['LaySource']; local LayURL = A['LayURL']; local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url'); if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; else LaySource = ""; end if sepc == '.' then Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate else Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate end elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message end local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat']; TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl'); local Transcript = A['Transcript']; local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); end local Publisher; if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); end if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; end elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; else Publisher = PublicationDate; end local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical'); -- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); else Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); end end local Language = A['Language']; if utilities.is_set (Language) then Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. else Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; --[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType ]] end --[[ Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided). ]] if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event= TitleType = ''; -- and unset if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering end end end -- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil. -- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA -- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over. local tcommon; local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); else tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); else -- a sheet or stand-alone map tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc ); end elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc ); else -- all other CS1 templates tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); end if #ID_list > 0 then ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc ); else ID_list = ID; end local Via = A['Via']; Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; local idcommon; if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); else idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc ); end local text; local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; if utilities.is_set (Date) then if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses else -- neither of authors and editors set if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc else Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc end end end if utilities.is_set (Authors) then if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Editors) then local in_text = " "; local post_text = ""; if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2 end end if EditorCount <= 1 then post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case else post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")"; end Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space end text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); end elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then if utilities.is_set (Date) then if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; else Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors']; end else if EditorCount <= 1 then Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " else Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " " end end text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); else if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); else text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); end end if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc. text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); end text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc ); -- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element local options_t = {}; options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode); local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list namelist_t = c; -- select it elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list namelist_t = a; elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list namelist_t = e; end local citeref_id; if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default'); end else citeref_id = ''; -- unset end options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id; end if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains; z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string text = ''; -- blank the the citation utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category end local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist else table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty end if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation end local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass); local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]'; local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: '; if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link)); table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix break; -- and done because no need to look further end end z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering end if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link)); table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery end for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'}) ); end table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save end if not no_tracking_cats then for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); end end return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done end --[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >-------------------------------------------------------------- Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists. Parameters in the whitelist can have three values: true - active, supported parameters false - deprecated, supported parameters nil - unsupported parameters ]] local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) local name = tostring (name); local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' local state; local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter if false == state then if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported return true; end if 'tracked' == state then local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key> return true; end return nil; end if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted return nil; end if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- limited enumerated parameters list enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end -- end limited parameter-set templates if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end end -- if here, fall into general validation state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end -- all enumerated parameters allowed enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil end --[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): [[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text [[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text return value as is else ]=] local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists local _; if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message _, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink end return value; end --[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------ Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: {{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name {{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML tags are removed before the search. If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category. ]] local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) local capture; value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter); end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >-------------------------------------- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value) if 'number' == type (param) then return; end param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize if cfg.punct_skip[param] then return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done end if value:match ('[,;:]$') then utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ... utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------ look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked ]] local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t) local url_error_t = {}; check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors table.sort (url_error_t); utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message end end --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >-------------------------------------------------------------- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text. ]] local function citation(frame) Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode local sandbox = '/sandbox' -- i18n: replace this rvalue with the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module? sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else local pframe = frame:getParent() local styles; cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox); utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox); validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox); identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox); metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox); styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css'; utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}')); local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them local error_text; -- used as a flag local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}} for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame config[k] = v; -- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep? end local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string if v ~= '' then if ('string' == type (k)) then k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 end if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v}); end elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter else if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it if is_sandbox then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version else suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version end end for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match if capture then -- if the pattern matches param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message else error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template v = ''; -- unset end end end if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion? if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}); else utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) end end end end args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list end -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? -- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) -- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? end if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { 1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) }); end local url_param_t = {}; for k, v in pairs( args ) do if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters end has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check end end has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong return table.concat ({ frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}), citation0( config, args) }); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return {citation = citation}; ap25rq0kh3819w7lon63qbjh3bjokuz 828 48828620 1067248994 1017041361 2022-01-22T14:11:14Z Trappist the monk 10289486 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, remove_wiki_link, strip_apostrophe_markup; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs) Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't corrupted with strings of %27%27... ]] local function make_coins_title (title, script) title = has_accept_as_written (title); if is_set (title) then title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup else title = ''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string end if is_set (script) then script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string) script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup else script = ''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string end if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate end return title .. script; -- return the concatenation end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of Lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other Lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------ Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS. ]] local function get_coins_pages (pages) local pattern; if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done while true do pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the URL and following space(s): "[url " if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more URLs pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape Lua's magic pattern characters pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible end pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace HTML entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like? return pages; end --[=[-------------------------< C O I N S _ R E P L A C E _ M A T H _ S T R I P M A R K E R >------------------ There are three options for math markup rendering that depend on the editor's math preference settings. These settings are at [[Special:Preferences#mw-prefsection-rendering]] and are PNG images TeX source MathML with SVG or PNG fallback All three are heavy with HTML and CSS which doesn't belong in the metadata. Without this function, the metadata saved in the raw wikitext contained the rendering determined by the settings of the last editor to save the page. This function gets the rendered form of an equation according to the editor's preference before the page is saved. It then searches the rendering for the text equivalent of the rendered equation and replaces the rendering with that so that the page is saved without extraneous HTML/CSS markup and with a reasonably readable text form of the equation. When a replacement is made, this function returns true and the value with replacement; otherwise false and the initial value. To replace multipe equations it is necessary to call this function from within a loop. ]=] local function coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value) local stripmarker = cfg.stripmarkers['math']; local rendering = value:match (stripmarker); -- is there a math stripmarker if not rendering then -- when value doesn't have a math stripmarker, abandon this test return false, value; end rendering = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (rendering); -- convert stripmarker into rendered value (or nil? ''? when math render error) if rendering:match ('alt="[^"]+"') then -- if PNG math option rendering = rendering:match ('alt="([^"]+)"'); -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('$%s+.+%s+%$') then -- if TeX math option; $ is legit character that is escapes as \$ rendering = rendering:match ('$%s+(.+)%s+%$') -- extract just the math text elseif rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>.+</annotation>') then -- if MathML math option rendering = rendering:match ('<annotation[^>]+>(.+)</annotation>') -- extract just the math text else return false, value; -- had math stripmarker but not one of the three defined forms end return true, value:gsub (stripmarker, rendering, 1); end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >---------------------------------------------------- Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain HTML entities. 2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki (). It replaces math stripmarkers with the appropriate content when it shouldn't. See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29 TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible characters table? ]] local function coins_cleanup (value) local replaced = true; -- default state to get the do loop running while replaced do -- loop until all math stripmarkers replaced replaced, value = coins_replace_math_stripmarker (value); -- replace math stripmarker with text representation of the equation end value = value:gsub (cfg.stripmarkers['math'], "MATH RENDER ERROR"); -- one or more couldn't be replaced; insert vague error message value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;(s?)</span>', "'%1"); -- replace {{'}} or {{'s}} with simple apostrophe or apostrophe-s value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space if not mw.ustring.find (value, cfg.indic_script) then -- don't remove zero-width joiner characters from indic script value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities value = mw.ustring.gsub (value, '[\226\128\141\226\128\139\194\173]', ''); -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space, soft hyphen end value = value:gsub ('[\009\010\013 ]+', ' '); -- replace horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space return value; end --[[--------------------------< C O I N S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information. ]] local function COinS(data, class) if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then return ''; end for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed) data[k] = coins_cleanup (v); end end local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004"; -- treat table strictly as an array with only set values. local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, { __newindex = function(self, key, value) if is_set(value) then rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } ); end end }); if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn', 'journal', 'news', 'magazine'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or ('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, cite ssrn elseif 'conference' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set) elseif 'web' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set) else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles end OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- 'periodical' article titles -- these used only for periodicals OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall OCinSoutput["rft.quarter"] = data.Quarter; -- single digits 1->first quarter, etc. OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue; OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report"; elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- conference paper as chapter in proceedings (book) elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then if is_set (data.Chapter) then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem"; OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title else if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview else OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia end end else -- {'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'} OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; end OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation else -- cite thesis OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported) OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation end -- NB. Not currently supported are "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:patent", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:sch_svc", "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:ctx" -- and now common parameters (as much as possible) OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all? if k == 'ISBN' then v = v:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" ); end local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS; if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v }; elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc. that have defined COinS keywords OCinSoutput[ id ] = v; elseif 'url' == id then -- for urls that are assembled in ~/Identifiers; |asin= and |ol= OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat ({data.ID_list[k], "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label}); elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil so urls created here OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v, cfg.id_handlers[k].suffix or '', "#id-name=", cfg.id_handlers[k].label }; -- others; provide a URL and indicate identifier name as #fragment (human-readable, but transparent to browsers) end end local last, first; for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki stripmarkers, non-printing or invisible characters if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name end else -- for all other authors if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation elseif is_set(last) then OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation end -- TODO: At present we do not report "et al.". Add anything special if this condition applies? end end OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL; OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage }; -- TODO: Add optional extra info: -- rfr_dat=#REVISION<version> (referrer private data) -- ctx_id=<data.RawPage>#<ref> (identifier for the context object) -- ctx_tim=<ts> (timestamp in format yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssTZD or yyyy-mm-dd) -- ctx_enc=info:ofi/enc:UTF-8 (character encoding) OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil ); -- sort with version string always first, and combine. -- table.sort( OCinSoutput ); table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004" return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&"); end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; remove_wiki_link = utilities_page_ptr.remove_wiki_link; strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities_page_ptr.strip_apostrophe_markup; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { make_coins_title = make_coins_title, get_coins_pages = get_coins_pages, COinS = COinS, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, } 9vyk9pk52t1pp4siilcbluanw9m1ekz 828 39043527 1096144888 1096003156 2022-07-02T16:25:24Z Trappist the monk 10289486 bump s2cid; Scribunto text/plain local lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- make a language object for the local language; used here for languages and dates --[[--------------------------< U N C A T E G O R I Z E D _ N A M E S P A C E S >------------------------------ List of namespaces that should not be included in citation error categories. Same as setting notracking = true by default. Note: Namespace names should use underscores instead of spaces. ]] local uncategorized_namespaces = { 'User', 'Talk', 'User_talk', 'Wikipedia_talk', 'File_talk', 'Template_talk', 'Help_talk', 'Category_talk', 'Portal_talk', 'Book_talk', 'Draft_talk', 'Education_Program_talk', 'Module_talk', 'MediaWiki_talk' }; local uncategorized_subpages = {'/[Ss]andbox', '/[Tt]estcases', '/[^/]*[Ll]og', '/[Aa]rchive'}; -- list of Lua patterns found in page names of pages we should not categorize --[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E S >-------------------------------------------------------------- Translation table The following contains fixed text that may be output as part of a citation. This is separated from the main body to aid in future translations of this module. ]] local messages = { ['agency'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is agency ['archived-dead'] = 'Archived from $1 on $2', ['archived-live'] = '$1 from the original on $2', ['archived-missing'] = 'Archived from the original$1 on $2', ['archived-unfit'] = 'Archived from the original on ', ['archived'] = 'Archived', ['by'] = 'By', -- contributions to authored works: introduction, foreword, afterword ['cartography'] = 'Cartography by $1', ['editor'] = 'ed.', ['editors'] = 'eds.', ['edition'] = '($1&nbsp;ed.)', ['episode'] = 'Episode $1', ['et al'] = 'et&nbsp;al.', ['in'] = 'In', -- edited works ['inactive'] = 'inactive', ['inset'] = '$1 inset', ['interview'] = 'Interviewed by $1', ['lay summary'] = 'Lay summary', ['mismatch'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> / <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> mismatch', -- $1 is year param name; $2 is date param name ['newsgroup'] = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;$1', ['notitle'] = 'No title', -- for |title=(()) and (in the future) |title=none ['original'] = 'the original', ['origdate'] = ' [$1]', ['published'] = ' (published $1)', ['retrieved'] = 'Retrieved $1', ['season'] = 'Season $1', ['section'] = '§&nbsp;$1', ['sections'] = '§§&nbsp;$1', ['series'] = '$1 $2', -- $1 is sepc, $2 is series ['seriesnum'] = 'Series $1', ['translated'] = 'Translated by $1', ['type'] = ' ($1)', -- for titletype ['written'] = 'Written at $1', ['vol'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc; bold journal style volume is in presentation{} ['vol-no'] = '$1 Vol.&nbsp;$2, no.&nbsp;$3', -- sepc, volume, issue (alternatively insert $1 after $2, but then we'd also have to change capitalization) ['issue'] = '$1 No.&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-vol'] = '$1 $2', -- sepc, volume; bold journal volume is in presentation{} ['j-issue'] = ' ($1)', ['nopp'] = '$1 $2'; -- page(s) without prefix; $1 is sepc ['p-prefix'] = "$1 p.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['pp-prefix'] = "$1 pp.&nbsp;$2", -- $1 is sepc ['j-page(s)'] = ': $1', -- same for page and pages ['sheet'] = '$1 Sheet&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['sheets'] = '$1 Sheets&nbsp;$2', -- $1 is sepc ['j-sheet'] = ': Sheet&nbsp;$1', ['j-sheets'] = ': Sheets&nbsp;$1', ['language'] = '(in $1)', ['via'] = " &ndash; via $1", ['event'] = 'Event occurs at', ['minutes'] = 'minutes in', -- Determines the location of the help page ['help page link'] = 'Help:CS1 errors', ['help page label'] = 'help', -- categories ['cat wikilink'] = '[[Category:$1]]', -- $1 is the category name [':cat wikilink'] = '[[:Category:$1|link]]', -- category name as maintenance message wikilink; $1 is the category name -- Internal errors (should only occur if configuration is bad) ['undefined_error'] = 'Called with an undefined error condition', ['unknown_ID_key'] = 'Unrecognized ID key: ', -- an ID key in id_handlers not found in ~/Identifiers func_map{} ['unknown_ID_access'] = 'Unrecognized ID access keyword: ', -- an ID access keyword in id_handlers not found in keywords_lists['id-access']{} ['unknown_argument_map'] = 'Argument map not defined for this variable', ['bare_url_no_origin'] = 'Bare URL found but origin indicator is nil or empty', ['warning_msg_e'] = '<span style="color:#d33">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have errors</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link ['warning_msg_m'] = '<span style="color:#3a3">One or more <code style="color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit;">&#123;{$1}}</code> templates have maintenance messages</span>; messages may be hidden ([[Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display|help]]).'; -- $1 is template link } --[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N _ C L A S S _ M A P >------------------------------------------ this table maps the value assigned to |CitationClass= in the cs1|2 templates to the canonical template name when the value assigned to |CitationClass= is different from the canonical template name. |CitationClass= values are used as class attributes in the <cite> tag that encloses the citation so these names may not contain spaces while the canonical template name may. These names are used in warning_msg_e and warning_msg_m to create links to the template's documentation when an article is displayed in preivew mode. Most cs1|2 template |CitationClass= values at en.wiki match their canonical template names so are not listed here. ]] local citation_class_map_t = { -- TODO: if kept, these and all other config.CitationClass 'names' require some sort of i18n ['audio-visual'] = 'AV media', -- TODO: move to ~/Configuration ['AV-media-notes'] = 'AV media notes', ['encyclopaedia'] = 'encyclopedia', ['mailinglist'] = 'mailing list', ['pressrelease'] = 'press release' } --[=[-------------------------< E T _ A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------- This table provides Lua patterns for the phrase "et al" and variants in name text (author, editor, etc.). The main module uses these to identify and emit the 'etal' message. ]=] local et_al_patterns = { "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et al' theme "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll][Ii][AaIi][Ee]?[%.;,\"']*$", -- variations on the 'et alia', 'et alii' and 'et aliae' themes (false positive 'et aliie' unlikely to match) "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers", -- an alternative to et al. "%[%[ *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%]%]", -- a wikilinked form "%(%( *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *%)%)", -- a double-bracketed form (to counter partial removal of ((...)) syntax) "[%(%[] *[Ee][Tt]%.? *[Aa][Ll]%.? *[%)%]]", -- a bracketed form } --[[--------------------------< P R E S E N T A T I O N >------------------------ Fixed presentation markup. Originally part of citation_config.messages it has been moved into its own, more semantically correct place. ]] local presentation = { -- .citation-comment class is specified at Help:CS1_errors#Controlling_error_message_display ['hidden-error'] = '<span class="cs1-hidden-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['visible-error'] = '<span class="cs1-visible-error citation-comment">$1</span>', ['hidden-maint'] = '<span class="cs1-maint citation-comment">$1</span>', ['accessdate'] = '<span class="reference-accessdate">$1$2</span>', -- to allow editors to hide accessdate using personal CSS ['bdi'] = '<bdi$1>$2</bdi>', -- bidirectional isolation used with |script-title= and the like ['cite'] = '<cite class="$1">$2</cite>'; -- for use when citation does not have a namelist and |ref= not set so no id="..." attribute ['cite-id'] = '<cite id="$1" class="$2">$3</cite>'; -- for use when when |ref= is set or when citation has a namelist ['format'] = ' <span class="cs1-format">($1)</span>', -- for |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. -- various access levels, for |access=, |doi-access=, |arxiv=, ... -- narrow no-break space &#8239; may work better than nowrap CSS. Or not? Browser support? ['ext-link-access-signal'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', -- external link with appropriate lock icon ['free'] = {class='cs1-lock-free', title='Freely accessible'}, -- classes defined in Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css ['registration'] = {class='cs1-lock-registration', title='Free registration required'}, ['limited'] = {class='cs1-lock-limited', title='Free access subject to limited trial, subscription normally required'}, ['subscription'] = {class='cs1-lock-subscription', title='Paid subscription required'}, ['interwiki-icon'] = '<span class="$1" title="$2">$3</span>', ['class-wikisource'] = 'cs1-ws-icon', ['italic-title'] = "''$1''", ['kern-left'] = '<span class="cs1-kern-left"></span>$1', -- spacing to use when title contains leading single or double quote mark ['kern-right'] = '$1<span class="cs1-kern-right"></span>', -- spacing to use when title contains trailing single or double quote mark ['nowrap1'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span>', -- for nowrapping an item: <span ...>yyyy-mm-dd</span> ['nowrap2'] = '<span class="nowrap">$1</span> $2', -- for nowrapping portions of an item: <span ...>dd mmmm</span> yyyy (note white space) ['ocins'] = '<span title="$1" class="Z3988"></span>', ['parameter'] = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', ['ps_cs1'] = '.'; -- CS1 style postscript (terminal) character ['ps_cs2'] = ''; -- CS2 style postscript (terminal) character (empty string) ['quoted-text'] = '<q>$1</q>', -- for wrapping |quote= content ['quoted-title'] = '"$1"', ['sep_cs1'] = '.', -- CS1 element separator ['sep_cs2'] = ',', -- CS2 separator ['sep_nl'] = ';', -- CS1|2 style name-list separator between names is a semicolon ['sep_nl_and'] = ' and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 2 items ['sep_nl_end'] = '; and ', -- used as last nl sep when |name-list-style=and and list has 3+ names ['sep_name'] = ', ', -- CS1|2 style last/first separator is <comma><space> ['sep_nl_vanc'] = ',', -- Vancouver style name-list separator between authors is a comma ['sep_name_vanc'] = ' ', -- Vancouver style last/first separator is a space ['sep_list'] = ', ', -- used for |language= when list has 3+ items except for last sep which uses sep_list_end ['sep_list_pair'] = ' and ', -- used for |language= when list has 2 items ['sep_list_end'] = ', and ', -- used as last list sep for |language= when list has 3+ items ['trans-italic-title'] = "&#91;''$1''&#93;", ['trans-quoted-title'] = "&#91;$1&#93;", -- for |trans-title= and |trans-quote= ['vol-bold'] = '$1 <b>$2</b>', -- sepc, volume; for bold journal cites; for other cites ['vol'] in messages{} } --[[--------------------------< A L I A S E S >--------------------------------- Aliases table for commonly passed parameters. Parameter names on the right side in the assignments in this table must have been defined in the Whitelist before they will be recognized as valid parameter names ]] local aliases = { ['AccessDate'] = {'access-date', 'accessdate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Agency'] = 'agency', ['ArchiveDate'] = {'archive-date', 'archivedate'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ArchiveFormat'] = 'archive-format', ['ArchiveURL'] = {'archive-url', 'archiveurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ASINTLD'] = 'asin-tld', ['At'] = 'at', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Authors'] = {'authors', 'people', 'credits'}, ['BookTitle'] = {'book-title', 'booktitle'}, ['Cartography'] = 'cartography', ['Chapter'] = {'chapter', 'contribution', 'entry', 'article', 'section'}, ['ChapterFormat'] = {'chapter-format', 'contribution-format', 'entry-format', 'article-format', 'section-format'}; ['ChapterURL'] = {'chapter-url', 'contribution-url', 'entry-url', 'article-url', 'section-url', 'chapterurl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['ChapterUrlAccess'] = {'chapter-url-access', 'contribution-url-access', 'entry-url-access', 'article-url-access', 'section-url-access'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Class'] = 'class', -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifier ['Collaboration'] = 'collaboration', ['Conference'] = {'conference', 'event'}, ['ConferenceFormat'] = 'conference-format', ['ConferenceURL'] = 'conference-url', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Date'] = {'date', 'air-date', 'airdate'}, -- air-date and airdate for cite episode and cite serial only ['Degree'] = 'degree', ['DF'] = 'df', ['DisplayAuthors'] = {'display-authors', 'display-subjects'}, ['DisplayContributors'] = 'display-contributors', ['DisplayEditors'] = 'display-editors', ['DisplayInterviewers'] = 'display-interviewers', ['DisplayTranslators'] = 'display-translators', ['Docket'] = 'docket', ['DoiBroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', ['Edition'] = 'edition', ['Embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', ['Encyclopedia'] = {'encyclopedia', 'encyclopaedia', 'dictionary'}, -- cite encyclopedia only ['Episode'] = 'episode', -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['Format'] = 'format', ['ID'] = {'id', 'ID'}, ['Inset'] = 'inset', ['Issue'] = {'issue', 'number'}, ['Language'] = {'language', 'lang'}, ['LayDate'] = 'lay-date', ['LayFormat'] = 'lay-format', ['LaySource'] = 'lay-source', ['LayURL'] = 'lay-url', ['MailingList'] = {'mailing-list', 'mailinglist'}, -- cite mailing list only ['Map'] = 'map', -- cite map only ['MapFormat'] = 'map-format', -- cite map only ['MapURL'] = {'map-url', 'mapurl'}, -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['MapUrlAccess'] = 'map-url-access', -- cite map only -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Minutes'] = 'minutes', ['Mode'] = 'mode', ['NameListStyle'] = 'name-list-style', ['Network'] = 'network', ['Newsgroup'] = 'newsgroup', -- cite newsgroup only ['NoPP'] = {'no-pp', 'nopp'}, ['NoTracking'] = {'no-tracking', 'template-doc-demo'}, ['Number'] = 'number', -- this case only for cite techreport ['OrigDate'] = {'orig-date', 'orig-year', 'origyear'}, ['Others'] = 'others', ['Page'] = {'page', 'p'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Pages'] = {'pages', 'pp'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Periodical'] = {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'website', 'work'}, ['Place'] = {'place', 'location'}, ['PostScript'] = 'postscript', ['PublicationDate'] = {'publication-date', 'publicationdate'}, ['PublicationPlace'] = {'publication-place', 'publicationplace'}, ['PublisherName'] = {'publisher', 'institution'}, ['Quote'] = {'quote', 'quotation'}, ['QuotePage'] = 'quote-page', ['QuotePages'] = 'quote-pages', ['Ref'] = 'ref', ['Scale'] = 'scale', ['ScriptChapter'] = {'script-chapter', 'script-contribution', 'script-entry', 'script-article', 'script-section'}, ['ScriptMap'] = 'script-map', ['ScriptPeriodical'] = {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-website', 'script-work'}, ['ScriptQuote'] = 'script-quote', ['ScriptTitle'] = 'script-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Season'] = 'season', ['Sections'] = 'sections', -- cite map only ['Series'] = {'series', 'version'}, ['SeriesLink'] = {'series-link', 'serieslink'}, ['SeriesNumber'] = {'series-number', 'series-no'}, ['Sheet'] = 'sheet', -- cite map only ['Sheets'] = 'sheets', -- cite map only ['Station'] = 'station', ['Time'] = 'time', ['TimeCaption'] = 'time-caption', ['Title'] = 'title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleLink'] = {'title-link', 'episode-link', 'episodelink'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TitleNote'] = 'department', ['TitleType'] = {'type', 'medium'}, ['TransChapter'] = {'trans-article', 'trans-chapter', 'trans-contribution', 'trans-entry', 'trans-section'}, ['Transcript'] = 'transcript', ['TranscriptFormat'] = 'transcript-format', ['TranscriptURL'] = {'transcript-url', 'transcripturl'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['TransMap'] = 'trans-map', -- cite map only ['TransPeriodical'] = {'trans-journal', 'trans-magazine', 'trans-newspaper', 'trans-periodical', 'trans-website', 'trans-work'}, ['TransQuote'] = 'trans-quote', ['TransTitle'] = 'trans-title', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['URL'] = {'url', 'URL'}, -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlAccess'] = 'url-access', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['UrlStatus'] = 'url-status', -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['Vauthors'] = 'vauthors', ['Veditors'] = 'veditors', ['Via'] = 'via', ['Volume'] = 'volume', ['Year'] = 'year', ['AuthorList-First'] = {"first#", "author-first#", "author#-first", "given#", "author-given#", "author#-given"}, ['AuthorList-Last'] = {"last#", "author-last#", "author#-last", "surname#", "author-surname#", "author#-surname", "author#", "subject#", 'host#'}, ['AuthorList-Link'] = {"author-link#", "author#-link", "subject-link#", "subject#-link", "authorlink#", "author#link"}, ['AuthorList-Mask'] = {"author-mask#", "author#-mask", "subject-mask#", "subject#-mask"}, ['ContributorList-First'] = {'contributor-first#', 'contributor#-first', 'contributor-given#', 'contributor#-given'}, ['ContributorList-Last'] = {'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', 'contributor#'}, ['ContributorList-Link'] = {'contributor-link#', 'contributor#-link'}, ['ContributorList-Mask'] = {'contributor-mask#', 'contributor#-mask'}, ['EditorList-First'] = {"editor-first#", "editor#-first", "editor-given#", "editor#-given"}, ['EditorList-Last'] = {"editor-last#", "editor#-last", "editor-surname#", "editor#-surname", "editor#"}, ['EditorList-Link'] = {"editor-link#", "editor#-link"}, ['EditorList-Mask'] = {"editor-mask#", "editor#-mask"}, ['InterviewerList-First'] = {'interviewer-first#', 'interviewer#-first', 'interviewer-given#', 'interviewer#-given'}, ['InterviewerList-Last'] = {'interviewer-last#', 'interviewer#-last', 'interviewer-surname#', 'interviewer#-surname', 'interviewer#'}, ['InterviewerList-Link'] = {'interviewer-link#', 'interviewer#-link'}, ['InterviewerList-Mask'] = {'interviewer-mask#', 'interviewer#-mask'}, ['TranslatorList-First'] = {'translator-first#', 'translator#-first', 'translator-given#', 'translator#-given'}, ['TranslatorList-Last'] = {'translator-last#', 'translator#-last', 'translator-surname#', 'translator#-surname', 'translator#'}, ['TranslatorList-Link'] = {'translator-link#', 'translator#-link'}, ['TranslatorList-Mask'] = {'translator-mask#', 'translator#-mask'}, } --[[--------------------------< P U N C T _ S K I P >--------------------------- builds a table of parameter names that the extraneous terminal punctuation check should not check. ]] local punct_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'BookTitle', 'Chapter', 'ScriptChapter', 'ScriptTitle', 'Title', 'TransChapter', 'Transcript', 'TransMap', 'TransTitle', -- title-holding parameters 'AuthorList-Mask', 'ContributorList-Mask', 'EditorList-Mask', 'InterviewerList-Mask', 'TranslatorList-Mask', -- name-list mask may have name separators 'PostScript', 'Quote', 'ScriptQuote', 'TransQuote', 'Ref', -- miscellaneous 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- URL-holding parameters } local url_meta_params = { -- table of aliases[] keys (meta parameters); each key has a table of parameter names for a value 'ArchiveURL', 'ChapterURL', 'ConferenceURL', 'ID', 'LayURL', 'MapURL', 'TranscriptURL', 'URL', -- parameters allowed to hold urls 'Page', 'Pages', 'At', 'QuotePage', 'QuotePages', -- insource locators allowed to hold urls } local function build_skip_table (skip_t, meta_params) for _, meta_param in ipairs (meta_params) do -- for each meta parameter key local params = aliases[meta_param]; -- get the parameter or the table of parameters associated with the meta parameter name if 'string' == type (params) then skip_t[params] = 1; -- just a single parameter else for _, param in ipairs (params) do -- get the parameter name skip_t[param] = 1; -- add the parameter name to the skip table local count; param, count = param:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove enumerator marker from enumerated parameters if 0 ~= count then -- if removed skip_t[param] = 1; -- add param name without enumerator marker end end end end return skip_t; end local punct_skip = {}; local url_skip = {}; --[[-----------< S P E C I A L C A S E T R A N S L A T I O N S >------------ This table is primarily here to support internationalization. Translations in this table are used, for example, when an error message, category name, etc., is extracted from the English alias key. There may be other cases where this translation table may be useful. ]] local is_Latn = 'A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143'; local special_case_translation = { ['AuthorList'] = 'authors list', -- used to assemble maintenance category names ['ContributorList'] = 'contributors list', -- translation of these names plus translation of the base mainenance category names in maint_cats{} table below ['EditorList'] = 'editors list', -- must match the names of the actual categories ['InterviewerList'] = 'interviewers list', -- this group or translations used by name_has_ed_markup() and name_has_mult_names() ['TranslatorList'] = 'translators list', -- Lua patterns to match pseudo-titles used by InternetArchiveBot and others as placeholder for unknown |title= value ['archived_copy'] = { -- used with CS1 maint: Archive[d] copy as title ['en'] = '^archived?%s+copy$', -- for English; translators: keep this because templates imported from en.wiki ['local'] = nil, -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language }, -- Lua patterns to match generic titles; usually created by bots or reference filling tools -- translators: replace ['local'] = nil with lowercase translation only when bots or tools create generic titles in your language -- generic titles and patterns in this table should be lowercase only -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic title in your language -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches; 'false' for pattern searches ['generic_titles'] = { ['accept'] = { }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'^wayback%s+machine$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'are you a robot', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'hugedomains.com', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?no +title[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'page not found', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'subscribe to read', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[{<]?unknown[>}%]%)]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'website is for sale', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^404', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'internet archive wayback machine', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'log into facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'login • instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'redirecting...', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'usurped title', true}, ['local'] = nil}, -- added by a GreenC bot {['en'] = {'webcite query result', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'wikiwix\'s cache', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } }, -- boolean 'true' for plain-text searches, search string must be lowercase only -- boolean 'false' for pattern searches -- leave ['local'] nil except when there is a matching generic name in your language ['generic_names'] = { ['accept'] = { {['en'] = {'%[%[[^|]*%(author%) *|[^%]]*%]%]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, }, ['reject'] = { {['en'] = {'about us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]dvisor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Aa]uthor%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'collaborator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contributor', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'contact us', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'directory', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%(%[][%(%[]%s*eds?%.?%s*[%)%]]?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'[,%.%s]%f[e]eds?%.?$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^eds?[%.,;]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[%(%[]%s*[Ee][Dd][Ss]?%.?%s*[%)%]]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]dited%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a][Ee]ditors?%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f[%a]]Ee]mail%f[%A]', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'facebook', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'google', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'home page', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'instagram', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'interviewer', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'linkedIn', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'^[Nn]ews$', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'pinterest', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'policy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'privacy', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'translator', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'tumblr', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'twitter', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'site name', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'statement', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'submitted', true}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'super.?user', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'%f['..is_Latn..'][Uu]ser%f[^'..is_Latn..']', false}, ['local'] = nil}, {['en'] = {'verfasser', true}, ['local'] = nil}, } } } --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------------------------- This table of tables lists local language date names and fallback English date names. The code in Date_validation will look first in the local table for valid date names. If date names are not found in the local table, the code will look in the English table. Because citations can be copied to the local wiki from en.wiki, the English is required when the date-name translation function date_name_xlate() is used. In these tables, season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) Specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. CS1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but CS1|2 has no way to make that distinction. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) The standard does not address 'named' dates so, for the purposes of CS1|2, Easter and Christmas are defined here as 98 and 99, which should be out of the ISO 8601 (EDTF) range of uses for a while. local_date_names_from_mediawiki is a boolean. When set to: true – module will fetch local month names from MediaWiki for both date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] false – module will *not* fetch local month names from MediaWiki Caveat lector: There is no guarantee that MediaWiki will provide short month names. At your wiki you can test the results of the MediaWiki fetch in the debug console with this command (the result is alpha sorted): =mw.dumpObject (p.date_names['local']) While the module can fetch month names from MediaWiki, it cannot fetch the quarter, season, and named date names from MediaWiki. Those must be translated manually. ]] local local_date_names_from_mediawiki = true; -- when false, manual translation required for date_names['local']['long'] and date_names['local']['short'] -- when true, module fetches long and short month names from MediaWiki local date_names = { ['en'] = { -- English ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, -- when local_date_names_from_mediawiki = false ['local'] = { -- replace these English date names with the local language equivalents ['long'] = {['January'] = 1, ['February'] = 2, ['March'] = 3, ['April'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['June'] = 6, ['July'] = 7, ['August'] = 8, ['September'] = 9, ['October'] = 10, ['November'] = 11, ['December'] = 12}, ['short'] = {['Jan'] = 1, ['Feb'] = 2, ['Mar'] = 3, ['Apr'] = 4, ['May'] = 5, ['Jun'] = 6, ['Jul'] = 7, ['Aug'] = 8, ['Sep'] = 9, ['Oct'] = 10, ['Nov'] = 11, ['Dec'] = 12}, ['quarter'] = {['First Quarter'] = 33, ['Second Quarter'] = 34, ['Third Quarter'] = 35, ['Fourth Quarter'] = 36}, ['season'] = {['Winter'] = 24, ['Spring'] = 21, ['Summer'] = 22, ['Fall'] = 23, ['Autumn'] = 23}, ['named'] = {['Easter'] = 98, ['Christmas'] = 99}, }, ['inv_local_long'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].long where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_short'] = {}, -- used in date reformatting & translation; copy of date_names['local'].short where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_quarter'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].quarter where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_season'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].season where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['inv_local_named'] = {}, -- used in date translation; copy of date_names['local'].named where k/v are inverted: [1]='<local name>' etc. ['local_digits'] = {['0'] = '0', ['1'] = '1', ['2'] = '2', ['3'] = '3', ['4'] = '4', ['5'] = '5', ['6'] = '6', ['7'] = '7', ['8'] = '8', ['9'] = '9'}, -- used to convert local language digits to Western 0-9 ['xlate_digits'] = {}, } if local_date_names_from_mediawiki then -- if fetching local month names from MediaWiki is enabled local long_t = {}; local short_t = {}; for i=1, 12 do -- loop 12x and local name = lang_obj:formatDate('F', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get long month name for each i long_t[name] = i; -- save it name = lang_obj:formatDate('M', '2022-' .. i .. '-1'); -- get short month name for each i short_t[name] = i; -- save it end date_names['local']['long'] = long_t; -- write the long table – overwrites manual translation date_names['local']['short'] = short_t; -- write the short table – overwrites manual translation end -- create inverted date-name tables for reformatting and/or translation for _, invert_t in pairs {{'long', 'inv_local_long'}, {'short', 'inv_local_short'}, {'quarter', 'inv_local_quarter'}, {'season', 'inv_local_season'}, {'named', 'inv_local_named'}} do for name, i in pairs (date_names['local'][invert_t[1]]) do -- this table is ['name'] = i date_names[invert_t[2]][i] = name; -- invert to get [i] = 'name' for conversions from ymd end end for ld, ed in pairs (date_names.local_digits) do -- make a digit translation table for simple date translation from en to local language using local_digits table date_names.xlate_digits [ed] = ld; -- en digit becomes index with local digit as the value end local df_template_patterns = { -- table of redirects to {{Use dmy dates}} and {{Use mdy dates}} '{{ *[Uu]se +(dmy) +dates *[|}]', -- 1159k -- sorted by approximate transclusion count '{{ *[Uu]se +(mdy) +dates *[|}]', -- 212k '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) +dates *[|}]', -- 788 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) +dates *[|}]', -- 343 '{{ *([Mm]dy) *[|}]', -- 176 '{{ *[Uu]se *(dmy) *[|}]', -- 156 + 18 '{{ *[Uu]se *(mdy) *[|}]', -- 149 + 11 '{{ *([Dd]my) *[|}]', -- 56 '{{ *[Uu]se +(MDY) *[|}]', -- 5 '{{ *([Dd]MY) *[|}]', -- 3 '{{ *[Uu]se(mdy)dates *[|}]', -- 1 '{{ *[Uu]se +(DMY) *[|}]', -- 0 '{{ *([Mm]DY) *[|}]', -- 0 } local function get_date_format () local title_object = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); if title_object.namespace == 10 then -- not in template space so that unused templates appear in unused-template-reports; return nil; -- auto-formatting does not work in Template space so don't set global_df end local content = title_object:getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 for _, pattern in ipairs (df_template_patterns) do -- loop through the patterns looking for {{Use dmy dates}} or {{Use mdy dates}} or any of their redirects local start, _, match = content:find(pattern); -- match is the three letters indicating desired date format if match then content = content:match ('%b{}', start); -- get the whole template if content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *[lsy][sy]?') then -- look for |cs1-dates=publication date length access-/archive-date length return match:lower() .. '-' .. content:match ('| *cs1%-dates *= *([lsy][sy]?)'); else return match:lower() .. '-all'; -- no |cs1-dates= k/v pair; return value appropriate for use in |df= end end end end local global_df; --[[-----------------< V O L U M E , I S S U E , P A G E S >------------------ These tables hold cite class values (from the template invocation) and identify those templates that support |volume=, |issue=, and |page(s)= parameters. Cite conference and cite map require further qualification which is handled in the main module. ]] local templates_using_volume = {'citation', 'audio-visual', 'book', 'conference', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'report', 'techreport', 'thesis'} local templates_using_issue = {'citation', 'conference', 'episode', 'interview', 'journal', 'magazine', 'map', 'news', 'podcast'} local templates_not_using_page = {'audio-visual', 'episode', 'mailinglist', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech'} --[[ These tables control when it is appropriate for {{citation}} to render |volume= and/or |issue=. The parameter names in the tables constrain {{citation}} so that its renderings match the renderings of the equivalent cs1 templates. For example, {{cite web}} does not support |volume= so the equivalent {{citation |website=...}} must not support |volume=. ]] local citation_no_volume_t = { -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used 'website', 'mailinglist', 'script-website', } local citation_issue_t = { -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used 'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work', 'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work', } --[[ Patterns for finding extra text in |volume=, |issue=, |page=, |pages= ]] local vol_iss_pg_patterns = { good_ppattern = '^P[^%.PpGg]', -- OK to begin with uppercase P: P7 (page 7 of section P), but not p123 (page 123); TODO: this allows 'Pages' which it should not bad_ppatterns = { -- patterns for |page= and |pages= '^[Pp][PpGg]?%.?[ %d]', '^[Pp][Pp]?%.&nbsp;', -- from {{p.}} and {{pp.}} templates '^[Pp]ages?', '^[Pp]gs.?', }, vpatterns = { -- patterns for |volume= '^volumes?', '^vols?[%.:=]?' }, ipatterns = { -- patterns for |issue= '^issues?', '^iss[%.:=]?', '^numbers?', '^nos?%A', -- don't match 'november' or 'nostradamus' '^nr[%.:=]?', '^n[%.:= ]' -- might be a valid issue without separator (space char is sep char here) } } --[[--------------------------< K E Y W O R D S >------------------------------- These tables hold keywords for those parameters that have defined sets of acceptable keywords. ]] --[[-------------------< K E Y W O R D S T A B L E >-------------------------- this is a list of keywords; each key in the list is associated with a table of synonymous keywords possibly from different languages. for I18N: add local-language keywords to value table; do not change the key. For example, adding the German keyword 'ja': ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y', 'ja'}, Because CS1|2 templates from en.wiki articles are often copied to other local wikis, it is recommended that the English keywords remain in these tables. ]] local keywords = { ['amp'] = {'&', 'amp', 'ampersand'}, -- |name-list-style= ['and'] = {'and', 'serial'}, -- |name-list-style= ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- |no-tracking=, |no-pp= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['afterword'] = {'afterword'}, -- |contribution= ['bot: unknown'] = {'bot: unknown'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['cs1'] = {'cs1'}, -- |mode= ['cs2'] = {'cs2'}, -- |mode= ['dead'] = {'dead', 'deviated'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['dmy'] = {'dmy'}, -- |df= ['dmy-all'] = {'dmy-all'}, -- |df= ['foreword'] = {'foreword'}, -- |contribution= ['free'] = {'free'}, -- |<id>-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['harv'] = {'harv'}, -- |ref=; this no longer supported; is_valid_parameter_value() called with <invert> = true ['introduction'] = {'introduction'}, -- |contribution= ['limited'] = {'limited'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['live'] = {'live'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['mdy'] = {'mdy'}, -- |df= ['mdy-all'] = {'mdy-all'}, -- |df= ['none'] = {'none'}, -- |postscript=, |ref=, |title=, |type= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['off'] = {'off'}, -- |title= (potentially also: |title-link=, |postscript=, |ref=, |type=) ['preface'] = {'preface'}, -- |contribution= ['registration'] = {'registration'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['subscription'] = {'subscription'}, -- |url-access= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['unfit'] = {'unfit'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['usurped'] = {'usurped'}, -- |url-status= -- Used by InternetArchiveBot ['vanc'] = {'vanc'}, -- |name-list-style= ['ymd'] = {'ymd'}, -- |df= ['ymd-all'] = {'ymd-all'}, -- |df= -- ['yMd'] = {'yMd'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd-all'] = {'yMd-all'}, -- |df=; not supported at en.wiki } --[[------------------------< X L A T E _ K E Y W O R D S >--------------------- this function builds a list, keywords_xlate{}, of the keywords found in keywords{} where the values from keywords{} become the keys in keywords_xlate{} and the keys from keywords{} become the values in keywords_xlate{}: ['affirmative'] = {'yes', 'true', 'y'}, -- in keywords{} becomes ['yes'] = 'affirmative', -- in keywords_xlate{} ['true'] = 'affirmative', ['y'] = 'affirmative', the purpose of this function is to act as a translator between a non-English keyword and its English equivalent that may be used in other modules of this suite ]] local function xlate_keywords () local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for k, keywords_t in pairs (keywords) do -- spin through the keywords table for _, keyword in ipairs (keywords_t) do -- for each keyword out_table[keyword] = k; -- create an entry in the output table where keyword is the key end end return out_table; end local keywords_xlate = xlate_keywords (); -- the list of translated keywords --[[----------------< M A K E _ K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T >--------------------- this function assembles, for parameter-value validation, the list of keywords appropriate to that parameter. keywords_lists{}, is a table of tables from keywords{} ]] local function make_keywords_list (keywords_lists) local out_table = {}; -- output goes here for _, keyword_list in ipairs (keywords_lists) do -- spin through keywords_lists{} and get a table of keywords for _, keyword in ipairs (keyword_list) do -- spin through keyword_list{} and add each keyword, ... table.insert (out_table, keyword); -- ... as plain text, to the output list end end return out_table; end --[[----------------< K E Y W O R D S _ L I S T S >----------------------------- this is a list of lists of valid keywords for the various parameters in [key]. Generally the keys in this table are the canonical en.wiki parameter names though some are contrived because of use in multiple differently named parameters: ['yes_true_y'], ['id-access']. The function make_keywords_list() extracts the individual keywords from the appropriate list in keywords{}. The lists in this table are used to validate the keyword assignment for the parameters named in this table's keys. ]] local keywords_lists = { ['yes_true_y'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.affirmative}), ['contribution'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.afterword, keywords.foreword, keywords.introduction, keywords.preface}), ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all']}), -- ['df'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dmy, keywords['dmy-all'], keywords.mdy, keywords['mdy-all'], keywords.ymd, keywords['ymd-all'], keywords.yMd, keywords['yMd-all']}), -- not supported at en.wiki ['mode'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.cs1, keywords.cs2}), ['name-list-style'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.amp, keywords['and'], keywords.vanc}), ['ref'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.harv}), -- inverted check; |ref=harv no longer supported ['url-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.subscription, keywords.limited, keywords.registration}), ['url-status'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.dead, keywords.live, keywords.unfit, keywords.usurped, keywords['bot: unknown']}), ['id-access'] = make_keywords_list ({keywords.free}), } --[[---------------------< S T R I P M A R K E R S >---------------------------- Common pattern definition location for stripmarkers so that we don't have to go hunting for them if (when) MediaWiki changes their form. ]] local stripmarkers = { ['any'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-(%a+)%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127', -- capture returns name of stripmarker ['math'] = '\127[^\127]*UNIQ%-%-math%-[%a%d]+%-QINU[^\127]*\127' -- math stripmarkers used in coins_cleanup() and coins_replace_math_stripmarker() } --[[------------< I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R A C T E R S >--------------------- This table holds non-printing or invisible characters indexed either by name or by Unicode group. Values are decimal representations of UTF-8 codes. The table is organized as a table of tables because the Lua pairs keyword returns table data in an arbitrary order. Here, we want to process the table from top to bottom because the entries at the top of the table are also found in the ranges specified by the entries at the bottom of the table. Also here is a pattern that recognizes stripmarkers that begin and end with the delete characters. The nowiki stripmarker is not an error but some others are because the parameter values that include them become part of the template's metadata before stripmarker replacement. ]] local invisible_defs = { del = '\127', -- used to distinguish between stripmarker and del char zwj = '\226\128\141', -- used with capture because zwj may be allowed } local invisible_chars = { {'replacement', '\239\191\189'}, -- U+FFFD, EF BF BD {'zero width joiner', '('.. invisible_defs.zwj .. ')'}, -- U+200D, E2 80 8D; capture because zwj may be allowed {'zero width space', '\226\128\139'}, -- U+200B, E2 80 8B {'hair space', '\226\128\138'}, -- U+200A, E2 80 8A {'soft hyphen', '\194\173'}, -- U+00AD, C2 AD {'horizontal tab', '\009'}, -- U+0009 (HT), 09 {'line feed', '\010'}, -- U+000A (LF), 0A {'no-break space', '\194\160'}, -- U+00A0 (NBSP), C2 A0 {'carriage return', '\013'}, -- U+000D (CR), 0D {'stripmarker', stripmarkers.any}, -- stripmarker; may or may not be an error; capture returns the stripmaker type {'delete', '('.. invisible_defs.del .. ')'}, -- U+007F (DEL), 7F; must be done after stripmarker test; capture to distinguish isolated del chars not part of stripmarker {'C0 control', '[\000-\008\011\012\014-\031]'}, -- U+0000–U+001F (NULL–US), 00–1F (except HT, LF, CR (09, 0A, 0D)) {'C1 control', '[\194\128-\194\159]'}, -- U+0080–U+009F (XXX–APC), C2 80 – C2 9F -- {'Specials', '[\239\191\185-\239\191\191]'}, -- U+FFF9-U+FFFF, EF BF B9 – EF BF BF -- {'Private use area', '[\238\128\128-\239\163\191]'}, -- U+E000–U+F8FF, EE 80 80 – EF A3 BF -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-A', '[\243\176\128\128-\243\191\191\189]'}, -- U+F0000–U+FFFFD, F3 B0 80 80 – F3 BF BF BD -- {'Supplementary Private Use Area-B', '[\244\128\128\128-\244\143\191\189]'}, -- U+100000–U+10FFFD, F4 80 80 80 – F4 8F BF BD } --[[ Indic script makes use of zero width joiner as a character modifier so zwj characters must be left in. This pattern covers all of the unicode characters for these languages: Devanagari 0900–097F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0900.pdf Devanagari extended A8E0–A8FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA8E0.pdf Bengali 0980–09FF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0980.pdf Gurmukhi 0A00–0A7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A00.pdf Gujarati 0A80–0AFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0A80.pdf Oriya 0B00–0B7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B00.pdf Tamil 0B80–0BFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0B80.pdf Telugu 0C00–0C7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C00.pdf Kannada 0C80–0CFF – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0C80.pdf Malayalam 0D00–0D7F – https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D00.pdf plus the not-necessarily Indic scripts for Sinhala and Burmese: Sinhala 0D80-0DFF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0D80.pdf Myanmar 1000-109F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/U1000.pdf Myanmar extended A AA60-AA7F - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UAA60.pdf Myanmar extended B A9E0-A9FF - https://unicode.org/charts/PDF/UA9E0.pdf the pattern is used by has_invisible_chars() and coins_cleanup() ]] local indic_script = '[\224\164\128-\224\181\191\224\163\160-\224\183\191\225\128\128-\225\130\159\234\167\160-\234\167\191\234\169\160-\234\169\191]'; -- list of emoji that use zwj character (U+200D) to combine with another emoji local emoji = { -- indexes are decimal forms of the hex values in U+xxxx [127752] = true, -- U+1F308 🌈 rainbow [127806] = true, -- U+1F33E 🌾 ear of rice [127859] = true, -- U+1F373 🍳 cooking [127891] = true, -- U+1F393 🎓 graduation cap [127908] = true, -- U+1F3A4 🎤 microphone [127912] = true, -- U+1F3A8 🎨 artist palette [127979] = true, -- U+1F3EB 🏫 school [127981] = true, -- U+1F3ED 🏭 factory [128102] = true, -- U+1F466 👦 boy [128103] = true, -- U+1F467 👧 girl [128104] = true, -- U+1F468 👨 man [128105] = true, -- U+1F469 👩 woman [128139] = true, -- U+1F48B 💋 kiss mark [128187] = true, -- U+1F4BB 💻 personal computer [128188] = true, -- U+1F4BC 💼 brief case [128295] = true, -- U+1F527 🔧 wrench [128300] = true, -- U+1F52C 🔬 microscope [128488] = true, -- U+1F5E8 🗨 left speech bubble [128640] = true, -- U+1F680 🚀 rocket [128658] = true, -- U+1F692 🚒 fire engine [129309] = true, -- U+1F91D 🤝 handshake [129455] = true, -- U+1F9AF 🦯 probing cane [129456] = true, -- U+1F9B0 🦰 emoji component red hair [129457] = true, -- U+1F9B1 🦱 emoji component curly hair [129458] = true, -- U+1F9B2 🦲 emoji component bald [129459] = true, -- U+1F9B3 🦳 emoji component white hair [129466] = true, -- U+1F9BA 🦺 safety vest [129468] = true, -- U+1F9BC 🦼 motorized wheelchair [129469] = true, -- U+1F9BD 🦽 manual wheelchair [129489] = true, -- U+1F9D1 🧑 adult [9760] = true, -- U+2620 ☠ skull and crossbones [9792] = true, -- U+2640 ♀ female sign [9794] = true, -- U+2642 ♂ male sign [9877] = true, -- U+2695 ⚕ staff of aesculapius [9878] = true, -- U+2696 ⚖ scales [9992] = true, -- U+2708 ✈ airplane [10084] = true, -- U+2764 ❤ heavy black heart } --[[----------------------< L A N G U A G E S U P P O R T >------------------- These tables and constants support various language-specific functionality. ]] --local this_wiki_code = mw.getContentLanguage():getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code local this_wiki_code = lang_obj:getCode(); -- get this wiki's language code if string.match (mw.site.server, 'wikidata') then this_wiki_code = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{int:lang}}'); -- on Wikidata so use interface language setting instead end local mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames (this_wiki_code, 'all'); -- get a table of language tag/name pairs known to Wikimedia; used for interwiki tests local mw_languages_by_name_t = {}; for k, v in pairs (mw_languages_by_tag_t) do -- build a 'reversed' table name/tag language pairs know to MediaWiki; used for |language= v = mw.ustring.lower (v); -- lowercase for tag fetch; get name's proper case from mw_languages_by_tag_t[<tag>] if mw_languages_by_name_t[v] then -- when name already in the table if 2 == #k or 3 == #k then -- if tag does not have subtags mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- prefer the shortest tag for this name end else -- here when name not in the table mw_languages_by_name_t[v] = k; -- so add name and matching tag end end local inter_wiki_map = {}; -- map of interwiki prefixes that are language-code prefixes for k, v in pairs (mw.site.interwikiMap ('local')) do -- spin through the base interwiki map (limited to local) if mw_languages_by_tag_t[v["prefix"]] then -- if the prefix matches a known language tag inter_wiki_map[v["prefix"]] = true; -- add it to our local map end end --[[--------------------< S C R I P T _ L A N G _ C O D E S >------------------- This table is used to hold ISO 639-1 two-character and ISO 639-3 three-character language codes that apply only to |script-title= and |script-chapter= ]] local script_lang_codes = { 'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'be', 'bg', 'bn', 'bo', 'bs', 'dv', 'dz', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'kk', 'km', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'ky', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'ota', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'si', 'sr', 'syc', 'ta', 'te', 'tg', 'th', 'ti', 'ug', 'uk', 'ur', 'uz', 'yi', 'yue', 'zh' }; --[[---------------< L A N G U A G E R E M A P P I N G >---------------------- These tables hold language information that is different (correct) from MediaWiki's definitions For each ['code'] = 'language name' in lang_code_remap{} there must be a matching ['language name'] = {'language name', 'code'} in lang_name_remap{} lang_code_remap{}: key is always lowercase ISO 639-1, -2, -3 language code or a valid lowercase IETF language tag value is properly spelled and capitalized language name associated with key only one language name per key; key/value pair must have matching entry in lang_name_remap{} lang_name_remap{}: key is always lowercase language name value is a table the holds correctly spelled and capitalized language name [1] and associated code [2] (code must match a code key in lang_code_remap{}) may have multiple keys referring to a common preferred name and code; For example: ['kolsch'] and ['kölsch'] both refer to 'Kölsch' and 'ksh' ]] local lang_code_remap = { -- used for |language= and |script-title= / |script-chapter= ['als'] = 'Tosk Albanian', -- MediaWiki returns Alemannisch ['bh'] = 'Bihari', -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bla'] = 'Blackfoot', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['bn'] = 'Bengali', -- MediaWiki returns Bangla ['ca-valencia'] = 'Valencian', -- IETF variant of Catalan ['ilo'] = 'Ilocano', -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['ksh'] = 'Kölsch', -- MediaWiki: Colognian; use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ksh-x-colog'] = 'Colognian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Colognian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['mis-x-ripuar'] = 'Ripuarian', -- override MediaWiki ksh; no IANA/ISO 639 code for Ripuarian; IETF private code created at Module:Lang/data ['nan-tw'] = 'Taiwanese Hokkien', -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese and support en.wiki preferred name } local lang_name_remap = { -- used for |language=; names require proper capitalization; tags must be lowercase ['alemannisch'] = {'Swiss German', 'gsw'}, -- not an ISO or IANA language name; MediaWiki uses 'als' as a subdomain name for Alemannic Wikipedia: als.wikipedia.org ['bangla'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki returns Bangla (the endonym) but we want Bengali (the exonym); here we remap ['bengali'] = {'Bengali', 'bn'}, -- MediaWiki doesn't use exonym so here we provide correct language name and 639-1 code ['bhojpuri'] = {'Bhojpuri', 'bho'}, -- MediaWiki uses 'bh' as a subdomain name for Bhojpuri Wikipedia: bh.wikipedia.org ['bihari'] = {'Bihari', 'bh'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Bihari' with 'Bhojpuri' so 'Bihari' cannot be found ['blackfoot'] = {'Blackfoot', 'bla'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Siksika; use en.wiki preferred name ['colognian'] = {'Colognian', 'ksh-x-colog'}, -- MediaWiki preferred name for ksh ['ilocano'] = {'Ilocano', 'ilo'}, -- MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639: Iloko; use en.wiki preferred name ['kolsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name (use non-diacritical o instead of umlaut ö) ['kölsch'] = {'Kölsch', 'ksh'}, -- use IANA/ISO 639 preferred name ['ripuarian'] = {'Ripuarian', 'mis-x-ripuar'}, -- group of dialects; no code in MediaWiki or in IANA/ISO 639 ['taiwanese hokkien'] = {'Taiwanese Hokkien', 'nan-tw'}, -- make room for MediaWiki/IANA/ISO 639 nan: Min Nan Chinese ['tosk albanian'] = {'Tosk Albanian', 'als'}, -- MediaWiki replaces 'Tosk Albanian' with 'Alemannisch' so 'Tosk Albanian' cannot be found ['valencian'] = {'Valencian', 'ca'}, -- variant of Catalan; categorizes as Catalan } --[[---------------< P R O P E R T I E S _ C A T E G O R I E S >---------------- Properties categories. These are used for investigating qualities of citations. ]] local prop_cats = { ['foreign-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is foreign-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['foreign-lang-source-2'] = 'CS1 foreign language sources (ISO 639-2)|$1', -- |language= category; a cat for ISO639-2 languages; $1 is the ISO 639-2 code used as a sort key ['jul-greg-uncertainty'] = 'CS1: Julian–Gregorian uncertainty', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of template with dates 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 ['local-lang-source'] = 'CS1 $1-language sources ($2)', -- |language= categories; $1 is local-language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code; not emitted when local_lang_cat_enable is false ['location-test'] = 'CS1 location test', ['long-vol'] = 'CS1: long volume value', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |volume= values longer than 4 charachters ['script'] = 'CS1 uses $1-language script ($2)', -- |script-title=xx: has matching category; $1 is language name, $2 is ISO639-1 code ['tracked-param'] = 'CS1 tracked parameter: $1', -- $1 is base (enumerators removed) parameter name ['year-range-abbreviated'] = 'CS1: abbreviated year range', -- probably temporary cat to identify scope of |date=, |year= values using YYYY–YY form } --[[-------------------< T I T L E _ T Y P E S >-------------------------------- Here we map a template's CitationClass to TitleType (default values for |type= parameter) ]] local title_types = { ['AV-media-notes'] = 'Media notes', ['interview'] = 'Interview', ['mailinglist'] = 'Mailing list', ['map'] = 'Map', ['podcast'] = 'Podcast', ['pressrelease'] = 'Press release', ['report'] = 'Report', ['speech'] = 'Speech', ['techreport'] = 'Technical report', ['thesis'] = 'Thesis', } --[[===================<< E R R O R M E S S A G I N G >>====================== ]] --[[----------< E R R O R M E S S A G E S U P P L I M E N T S >------------- I18N for those messages that are supplemented with additional specific text that describes the reason for the error TODO: merge this with special_case_translations{}? ]] local err_msg_supl = { ['char'] = 'invalid character', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['check'] = 'checksum', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['flag'] = 'flag', -- |archive-url= ['form'] = 'invalid form', -- |isbn=, |sbn= ['group'] = 'invalid group id', -- |isbn= ['initials'] = 'initials', -- Vancouver ['invalid language code'] = 'invalid language code', -- |script-<param>= ['journal'] = 'journal', -- |bibcode= ['length'] = 'length', -- |isbn=, |bibcode=, |sbn= ['liveweb'] = 'liveweb', -- |archive-url= ['missing comma'] = 'missing comma', -- Vancouver ['missing prefix'] = 'missing prefix', -- |script-<param>= ['missing title part'] = 'missing title part', -- |script-<param>= ['name'] = 'name', -- Vancouver ['non-Latin char'] = 'non-Latin character', -- Vancouver ['path'] = 'path', -- |archive-url= ['prefix'] = 'invalid prefix', -- |isbn= ['punctuation'] = 'punctuation', -- Vancouver ['save'] = 'save command', -- |archive-url= ['suffix'] = 'suffix', -- Vancouver ['timestamp'] = 'timestamp', -- |archive-url= ['unknown language code'] = 'unknown language code', -- |script-<param>= ['value'] = 'value', -- |bibcode= ['year'] = 'year', -- |bibcode= } --[[--------------< E R R O R _ C O N D I T I O N S >--------------------------- Error condition table. This table has two sections: errors at the top, maintenance at the bottom. Maint 'messaging' does not have a 'message' (message=nil) The following contains a list of IDs for various error conditions defined in the code. For each ID, we specify a text message to display, an error category to include, and whether the error message should be wrapped as a hidden comment. Anchor changes require identical changes to matching anchor in Help:CS1 errors TODO: rename error_conditions{} to something more generic; create separate error and maint tables inside that? ]] local error_conditions = { err_accessdate_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;access-date=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'accessdate_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: access-date without URL', hidden = false }, err_apostrophe_markup = { message = 'Italic or bold markup not allowed in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'apostrophe_markup', category = 'CS1 errors: markup', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_date = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-date=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_date', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'archive_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_archive_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;archive-url=</code> is malformed: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'archive_url', category = 'CS1 errors: archive-url', hidden = false }, err_arxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'arxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_asintld_missing_asin = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'asintld_missing_asin', category = 'CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_arxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;arxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_arxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: arXiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN', hidden = false }, err_bad_asin_tld = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;asin-tld=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_asin_tld', category ='CS1 errors: ASIN TLD', hidden = false }, err_bad_bibcode = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;bibcode=</code> $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_bibcode', category = 'CS1 errors: bibcode', hidden = false }, err_bad_biorxiv = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_biorxiv', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', hidden = false }, err_bad_citeseerx = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_citeseerx', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', hidden = false }, err_bad_date = { message = 'Check date values in: $1', -- $1 is a parameter name list anchor = 'bad_date', category = 'CS1 errors: dates', hidden = false }, err_bad_doi = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_bad_hdl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;hdl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_hdl', category = 'CS1 errors: HDL', hidden = false }, err_bad_isbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;isbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_isbn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ismn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ismn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ismn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISMN', hidden = false }, err_bad_issn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1issn=</code> value', -- $1 is 'e' or '' for eissn or issn anchor = 'bad_issn', category = 'CS1 errors: ISSN', hidden = false }, err_bad_jfm = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jfm=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jfm', category = 'CS1 errors: JFM', hidden = false }, err_bad_jstor = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;jstor=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_jstor', category = 'CS1 errors: JSTOR', hidden = false }, err_bad_lccn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;lccn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_lccn', category = 'CS1 errors: LCCN', hidden = false }, err_bad_mr = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;mr=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_mr', category = 'CS1 errors: MR', hidden = false }, err_bad_oclc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;oclc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_oclc', category = 'CS1 errors: OCLC', hidden = false }, err_bad_ol = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ol=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ol', category = 'CS1 errors: OL', hidden = false }, err_bad_osti = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;osti=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_osti', category = 'CS1 errors: OSTI', hidden = false }, err_bad_paramlink = { -- for |title-link=, |author/editor/translator-link=, |series-link=, |episode-link= message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_paramlink', category = 'CS1 errors: parameter link', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC', hidden = false }, err_bad_pmid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_pmid', category = 'CS1 errors: PMID', hidden = false }, err_bad_rfc = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;rfc=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_rfc', category = 'CS1 errors: RFC', hidden = false }, err_bad_s2cid = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;s2cid=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_s2cid', category = 'CS1 errors: S2CID', hidden = false }, err_bad_sbn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;sbn=</code> value: $1', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'bad_sbn', category = 'CS1 errors: SBN', hidden = false }, err_bad_ssrn = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_ssrn', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', hidden = false }, err_bad_url = { message = 'Check $1 value', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bad_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL', hidden = false }, err_bad_usenet_id = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;message-id=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_message_id', category = 'CS1 errors: message-id', hidden = false }, err_bad_zbl = { message = 'Check <code class="cs1-code">&#124;zbl=</code> value', anchor = 'bad_zbl', category = 'CS1 errors: Zbl', hidden = false }, err_bare_url_missing_title = { message = '$1 missing title', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'bare_url_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: bare URL', hidden = false }, err_biorxiv_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;biorxiv=</code> required', anchor = 'biorxiv_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: bioRxiv', -- same as bad bioRxiv hidden = false }, err_chapter_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'chapter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: chapter ignored', hidden = false }, err_citation_missing_title = { message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'citation_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: missing title', hidden = false }, err_citeseerx_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;citeseerx=</code> required', anchor = 'citeseerx_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: citeseerx', -- same as bad citeseerx hidden = false }, err_cite_web_url = { -- this error applies to cite web and to cite podcast message = 'Missing or empty <code class="cs1-code">&#124;url=</code>', anchor = 'cite_web_url', category = 'CS1 errors: requires URL', hidden = false }, err_class_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;class=</code> ignored', anchor = 'class_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: class', hidden = false }, err_contributor_ignored = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> ignored', anchor = 'contributor_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_contributor_missing_required_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;contributor=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'contributor_missing_required_param', category = 'CS1 errors: contributor', hidden = false }, err_deprecated_params = { message = 'Cite uses deprecated parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'deprecated_params', category = 'CS1 errors: deprecated parameters', hidden = false }, err_disp_name = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name; $2 is the assigned value anchor = 'disp_name', category = 'CS1 errors: display-names', hidden = false, }, err_doibroken_missing_doi = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;doi=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'doibroken_missing_doi', category = 'CS1 errors: DOI', hidden = false }, err_embargo_missing_pmc = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;pmc=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'embargo_missing_pmc', category = 'CS1 errors: PMC embargo', hidden = false }, err_empty_citation = { message = 'Empty citation', anchor = 'empty_citation', category = 'CS1 errors: empty citation', hidden = false }, err_etal = { message = 'Explicit use of et al. in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'explicit_et_al', category = 'CS1 errors: explicit use of et al.', hidden = false }, err_extra_text_edition = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;edition=</code> has extra text', anchor = 'extra_text_edition', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: edition', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_issue = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_issue', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: issue', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_pages = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_pages', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: pages', hidden = false, }, err_extra_text_volume = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has extra text', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'extra_text_volume', category = 'CS1 errors: extra text: volume', hidden = true, }, err_first_missing_last = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is first alias, $2 is matching last alias anchor = 'first_missing_last', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_format_missing_url = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is format parameter $2 is url parameter anchor = 'format_missing_url', category = 'CS1 errors: format without URL', hidden = false }, err_generic_name = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> has generic name', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'generic_name', category = 'CS1 errors: generic name', hidden = false, }, err_generic_title = { message = 'Cite uses generic title', anchor = 'generic_title', category = 'CS1 errors: generic title', hidden = false, }, err_invalid_param_val = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=$2</code>', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is parameter value anchor = 'invalid_param_val', category = 'CS1 errors: invalid parameter value', hidden = false }, err_invisible_char = { message = '$1 in $2 at position $3', -- $1 is invisible char $2 is parameter name $3 is position number anchor = 'invisible_char', category = 'CS1 errors: invisible characters', hidden = false }, err_missing_name = { message = 'Missing <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1$2=</code>', -- $1 is modified NameList; $2 is enumerator anchor = 'missing_name', category = 'CS1 errors: missing name', -- author, contributor, editor, interviewer, translator hidden = false }, err_missing_periodical = { message = 'Cite $1 requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code>', -- $1 is cs1 template name; $2 is canonical periodical parameter name for cite $1 anchor = 'missing_periodical', category = 'CS1 errors: missing periodical', hidden = true }, err_missing_pipe = { message = 'Missing pipe in: <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'missing_pipe', category = 'CS1 errors: missing pipe', hidden = false }, err_param_access_requires_param = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1-access=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_access_requires_param', category = 'CS1 errors: param-access', hidden = false }, err_param_has_ext_link = { message = 'External link in <code class="cs1-code">$1</code>', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'param_has_ext_link', category = 'CS1 errors: external links', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored', -- $1 is parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_parameter_ignored_suggest = { message = 'Unknown parameter <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> ignored (<code class="cs1-code">&#124;$2=</code> suggested)', -- $1 is unknown parameter $2 is suggested parameter name anchor = 'parameter_ignored_suggest', category = 'CS1 errors: unsupported parameter', hidden = false }, err_redundant_parameters = { message = 'More than one of $1 specified', -- $1 is error message detail anchor = 'redundant_parameters', category = 'CS1 errors: redundant parameter', hidden = false }, err_script_parameter = { message = 'Invalid <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code>: $2', -- $1 is parameter name $2 is script language code or error detail anchor = 'script_parameter', category = 'CS1 errors: script parameters', hidden = false }, err_ssrn_missing = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;ssrn=</code> required', anchor = 'ssrn_missing', category = 'CS1 errors: SSRN', -- same as bad arxiv hidden = false }, err_text_ignored = { message = 'Text "$1" ignored', -- $1 is ignored text anchor = 'text_ignored', category = 'CS1 errors: unrecognized parameter', hidden = false }, err_trans_missing_title = { message = '<code class="cs1-code">&#124;trans-$1=</code> requires <code class="cs1-code">&#124;$1=</code> or <code class="cs1-code">&#124;script-$1=</code>', -- $1 is base parameter name anchor = 'trans_missing_title', category = 'CS1 errors: translated title', hidden = false }, err_param_unknown_empty = { message = 'Cite has empty unknown parameter$1: $2', -- $1 is 's' or empty space; $2 is emty unknown param list anchor = 'param_unknown_empty', category = 'CS1 errors: empty unknown parameters', hidden = false }, err_vancouver = { message = 'Vancouver style error: $1 in name $2', -- $1 is error detail, $2 is the nth name anchor = 'vancouver', category = 'CS1 errors: Vancouver style', hidden = false }, err_wikilink_in_url = { message = 'URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash anchor = 'wikilink_in_url', category = 'CS1 errors: URL–wikilink conflict', -- uses ndash hidden = false }, --[[--------------------------< M A I N T >------------------------------------- maint messages do not have a message (message = nil); otherwise the structure is the same as error messages ]] maint_archived_copy = { message = nil, anchor = 'archived_copy', category = 'CS1 maint: archived copy as title', hidden = true, }, maint_authors = { message = nil, anchor = 'authors', category = 'CS1 maint: uses authors parameter', hidden = true, }, maint_bot_unknown = { message = nil, anchor = 'bot:_unknown', category = 'CS1 maint: bot: original URL status unknown', hidden = true, }, maint_date_auto_xlated = { -- date auto-translation not supported by en.wiki message = nil, anchor = 'date_auto_xlated', category = 'CS1 maint: date auto-translated', hidden = true, }, maint_date_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_format', category = 'CS1 maint: date format', hidden = true, }, maint_date_year = { message = nil, anchor = 'date_year', category = 'CS1 maint: date and year', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_ignore', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored DOI errors', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive', hidden = true, }, maint_doi_inactive_dated = { message = nil, anchor = 'doi_inactive_dated', category = 'CS1 maint: DOI inactive as of $2$3$1', -- $1 is year, $2 is month-name or empty string, $3 is space or empty string hidden = true, }, maint_extra_punct = { message = nil, anchor = 'extra_punct', category = 'CS1 maint: extra punctuation', hidden = true, }, maint_isbn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_isbn_err', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISBN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_issn_ignore = { message = nil, anchor = 'ignore_issn', category = 'CS1 maint: ignored ISSN errors', hidden = true, }, maint_jfm_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'jfm_format', category = 'CS1 maint: JFM format', hidden = true, }, maint_location = { message = nil, anchor = 'location', category = 'CS1 maint: location', hidden = true, }, maint_mr_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'mr_format', category = 'CS1 maint: MR format', hidden = true, }, maint_mult_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'mult_names', category = 'CS1 maint: multiple names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_numeric_names = { message = nil, anchor = 'numeric_names', category = 'CS1 maint: numeric names: $1', -- $1 is '<name>s list'; gets value from special_case_translation table hidden = true, }, maint_others = { message = nil, anchor = 'others', category = 'CS1 maint: others', hidden = true, }, maint_others_avm = { message = nil, anchor = 'others_avm', category = 'CS1 maint: others in cite AV media (notes)', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_embargo = { message = nil, anchor = 'embargo', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC embargo expired', hidden = true, }, maint_pmc_format = { message = nil, anchor = 'pmc_format', category = 'CS1 maint: PMC format', hidden = true, }, maint_postscript = { message = nil, anchor = 'postscript', category = 'CS1 maint: postscript', hidden = true, }, maint_ref_duplicates_default = { message = nil, anchor = 'ref_default', category = 'CS1 maint: ref duplicates default', hidden = true, }, maint_unfit = { message = nil, anchor = 'unfit', category = 'CS1 maint: unfit URL', hidden = true, }, maint_unknown_lang = { message = nil, anchor = 'unknown_lang', category = 'CS1 maint: unrecognized language', hidden = true, }, maint_untitled = { message = nil, anchor = 'untitled', category = 'CS1 maint: untitled periodical', hidden = true, }, maint_url_status = { message = nil, anchor = 'url_status', category = 'CS1 maint: url-status', hidden = true, }, maint_zbl = { message = nil, anchor = 'zbl', category = 'CS1 maint: Zbl', hidden = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< I D _ H A N D L E R S >-------------------------------------------------------- The following contains a list of values for various defined identifiers. For each identifier we specify a variety of information necessary to properly render the identifier in the citation. parameters: a list of parameter aliases for this identifier; first in the list is the canonical form link: Wikipedia article name redirect: a local redirect to a local Wikipedia article name; at en.wiki, 'ISBN (identifier)' is a redirect to 'International Standard Book Number' q: Wikidata q number for the identifier label: the label preceeding the identifier; label is linked to a Wikipedia article (in this order): redirect from id_handlers['<id>'].redirect when use_identifier_redirects is true Wikidata-supplied article name for the local wiki from id_handlers['<id>'].q local article name from id_handlers['<id>'].link prefix: the first part of a URL that will be concatenated with a second part which usually contains the identifier suffix: optional third part to be added after the identifier encode: true if URI should be percent-encoded; otherwise false COinS: identifier link or keyword for use in COinS: for identifiers registered at info-uri.info use: info:.... where '...' is the appropriate identifier label for identifiers that have COinS keywords, use the keyword: rft.isbn, rft.issn, rft.eissn for |asin= and |ol=, which require assembly, use the keyword: url for others make a URL using the value in prefix/suffix and #label, use the keyword: pre (not checked; any text other than 'info', 'rft', or 'url' works here) set to nil to leave the identifier out of the COinS separator: character or text between label and the identifier in the rendered citation id_limit: for those identifiers with established limits, this property holds the upper limit access: use this parameter to set the access level for all instances of this identifier. the value must be a valid access level for an identifier (see ['id-access'] in this file). custom_access: to enable custom access level for an identifier, set this parameter to the parameter that should control it (normally 'id-access') ]] local id_handlers = { ['ARXIV'] = { parameters = {'arxiv', 'eprint'}, link = 'arXiv', redirect = 'arXiv (identifier)', q = 'Q118398', label = 'arXiv', prefix = '//arxiv.org/abs/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 encode = false, COinS = 'info:arxiv', separator = ':', access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['ASIN'] = { parameters = { 'asin', 'ASIN' }, link = 'Amazon Standard Identification Number', redirect = 'ASIN (identifier)', q = 'Q1753278', label = 'ASIN', prefix = '//www.amazon.', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = false; }, ['BIBCODE'] = { parameters = {'bibcode'}, link = 'Bibcode', redirect = 'Bibcode (identifier)', q = 'Q25754', label = 'Bibcode', prefix = 'https://ui.adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/', encode = false, COinS = 'info:bibcode', separator = ':', custom_access = 'bibcode-access', }, ['BIORXIV'] = { parameters = {'biorxiv'}, link = 'bioRxiv', redirect = 'bioRxiv (identifier)', q = 'Q19835482', label = 'bioRxiv', prefix = '//doi.org/', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['CITESEERX'] = { parameters = {'citeseerx'}, link = 'CiteSeerX', redirect = 'CiteSeerX (identifier)', q = 'Q2715061', label = 'CiteSeerX', prefix = '//citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value access = 'free', -- free to read encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['DOI'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = { 'doi', 'DOI'}, link = 'Digital object identifier', redirect = 'doi (identifier)', q = 'Q25670', label = 'doi', prefix = '//doi.org/', COinS = 'info:doi', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'doi-access', }, ['EISSN'] = { parameters = {'eissn', 'EISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number#Electronic ISSN', redirect = 'eISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q46339674', label = 'eISSN', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.eissn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['HDL'] = { parameters = { 'hdl', 'HDL' }, link = 'Handle System', redirect = 'hdl (identifier)', q = 'Q3126718', label = 'hdl', prefix = '//hdl.handle.net/', COinS = 'info:hdl', separator = ':', encode = true, custom_access = 'hdl-access', }, ['ISBN'] = { -- Used by InternetArchiveBot parameters = {'isbn', 'ISBN'}, link = 'International Standard Book Number', redirect = 'ISBN (identifier)', q = 'Q33057', label = 'ISBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/', COinS = 'rft.isbn', separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISMN'] = { parameters = {'ismn', 'ISMN'}, link = 'International Standard Music Number', redirect = 'ISMN (identifier)', q = 'Q1666938', label = 'ISMN', prefix = '', -- not currently used; COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ISSN'] = { parameters = {'issn', 'ISSN'}, link = 'International Standard Serial Number', redirect = 'ISSN (identifier)', q = 'Q131276', label = 'ISSN', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/issn/', COinS = 'rft.issn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JFM'] = { parameters = {'jfm', 'JFM'}, link = 'Jahrbuch über die Fortschritte der Mathematik', redirect = 'JFM (identifier)', q = '', label = 'JFM', prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['JSTOR'] = { parameters = {'jstor', 'JSTOR'}, link = 'JSTOR', redirect = 'JSTOR (identifier)', q = 'Q1420342', label = 'JSTOR', prefix = '//www.jstor.org/stable/', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', custom_access = 'jstor-access', }, ['LCCN'] = { parameters = {'lccn', 'LCCN'}, link = 'Library of Congress Control Number', redirect = 'LCCN (identifier)', q = 'Q620946', label = 'LCCN', prefix = '//lccn.loc.gov/', -- protocol-relative tested 2015-12-28 COinS = 'info:lccn', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['MR'] = { parameters = {'mr', 'MR'}, link = 'Mathematical Reviews', redirect = 'MR (identifier)', q = 'Q211172', label = 'MR', prefix = '//www.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['OCLC'] = { parameters = {'oclc', 'OCLC'}, link = 'OCLC', redirect = 'OCLC (identifier)', q = 'Q190593', label = 'OCLC', prefix = '//www.worldcat.org/oclc/', COinS = 'info:oclcnum', encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9999999999, -- 10-digits }, ['OL'] = { parameters = { 'ol', 'OL' }, link = 'Open Library', redirect = 'OL (identifier)', q = 'Q1201876', label = 'OL', prefix = '//openlibrary.org/', COinS = 'url', separator = '&nbsp;', encode = true, custom_access = 'ol-access', }, ['OSTI'] = { parameters = {'osti', 'OSTI'}, link = 'Office of Scientific and Technical Information', redirect = 'OSTI (identifier)', q = 'Q2015776', label = 'OSTI', prefix = '//www.osti.gov/biblio/', -- protocol-relative tested 2018-09-12 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 23010000, custom_access = 'osti-access', }, ['PMC'] = { parameters = {'pmc', 'PMC'}, link = 'PubMed Central', redirect = 'PMC (identifier)', q = 'Q229883', label = 'PMC', prefix = '//www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC', suffix = '', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9300000, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['PMID'] = { parameters = {'pmid', 'PMID'}, link = 'PubMed Identifier', redirect = 'PMID (identifier)', q = 'Q2082879', label = 'PMID', prefix = '//pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/', COinS = 'info:pmid', encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 35900000, }, ['RFC'] = { parameters = {'rfc', 'RFC'}, link = 'Request for Comments', redirect = 'RFC (identifier)', q = 'Q212971', label = 'RFC', prefix = '//tools.ietf.org/html/rfc', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 9300, access = 'free', -- free to read }, ['SBN'] = { parameters = {'sbn', 'SBN'}, link = 'Standard Book Number', -- redirect to International_Standard_Book_Number#History redirect = 'SBN (identifier)', label = 'SBN', prefix = 'Special:BookSources/0-', -- prefix has leading zero necessary to make 9-digit sbn a 10-digit isbn COinS = nil, -- nil because we can't use pre or rft or info: separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['SSRN'] = { parameters = {'ssrn', 'SSRN'}, link = 'Social Science Research Network', redirect = 'SSRN (identifier)', q = 'Q7550801', label = 'SSRN', prefix = '//ssrn.com/abstract=', -- protocol-relative tested 2013-09-04 COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 4200000, custom_access = 'ssrn-access', }, ['S2CID'] = { parameters = {'s2cid', 'S2CID'}, link = 'Semantic Scholar', redirect = 'S2CID (identifier)', q = 'Q22908627', label = 'S2CID', prefix = 'https://api.semanticscholar.org/CorpusID:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = false, separator = '&nbsp;', id_limit = 254000000, custom_access = 's2cid-access', }, ['USENETID'] = { parameters = {'message-id'}, link = 'Usenet', redirect = 'Usenet (identifier)', q = 'Q193162', label = 'Usenet:', prefix = 'news:', encode = false, COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value separator = '&nbsp;', }, ['ZBL'] = { parameters = {'zbl', 'ZBL' }, link = 'Zentralblatt MATH', redirect = 'Zbl (identifier)', q = 'Q190269', label = 'Zbl', prefix = '//zbmath.org/?format=complete&q=an:', COinS = 'pre', -- use prefix value encode = true, separator = '&nbsp;', }, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >--------------------------------- ]] return { use_identifier_redirects = true, -- when true use redirect name for identifier label links; always true at en.wiki local_lang_cat_enable = false; -- when true categorizes pages where |language=<local wiki's language>; always false at en.wiki date_name_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates English month-names to the local-wiki's language month names; always false at en.wiki date_digit_auto_xlate_enable = false; -- when true translates Western date digit to the local-wiki's language digits (date_names['local_digits']); always false at en.wiki global_df = get_date_format (), -- tables and variables created when this module is loaded punct_skip = build_skip_table (punct_skip, punct_meta_params), url_skip = build_skip_table (url_skip, url_meta_params), aliases = aliases, special_case_translation = special_case_translation, date_names = date_names, err_msg_supl = err_msg_supl, error_conditions = error_conditions, editor_markup_patterns = editor_markup_patterns, et_al_patterns = et_al_patterns, id_handlers = id_handlers, keywords_lists = keywords_lists, keywords_xlate = keywords_xlate, stripmarkers=stripmarkers, invisible_chars = invisible_chars, invisible_defs = invisible_defs, indic_script = indic_script, emoji = emoji, maint_cats = maint_cats, messages = messages, presentation = presentation, prop_cats = prop_cats, script_lang_codes = script_lang_codes, lang_code_remap = lang_code_remap, lang_name_remap = lang_name_remap, this_wiki_code = this_wiki_code, title_types = title_types, uncategorized_namespaces = uncategorized_namespaces, uncategorized_subpages = uncategorized_subpages, templates_using_volume = templates_using_volume, templates_using_issue = templates_using_issue, templates_not_using_page = templates_not_using_page, vol_iss_pg_patterns = vol_iss_pg_patterns, inter_wiki_map = inter_wiki_map, mw_languages_by_tag_t = mw_languages_by_tag_t, mw_languages_by_name_t = mw_languages_by_name_t, citation_class_map_t = citation_class_map_t, citation_issue_t = citation_issue_t, citation_no_volume_t = citation_no_volume_t, } thb9i5vwi93a7ji0wet25dua5c4zuel 828 42164542 1096003150 1067249012 2022-07-01T17:45:21Z Trappist the monk 10289486 sync from sandbox; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local add_prop_cat, is_set, in_array, set_message, substitute, wrap_style; -- imported functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< F I L E - S C O P E D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------- File-scope variables are declared here ]] local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- used by is_valid_accessdate(), is_valid_year(), date_name_xlate(); TODO: move to ~/Configuration? local year_limit; -- used by is_valid_year() --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ A C C E S S D A T E >---------------------------------------- returns true if: Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < today + 2 days Wikipedia start date is 2001-01-15T00:00:00 UTC which is 979516800 seconds after 1970-01-01T00:00:00 UTC (the start of Unix time) accessdate is the date provided in |access-date= at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with YYYY-MM-DD format dates. ]=] local function is_valid_accessdate (accessdate) local good1, good2; local access_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix time stamps representing the dates good1, access_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', accessdate ); -- convert accessdate value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which which tonumber() may not understand access_ts = tonumber (access_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (access_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix time stamp end if 979516800 <= access_ts and access_ts < tomorrow_ts then -- Wikipedia start date <= accessdate < tomorrow's date return true; else return false; -- accessdate out of range end end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ M O N T H _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the month in a date: 1 for January, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid month, returns 0 ]] local function get_month_number (month) return cfg.date_names['local'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['local'].short[month] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].long[month] or cfg.date_names['en'].short[month] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized month name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E A S O N _ N U M B E R >-------------------------------------------- returns a number according to the sequence of seasons in a year: 21 for Spring, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid season, returns 0. 21-24 = Spring, Summer, Autumn, Winter, independent of “Hemisphere” returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Season numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons. EDTF does support the distinction between north and south hemisphere seasons but cs1|2 has no way to make that distinction. These additional divisions not currently supported: 25-28 = Spring - Northern Hemisphere, Summer- Northern Hemisphere, Autumn - Northern Hemisphere, Winter - Northern Hemisphere 29-32 = Spring – Southern Hemisphere, Summer– Southern Hemisphere, Autumn – Southern Hemisphere, Winter - Southern Hemisphere 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_season_number (season, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- season dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].season[season] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].season[season] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized season name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ Q U A R T E R _ N U M B E R >------------------------------------------ returns a number according to the sequence of quarters in a year: 33 for first quarter, etc. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. If not a valid quarter, returns 0. 33-36 = Quarter 1, Quarter 2, Quarter 3, Quarter 4 (3 months each) returns 0 when <param> is not |date= Quarter numbering is defined by Extended Date/Time Format (EDTF) specification (https://www.loc.gov/standards/datetime/) which became part of ISO 8601 in 2019. See '§Sub-year groupings'. The standard defines various divisions using numbers 21-41. cs1|2 only supports generic seasons and quarters. These additional divisions not currently supported: 37-39 = Quadrimester 1, Quadrimester 2, Quadrimester 3 (4 months each) 40-41 = Semestral 1, Semestral-2 (6 months each) ]] local function get_quarter_number (quarter, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- quarter dates only supported by |date= end quarter = mw.ustring.gsub (quarter, ' +', ' '); -- special case replace multiple space chars with a single space char return cfg.date_names['local'].quarter[quarter] or -- look for local names first cfg.date_names['en'].quarter[quarter] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized quarter name end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ P R O P E R _ N A M E _ N U M B E R >---------------------------------- returns a non-zero number if date contains a recognized proper-name. Capitalization and spelling must be correct. returns 0 when <param> is not |date= ]] local function get_proper_name_number (name, param) if 'date' ~= param then return 0; -- proper-name dates only supported by |date= end return cfg.date_names['local'].named[name] or -- look for local names dates first cfg.date_names['en'].named[name] or -- failing that, look for English names 0; -- not a recognized named date end --[[--------------------------< G E T _ E L E M E N T _ N U M B E R <------------------------------------------ returns true if month or season or quarter or proper name is valid (properly spelled, capitalized, abbreviated) ]] local function get_element_number (element, param) local num; local funcs = {get_month_number, get_season_number, get_quarter_number, get_proper_name_number}; -- list of functions to execute in order for _, func in ipairs (funcs) do -- spin through the function list num = func (element, param); -- call the function and get the returned number if 0 ~= num then -- non-zero when valid month season quarter return num; -- return that number end end return nil; -- not valid end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------- Function gets current year from the server and compares it to year from a citation parameter. Years more than one year in the future are not acceptable. Special case for |pmc-embargo-date=: years more than two years in the future are not acceptable ]] local function is_valid_year (year, param) if not is_set (year_limit) then year_limit = tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+1; -- global variable so we only have to fetch it once end year = tonumber (year) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (year); -- convert to number for the comparison; if 'pmc-embargo-date' == param then -- special case for |pmc-embargo-date= return year and (year <= tonumber(os.date("%Y"))+2) or false; -- years more than two years in the future are not accepted end return year and (year <= year_limit) or false; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------- Returns true if day is less than or equal to the number of days in month and year is no farther into the future than next year; else returns false. Assumes Julian calendar prior to year 1582 and Gregorian calendar thereafter. Accounts for Julian calendar leap years before 1582 and Gregorian leap years after 1582. Where the two calendars overlap (1582 to approximately 1923) dates are assumed to be Gregorian. ]] local function is_valid_date (year, month, day, param) local days_in_month = {31, 28, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31, 31, 30, 31, 30, 31}; local month_length; if not is_valid_year (year, param) then -- no farther into the future than next year except |pmc-embargo-date= no more than two years in the future return false; end month = tonumber (month); -- required for YYYY-MM-DD dates if (2 == month) then -- if February month_length = 28; -- then 28 days unless if 1582 > tonumber(year) then -- Julian calendar if 0 == (year%4) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end else -- Gregorian calendar if (0 == (year%4) and (0 ~= (year%100) or 0 == (year%400))) then -- is a leap year? month_length = 29; -- if leap year then 29 days in February end end else month_length = days_in_month[month]; end if tonumber (day) > month_length then return false; end return true; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ R A N G E _ S T Y L E >-------------------------- Months in a range are expected to have the same style: Jan–Mar or October–December but not February–Mar or Jul–August. This function looks in cfg.date_names{} to see if both month names are listed in the long subtable or both are listed in the short subtable. When both have the same style (both are listed in the same table), returns true; false else ]] local function is_valid_month_range_style (month1, month2) if (cfg.date_names.en.long[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.long[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names.en.short[month1] and cfg.date_names.en.short[month2]) or -- are both English names listed in the short subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].long[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].long[month2]) or -- are both local names listed in the long subtable? (cfg.date_names['local'].short[month1] and cfg.date_names['local'].short[month2]) then -- are both local names listed in the short subtable? return true; end return false; -- names are mixed end --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ M O N T H _ S E A S O N _ R A N G E >------------------------ Check a pair of months or seasons to see if both are valid members of a month or season pair. Month pairs are expected to be left to right, earliest to latest in time. All season ranges are accepted as valid because there are publishers out there who have published a Summer–Spring YYYY issue, hence treat as ok ]] local function is_valid_month_season_range(range_start, range_end, param) local range_start_number = get_month_number (range_start); local range_end_number; if 0 == range_start_number then -- is this a month range? range_start_number = get_season_number (range_start, param); -- not a month; is it a season? get start season number range_end_number = get_season_number (range_end, param); -- get end season number if (0 ~= range_start_number) and (0 ~= range_end_number) and (range_start_number ~= range_end_number) then return true; -- any season pairing is accepted except when both are the same end return false; -- range_start and/or range_end is not a season end -- here when range_start is a month range_end_number = get_month_number (range_end); -- get end month number if range_start_number < range_end_number and -- range_start is a month; does range_start precede range_end? is_valid_month_range_style (range_start, range_end) then -- do months have the same style? return true; -- proper order and same style end return false; -- range_start month number is greater than or equal to range end number; or range end isn't a month end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ D A T E >------------------------------------------------ This function receives a table of date parts for one or two dates and an empty table reference declared in Module:Citation/CS1. The function is called only for |date= parameters and only if the |date=<value> is determined to be a valid date format. The question of what to do with invalid date formats is not answered here. The date parts in the input table are converted to an ISO 8601 conforming date string: single whole dates: yyyy-mm-dd month and year dates: yyyy-mm year dates: yyyy ranges: yyyy-mm-dd/yyyy-mm-dd yyyy-mm/yyyy-mm yyyy/yyyy Dates in the Julian calendar are reduced to year or year/year so that we don't have to do calendar conversion from Julian to Proleptic Gregorian. The input table has: year, year2 – always present; if before 1582, ignore months and days if present month, month2 – 0 if not provided, 1-12 for months, 21-24 for seasons; 99 Christmas day, day2 – 0 if not provided, 1-31 for days the output table receives: rftdate: an ISO 8601 formatted date rftchron: a free-form version of the date, usually without year which is in rftdate (season ranges and proper-name dates) rftssn: one of four season keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall (lowercase) rftquarter: one of four values: 1, 2, 3, 4 ]] local function make_COinS_date (input, tCOinS_date) local date; -- one date or first date in a range local date2 = ''; -- end of range date -- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection local year = tonumber(input.year); -- this temporary code to determine the extent of sources dated to the Julian/Gregorian local month = tonumber(input.month); -- interstice 1 October 1582 – 1 January 1926 local day = tonumber (input.day); if (0 ~= day) and -- day must have a value for this to be a whole date (((1582 == year) and (10 <= month) and (12 >= month)) or -- any whole 1582 date from 1 October to 31 December or ((1926 == year) and (1 == month) and (1 == input.day)) or -- 1 January 1926 or ((1582 < year) and (1925 >= year))) then -- any date 1 January 1583 – 31 December 1925 tCOinS_date.inter_cal_cat = true; -- set category flag true end -- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty detection if 1582 > tonumber(input.year) or 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- Julian calendar or season so &rft.date gets year only date = input.year; if 0 ~= input.year2 and input.year ~= input.year2 then -- if a range, only the second year portion when not the same as range start year date = string.format ('%.4d/%.4d', tonumber(input.year), tonumber(input.year2)) -- assemble the date range end if 20 < tonumber(input.month) then -- if season or proper-name date local season = {[24] = 'winter', [21] = 'spring', [22] = 'summer', [23] = 'fall', [33] = '1', [34] = '2', [35] = '3', [36] = '4', [98] = 'Easter', [99] = 'Christmas'}; -- seasons lowercase, no autumn; proper-names use title case if 0 == input.month2 then -- single season date if 40 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month]; -- proper-name dates elseif 30 < tonumber(input.month) then tCOinS_date.rftquarter = season[input.month]; -- quarters else tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- seasons end else -- season range with a second season specified if input.year ~= input.year2 then -- season year – season year range or season year–year tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? if 0~= input.month2 then tCOinS_date.rftchron = string.format ('%s %s – %s %s', season[input.month], input.year, season[input.month2], input.year2); end else -- season–season year range tCOinS_date.rftssn = season[input.month]; -- start of range season; keep this? tCOinS_date.rftchron = season[input.month] .. '–' .. season[input.month2]; -- season–season year range end end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date; return; -- done end if 0 ~= input.day then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month), tonumber(input.day)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month then date = string.format ('%s-%.2d', input.year, tonumber(input.month)); -- year and month else date = string.format ('%s', input.year); -- just year end if 0 ~= input.year2 then if 0 ~= input.day2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2), tonumber(input.day2)); -- whole date elseif 0 ~= input.month2 then date2 = string.format ('/%s-%.2d', input.year2, tonumber(input.month2)); -- year and month else date2 = string.format ('/%s', input.year2); -- just year end end tCOinS_date.rftdate = date .. date2; -- date2 has the '/' separator return; end --[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------------------------------- this is the list of patterns for date formats that this module recognizes. Approximately the first half of these patterns represent formats that might be reformatted into another format. Those that might be reformatted have 'indicator' letters that identify the content of the matching capture: 'd' (day), 'm' (month), 'a' (anchor year), 'y' (year); second day, month, year have a '2' suffix. These patterns are used for both date validation and for reformatting. This table should not be moved to ~/Configuration because changes to this table require changes to check_date() and to reformatter() and reformat_date() ]] local patterns = { -- year-initial numerical year-month-day ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- month-initial: month day, year ['Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'a', 'y'}, -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash ['Md-dy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day-initial: day month year ['dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed; not supported at en.wiki -- ['yMd'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?) +(%D-) +(%d%d?)$', 'a', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash ['d-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?)[%-–]([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dM-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Md-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$','m', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y'}, -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash ['dMy-dMy'] = {'^([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +([1-9]%d?) +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash ['Mdy-Mdy'] = {'^(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +([1-9]%d?), +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- these date formats cannot be converted, per se, but month name can be rendered short or long -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash ['My-My'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d) +[%-–] +(%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'a', 'y2'}, -- month/season range year; months separated by endash ['M-My'] = {'^(%D-)[%-–](%D-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'm2', 'a', 'y'}, -- month/season year or proper-name year; quarter year when First Quarter YYYY etc. ['My'] = {'^([^%d–]-) +((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$', 'm', 'a', 'y'}, -- this way because endash is a member of %D; %D- will match January–March 2019 when it shouldn't -- these date formats cannot be converted ['Sy4-y2'] = {'^(%D-) +((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash ['Sy-y'] = {'^(%D-) +(%d%d%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash ['y-y'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d?)[%-–]((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 ['y4-y2'] = {'^((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]((%d%d)%a?)$'}, -- year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash ['y'] = {'^((%d%d%d%d?)%a?)$'}, -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY } --[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ E M B A R G O _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true and date value if that value has proper dmy, mdy, ymd format. returns false and 9999 (embargoed forever) when date value is not proper format; assumes that when |pmc-embargo-date= is set, the editor intended to embargo a PMC but |pmc-embargo-date= does not hold a single date. ]] local function is_valid_embargo_date (v) if v:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) or -- ymd v:match (patterns['Mdy'][1]) or -- dmy v:match (patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- mdy return true, v; end return false, '9999'; -- if here not good date so return false and set embargo date to long time in future end --[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ D A T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Check date format to see that it is one of the formats approved by WP:DATESNO or WP:DATERANGE. Exception: only allowed range separator is endash. Additionally, check the date to see that it is a real date: no 31 in 30-day months; no 29 February when not a leap year. Months, both long-form and three character abbreviations, and seasons must be spelled correctly. Future years beyond next year are not allowed. If the date fails the format tests, this function returns false and does not return values for anchor_year and COinS_date. When this happens, the date parameter is (DEBUG: not?) used in the COinS metadata and the CITEREF identifier gets its year from the year parameter if present otherwise CITEREF does not get a date value. Inputs: date_string - date string from date-holding parameters (date, year, publication-date, access-date, pmc-embargo-date, archive-date, lay-date) Returns: false if date string is not a real date; else true, anchor_year, COinS_date anchor_year can be used in CITEREF anchors COinS_date is ISO 8601 format date; see make_COInS_date() ]] local function check_date (date_string, param, tCOinS_date) local year; -- assume that year2, months, and days are not used; local year2 = 0; -- second year in a year range local month = 0; local month2 = 0; -- second month in a month range local day = 0; local day2 = 0; -- second day in a day range local anchor_year; local coins_date; if date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]) then -- year-initial numerical year month day format year, month, day = date_string:match (patterns['ymd'][1]); if 12 < tonumber(month) or 1 > tonumber(month) or 1582 > tonumber(year) or 0 == tonumber(day) then return false; end -- month or day number not valid or not Gregorian calendar anchor_year = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]) then -- month-initial: month day, year month, day, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]) then -- month-initial day range: month day–day, year; days are separated by endash month, day, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-dy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2=month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]) then -- day-initial: day month year day, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months --[[ NOT supported at en.wiki elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]) then -- year-initial: year month day; day: 1 or 2 two digits, leading zero allowed anchor_year, year, month, day = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['yMd'][1]); month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months -- end NOT supported at en.wiki ]] elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]) then -- day-range-initial: day–day month year; days are separated by endash day, day2, month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['d-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(day) >= tonumber(day2) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; dates may not be the same; month = get_month_number (month); if 0 == month then return false; end -- return false if month text isn't one of the twelve months month2 = month; -- for metadata year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-range: day month - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, day2, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dM-dMy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end -- date range order is left to right: earlier to later; month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-range: month day – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, month2, day2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Md-Mdy'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]) then -- day initial month-day-year-range: day month year - day month year; uses spaced endash day, month, year, day2, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['dMy-dMy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number (month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]) then -- month initial month-day-year-range: month day, year – month day, year; uses spaced endash month, day, year, month2, day2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Mdy-Mdy'][1]); if tonumber(year2) <= tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) or not is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then return false; end -- year2 no more than one year in the future; months same style month = get_month_number (month); -- for metadata month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end -- both must be valid elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year (YYYY-YY); year separated with unspaced endash local century; month, year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy4-y2'][1]); if 'Winter' ~= month and 'Summer' ~= month then return false end; -- 'month' can only be Winter or Summer anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years year2 = century..year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year month = get_season_number(month, param); elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]) then -- special case Winter/Summer year-year; year separated with unspaced endash month, year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['Sy-y'][1]); month = get_season_number (month, param); -- <month> can only be winter or summer; also for metadata if (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Winter']) and (month ~= cfg.date_names['en'].season['Summer']) then return false; -- not Summer or Winter; abandon end anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if 1 ~= tonumber(year2) - tonumber(year) then return false; end -- must be sequential years, left to right, earlier to later if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]) then -- month/season year - month/season year; separated by spaced endash month, year, month2, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My-My'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor_year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) and 0 ~= get_month_number(month2) and is_valid_month_range_style(month, month2) then -- both must be month year, same month style month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); elseif 0 ~= get_season_number(month, param) and 0 ~= get_season_number(month2, param) then -- both must be season year, not mixed month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); else return false; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]) then -- month/season range year; months separated by endash month, month2, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['M-My'][1]); if (not is_valid_month_season_range(month, month2, param)) or (not is_valid_year(year)) then return false; end if 0 ~= get_month_number(month) then -- determined to be a valid range so just check this one to know if month or season month = get_month_number(month); month2 = get_month_number(month2); if 0 == month or 0 == month2 then return false; end else month = get_season_number(month, param); month2 = get_season_number(month2, param); end year2 = year; elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]) then -- month/season/quarter/proper-name year month, anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['My'][1]); if not is_valid_year(year) then return false; end month = get_element_number(month, param); -- get month season quarter proper-name number or nil if not month then return false; end -- not valid whatever it is elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]) then -- Year range: YYY-YYY or YYY-YYYY or YYYY–YYYY; separated by unspaced endash; 100-9999 year, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y-y'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]) then -- Year range: YYYY–YY; separated by unspaced endash local century; year, century, anchor_year, year2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y4-y2'][1]); anchor_year = year .. '–' .. anchor_year; -- assemble anchor year from both years if in_array (param, {'date', 'publication-date', 'year'}) then add_prop_cat ('year-range-abbreviated'); end if 13 > tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- don't allow 2003-05 which might be May 2003 year2 = century .. year2; -- add the century to year2 for comparisons if tonumber(year) >= tonumber(year2) then return false; end -- left to right, earlier to later, not the same if not is_valid_year(year2) then return false; end -- no year farther in the future than next year elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]) then -- year; here accept either YYY or YYYY anchor_year, year = mw.ustring.match(date_string, patterns['y'][1]); if false == is_valid_year(year) then return false; end else return false; -- date format not one of the MOS:DATE approved formats end if 'access-date' == param then -- test accessdate here because we have numerical date parts if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and -- all parts of a single date required 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- none of these; accessdate must not be a range if not is_valid_accessdate(year .. '-' .. month .. '-' .. day) then return false; -- return false when accessdate out of bounds end else return false; -- return false when accessdate is a range of two dates end end local result=true; -- check whole dates for validity; assume true because not all dates will go through this test if 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 == day2 then -- YMD (simple whole date) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day, param); -- <param> for |pmc-embargo-date= elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 == month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-d (day range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 == year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-md (day month range) result = is_valid_date (year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date (year, month2, day2); elseif 0 ~= year and 0 ~= month and 0 ~= day and 0 ~= year2 and 0 ~= month2 and 0 ~= day2 then -- YMD-ymd (day month year range) result = is_valid_date(year, month, day); result = result and is_valid_date(year2, month2, day2); end if false == result then return false; end if nil ~= tCOinS_date then -- this table only passed into this function when testing |date= parameter values make_COinS_date ({year = year, month = month, day = day, year2 = year2, month2 = month2, day2 = day2}, tCOinS_date); -- make an ISO 8601 date string for COinS end return true, anchor_year; -- format is good and date string represents a real date end --[[--------------------------< D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Cycle the date-holding parameters in passed table date_parameters_list through check_date() to check compliance with MOS:DATE. For all valid dates, check_date() returns true. The |date= parameter test is unique, it is the only date holding parameter from which values for anchor_year (used in CITEREF identifiers) and COinS_date (used in the COinS metadata) are derived. The |date= parameter is the only date-holding parameter that is allowed to contain the no-date keywords "n.d." or "nd" (without quotes). Unlike most error messages created in this module, only one error message is created by this function. Because all of the date holding parameters are processed serially, parameters with errors are added to the <error_list> sequence table as the dates are tested. ]] local function dates(date_parameters_list, tCOinS_date, error_list) local anchor_year; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local COinS_date; -- will return as nil if the date being tested is not |date= local embargo_date; -- if embargo date is a good dmy, mdy, ymd date then holds original value else reset to 9999 local good_date = false; for k, v in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(v.val) then -- if the parameter has a value v.val = mw.ustring.gsub(v.val, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 if v.val:match("^c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- special case for c. year or with or without CITEREF disambiguator - only |date= and |year= local year = v.val:match("c%. ([1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?"); -- get the year portion so it can be tested if 'date' == k then anchor_year, COinS_date = v.val:match("((c%. [1-9]%d%d%d?)%a?)"); -- anchor year and COinS_date only from |date= parameter good_date = is_valid_year(year); elseif 'year' == k then good_date = is_valid_year(year); end elseif 'date' == k then -- if the parameter is |date= if v.val:match("^n%.d%.%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=n.d. with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((n%.d%.)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "n.d."; no error when date parameter is set to no date elseif v.val:match("^nd%a?$") then -- ToDo: I18N -- if |date=nd with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((nd)%a?)"); -- ToDo: I18N -- "nd"; no error when date parameter is set to no date else good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = check_date (v.val, k, tCOinS_date); -- go test the date end elseif 'year' == k then -- if the parameter is |year= it should hold only a year value if v.val:match("^[1-9]%d%d%d?%a?$") then -- if |year = 3 or 4 digits only with or without a CITEREF disambiguator good_date, anchor_year, COinS_date = true, v.val:match("((%d+)%a?)"); end elseif 'pmc-embargo-date' == k then -- if the parameter is |pmc-embargo-date= good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date if true == good_date then -- if the date is a valid date good_date, embargo_date = is_valid_embargo_date (v.val); -- is |pmc-embargo-date= date a single dmy, mdy, or ymd formatted date? yes: returns embargo date; no: returns 9999 end else -- any other date-holding parameter good_date = check_date (v.val, k); -- go test the date end if false == good_date then -- assemble one error message so we don't add the tracking category multiple times table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', v.name)); -- make parameter name suitable for error message list end end end return anchor_year, embargo_date; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< Y E A R _ D A T E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------ Compare the value provided in |year= with the year value(s) provided in |date=. This function sets a local numeric value: 0 - year value does not match the year value in date 1 - (default) year value matches the year value in date or one of the year values when date contains two years 2 - year value matches the year value in date when date is in the form YYYY-MM-DD and year is disambiguated (|year=YYYYx) the numeric value in <result> determines the 'output' if any from this function: 0 – adds error message to error_list sequence table 1 – adds maint cat 2 – does nothing ]] local function year_date_check (year_string, year_origin, date_string, date_origin, error_list) local year; local date1; local date2; local result = 1; -- result of the test; assume that the test passes year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d?)'); if date_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d') and year_string:match ('%d%d%d%d%a') then --special case where both date and year are required YYYY-MM-DD and YYYYx date1 = date_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); year = year_string:match ('(%d%d%d%d)'); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; -- years don't match else result = 2; -- years match; but because disambiguated, don't add to maint cat end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?.-%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard range formats of date with two three- or four-digit years date1, date2 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?).-(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif mw.ustring.match(date_string, "%d%d%d%d[%-–]%d%d") then -- YYYY-YY date ranges local century; date1, century, date2 = mw.ustring.match(date_string, "((%d%d)%d%d)[%-–]+(%d%d)"); date2 = century..date2; -- convert YY to YYYY if year ~= date1 and year ~= date2 then result = 0; end elseif date_string:match ("%d%d%d%d?") then -- any of the standard formats of date with one year date1 = date_string:match ("(%d%d%d%d?)"); if year ~= date1 then result = 0; end else -- should never get here; this function called only when no other date errors result = 0; -- no recognizable year in date end if 0 == result then -- year / date mismatch table.insert (error_list, substitute (cfg.messages['mismatch'], {year_origin, date_origin})); -- add error message to error_list sequence table elseif 1 == result then -- redundant year / date set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat end end --[[--------------------------< R E F O R M A T T E R >-------------------------------------------------------- reformat 'date' into new format specified by format_param if pattern_idx (the current format of 'date') can be reformatted. Does the grunt work for reformat_dates(). The table re_formats maps pattern_idx (current format) and format_param (desired format) to a table that holds: format string used by string.format() identifier letters ('d', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2') that serve as indexes into a table t{} that holds captures from mw.ustring.match() for the various date parts specified by patterns[pattern_idx][1] Items in patterns{} have the general form: ['ymd'] = {'^(%d%d%d%d)%-(%d%d)%-(%d%d)$', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, where: ['ymd'] is pattern_idx patterns['ymd'][1] is the match pattern with captures for mw.ustring.match() patterns['ymd'][2] is an indicator letter identifying the content of the first capture patterns['ymd'][3] ... the second capture etc. when a pattern matches a date, the captures are loaded into table t{} in capture order using the idemtifier characters as indexes into t{} For the above, a ymd date is in t{} as: t.y = first capture (year), t.m = second capture (month), t.d = third capture (day) To reformat, this function is called with the pattern_idx that matches the current format of the date and with format_param set to the desired format. This function loads table t{} as described and then calls string.format() with the format string specified by re_format[pattern_idx][format_param][1] using values taken from t{} according to the capture identifier letters specified by patterns[pattern_idx][format_param][n] where n is 2.. ]] local re_formats = { ['ymd'] = { -- date format is ymd; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- ['yMd'] = {'%s %s %s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=yMd; not supported at en.wiki }, ['Md-dy'] = { -- date format is Md-dy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> d-dMy }, ['d-dMy'] = { -- date format is d-d>y; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s–%s %s %s', 'd', 'd2', 'm', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s–%s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-dy }, ['dM-dMy'] = { -- date format is dM-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -> Md-Mdy }, ['Md-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Md-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'm2', 'd2', 'y'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'd2', 'm2', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -> dM-dMy }, ['dMy-dMy'] = { -- date format is dMy-dMy; reformat to: ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- |df=mdy -> Mdy-Mdy }, ['Mdy-Mdy'] = { -- date format is Mdy-Mdy; reformat to: ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s – %s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y', 'm2', 'd2', 'y2'}, -- for long/short reformatting ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s – %s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y', 'd2', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- |df=dmy -> dMy-dMy }, ['My-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s – %s %s', 'm', 'y', 'm2', 'y2'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['M-My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s–%s %s', 'm', 'm2', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, ['My'] = { -- these for long/short reformatting ['any'] = {'%s %s', 'm', 'y'}, -- dmy/mdy agnostic }, -- ['yMd'] = { -- not supported at en.wiki -- ['mdy'] = {'%s %s, %s', 'm', 'd', 'y'}, -- |df=mdy -- ['dmy'] = {'%s %s %s', 'd', 'm', 'y'}, -- |df=dmy -- ['ymd'] = {'%s-%s-%s', 'y', 'm', 'd'}, -- |df=ymd -- }, } local function reformatter (date, pattern_idx, format_param, mon_len) if not in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Mdy', 'Md-dy', 'dMy', 'yMd', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- not in this set of date format patterns then not a reformattable date end if 'ymd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'ymd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy', 'My-My', 'M-My', 'My'}) then return; -- ymd date ranges not supported at en.wiki; no point in reformatting ymd to ymd end if in_array (pattern_idx, {'My', 'M-My', 'My-My'}) then -- these are not dmy/mdy so can't be 'reformatted' into either format_param = 'any'; -- so format-agnostic end -- yMd is not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, uncomment the next line -- if 'yMd' == format_param and in_array (pattern_idx, {'yMd', 'Md-dy', 'd-dMy', 'dM-dMy', 'Md-Mdy', 'dMy-dMy', 'Mdy-Mdy'}) then -- these formats not convertable; yMd not supported at en.wiki if 'yMd' == format_param then -- yMd not supported at en.wiki; when yMd is supported at your wiki, remove or comment-out this line return; -- not a reformattable date end local c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7; -- these hold the captures specified in patterns[pattern_idx][1] c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6, c7 = mw.ustring.match (date, patterns[pattern_idx][1]); -- get the captures local t = { -- table that holds k/v pairs of date parts from the captures and patterns[pattern_idx][2..] [patterns[pattern_idx][2]] = c1; -- at minimum there is always one capture with a matching indicator letter [patterns[pattern_idx][3] or 'x'] = c2; -- patterns can have a variable number of captures; each capture requires an indicator letter; [patterns[pattern_idx][4] or 'x'] = c3; -- where there is no capture, there is no indicator letter so n in patterns[pattern_idx][n] will be nil; [patterns[pattern_idx][5] or 'x'] = c4; -- the 'x' here spoofs an indicator letter to prevent 'table index is nil' error [patterns[pattern_idx][6] or 'x'] = c5; [patterns[pattern_idx][7] or 'x'] = c6; [patterns[pattern_idx][8] or 'x'] = c7; }; if t.a then -- if this date has an anchor year capture (all convertable date formats except ymd) if t.y2 then -- for year range date formats t.y2 = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date else -- here for single date formats (except ymd) t.y = t.a; -- use the anchor year capture when reassembling the date end end if tonumber(t.m) then -- if raw month is a number (converting from ymd) if 's' == mon_len then -- if we are to use abbreviated month names t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name else t.m = cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][tonumber(t.m)]; -- convert it to a month name end t.d = t.d:gsub ('0(%d)', '%1'); -- strip leading '0' from day if present elseif 'ymd' == format_param then -- when converting to ymd t.y = t.y:gsub ('%a', ''); -- strip CITREF disambiguator if present; anchor year already known so process can proceed; TODO: maint message? if 1582 > tonumber (t.y) then -- ymd format dates not allowed before 1582 return; end t.m = string.format ('%02d', get_month_number (t.m)); -- make sure that month and day are two digits t.d = string.format ('%02d', t.d); elseif mon_len then -- if mon_len is set to either 'short' or 'long' for _, mon in ipairs ({'m', 'm2'}) do -- because there can be two month names, check both if t[mon] then t[mon] = get_month_number (t[mon]); -- get the month number for this month (is length agnostic) if 0 == t[mon] then return; end -- seasons and named dates can't be converted t[mon] = (('s' == mon_len) and cfg.date_names['inv_local_short'][t[mon]]) or cfg.date_names['inv_local_long'][t[mon]]; -- fetch month name according to length end end end local new_date = string.format (re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][1], -- format string t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][2]], -- named captures from t{} t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][3]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][4]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][5]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][6]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][7]], t[re_formats[pattern_idx][format_param][8]] ); return new_date; end --[[-------------------------< R E F O R M A T _ D A T E S >-------------------------------------------------- Reformats existing dates into the format specified by format. format is one of several manual keywords: dmy, dmy-all, mdy, mdy-all, ymd, ymd-all. The -all version includes access- and archive-dates; otherwise these dates are not reformatted. This function allows automatic date formatting. In ~/Configuration, the article source is searched for one of the {{use xxx dates}} templates. If found, xxx becomes the global date format as xxx-all. If |cs1-dates= in {{use xxx dates}} has legitimate value then that value determines how cs1|2 dates will be rendered. Legitimate values for |cs1-dates= are: l - all dates are rendered with long month names ls - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates use abbreviated month names ly - publication dates use long month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format s - all dates are rendered with abbreviated (short) month names sy - publication dates use abbreviated month names; access-/archive-dates rendered in ymd format y - all dates are rendered in ymd format the format argument for automatic date formatting will be the format specified by {{use xxx dates}} with the value supplied by |cs1-dates so one of: xxx-l, xxx-ls, xxx-ly, xxx-s, xxx-sy, xxx-y, or simply xxx (|cs1-dates= empty, omitted, or invalid) where xxx shall be either of dmy or mdy. dates are extracted from date_parameters_list, reformatted (if appropriate), and then written back into the list in the new format. Dates in date_parameters_list are presumed here to be valid (no errors). This function returns true when a date has been reformatted, false else. Actual reformatting is done by reformatter(). ]] local function reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, format) local all = false; -- set to false to skip access- and archive-dates local len_p = 'l'; -- default publication date length shall be long local len_a = 'l'; -- default access-/archive-date length shall be long local result = false; local new_date; if format:match('%a+%-all') then -- manual df keyword; auto df keyword when length not specified in {{use xxx dates}}; format = format:match('(%a+)%-all'); -- extract the format all = true; -- all dates are long format dates because this keyword doesn't specify length elseif format:match('%a+%-[lsy][sy]?') then -- auto df keywords; internal only all = true; -- auto df applies to all dates; use length specified by capture len_p for all dates format, len_p, len_a = format:match('(%a+)%-([lsy])([sy]?)'); -- extract the format and length keywords if 'y' == len_p then -- because allowed by MOS:DATEUNIFY (sort of) range dates and My dates not reformatted format = 'ymd'; -- override {{use xxx dates}} elseif (not is_set(len_a)) or (len_p == len_a) then -- no access-/archive-date length specified or same length as publication dates then len_a = len_p; -- in case len_a not set end end -- else only publication dates and they are long for param_name, param_val in pairs (date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value if not (not all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'})) then -- skip access- or archive-date unless format is xxx-all; yeah, ugly; TODO: find a better way for pattern_idx, pattern in pairs (patterns) do if mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, pattern[1]) then if all and in_array (param_name, {'access-date', 'archive-date'}) then -- if this date is an access- or archive-date new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, (('y' == len_a) and 'ymd') or format, len_a); -- choose ymd or dmy/mdy according to len_a setting else -- all other dates new_date = reformatter (param_val.val, pattern_idx, format, len_p); end if new_date then -- set when date was reformatted date_parameters_list[param_name].val = new_date; -- update date in date list result = true; -- and announce that changes have been made end end -- if end -- for end -- if end -- if end -- for return result; -- declare boolean result and done end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >---------------------------------------- Loops through the list of date-holding parameters and converts any hyphen to an ndash. Not called if the cs1|2 template has any date errors. Modifies the date_parameters_list and returns true if hyphens are replaced, else returns false. ]] local function date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) local result = false; local n; for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set (param_val.val) and not mw.ustring.match (param_val.val, patterns.ymd[1]) then -- for those that are not ymd dates (ustring because here digits may not be Western) param_val.val, n = param_val.val:gsub ('%-', '–'); -- replace any hyphen with ndash if 0 ~= n then date_parameters_list[param_name].val = param_val.val; -- update the list result = true; end end end return result; -- so we know if any hyphens were replaced end --[[-------------------------< D A T E _ N A M E _ X L A T E >------------------------------------------------ Attempts to translate English date names to local-language date names using names supplied by MediaWiki's date parser function. This is simple name-for-name replacement and may not work for all languages. if xlat_dig is true, this function will also translate Western (English) digits to the local language's digits. This will also translate ymd dates. ]] local function date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, xlt_dig) local xlate; local mode; -- long or short month names local modified = false; local date; local sources_t = { {cfg.date_names.en.long, cfg.date_names.inv_local_long}, -- for translating long English month names to long local month names {cfg.date_names.en.short, cfg.date_names.inv_local_short}, -- short month names {cfg.date_names.en.quarter, cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter}, -- quarter date names {cfg.date_names.en.season, cfg.date_names.inv_local_season}, -- season date nam {cfg.date_names.en.named, cfg.date_names.inv_local_named}, -- named dates } local function is_xlateable (month) -- local function to get local date name that replaces existing English-language date name for _, date_names_t in ipairs (sources_t) do -- for each sequence table in date_names_t if date_names_t[1][month] then -- if date name is English month (long or short), quarter, season or named and if date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]] then -- if there is a matching local date name return date_names_t[2][date_names_t[1][month]]; -- return the local date name end end end end for param_name, param_val in pairs(date_parameters_list) do -- for each date-holding parameter in the list if is_set(param_val.val) then -- if the parameter has a value date = param_val.val; for month in mw.ustring.gmatch (date, '[%a ]+') do -- iterate through all date names in the date (single date or date range) month = mw.text.trim (month); -- this because quarterly dates contain whitespace xlate = is_xlateable (month); -- get translate <month>; returns translation or nil -- if cfg.date_names.en.long[month] then -- long month dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_long[cfg.date_names.en.long[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_long[cfg.date_names.en.long[month]]; -- end ---- mode = 'F'; -- English name is long so use long local name -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.short[month] then -- short month dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_short[cfg.date_names.en.short[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_short[cfg.date_names.en.short[month]]; -- end ---- mode = 'M'; -- English name is short so use short local name -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month] then -- quarter dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter[cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_quarter[cfg.date_names.en.quarter[month]]; -- end -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.season[month] then -- season dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_season[cfg.date_names.en.season[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_season[cfg.date_names.en.season[month]]; -- end -- elseif cfg.date_names.en.named[month] then -- named dates -- if cfg.date_names.inv_local_named[cfg.date_names.en.named[month]] then -- xlate = cfg.date_names.inv_local_named[cfg.date_names.en.named[month]]; -- end -- else -- xlate=nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name ---- mode = nil; -- not an English month name; could be local language month name or an English season name -- end if xlate then -- if mode then -- might be a season -- xlate = lang_object:formatDate(mode, '1' .. month); -- translate the month name to this local language date = mw.ustring.gsub (date, month, xlate); -- replace the English with the translation date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end if xlt_dig then -- shall we also translate digits? date = date:gsub ('%d', cfg.date_names.xlate_digits); -- translate digits from Western to 'local digits' date_parameters_list[param_name].val = date; -- save the translated date modified = true; end end end return modified; end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) add_prop_cat = utilities_page_ptr.add_prop_cat ; -- import functions from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; wrap_style = utilities_page_ptr.wrap_style; cfg = cfg_table_ptr; -- import tables from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { -- return exported functions dates = dates, year_date_check = year_date_check, reformat_dates = reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash = date_hyphen_to_dash, date_name_xlate = date_name_xlate, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules } obboarlfkmx4zbge5gqjllttddlxljn 828 48812124 1067249010 1017041362 2022-01-22T14:11:18Z Trappist the monk 10289486 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local has_accept_as_written, is_set, in_array, set_message, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities substitute, make_wikilink; local z; -- table of tables defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities local cfg; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >-------------------------------------- declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here ]] local auto_link_urls = {}; -- holds identifier URLs for those identifiers that can auto-link |title= --============================<< H E L P E R F U N C T I O N S >>============================================ --[[--------------------------< W I K I D A T A _ A R T I C L E _ N A M E _ G E T >---------------------------- as an aid to internationalizing identifier-label wikilinks, gets identifier article names from Wikidata. returns :<lang code>:<article title> when <q> has an <article title> for <lang code>; nil else for identifiers that do not have q, returns nil for wikis that do not have mw.wikibase installed, returns nil ]] local function wikidata_article_name_get (q) if not is_set (q) or (q and not mw.wikibase) then -- when no q number or when a q number but mw.wikibase not installed on this wiki return nil; -- abandon end local wd_article; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org wd_article = mw.wikibase.getSitelink (q, this_wiki_code .. 'wiki'); -- fetch article title from WD; nil when no title available at this wiki if wd_article then wd_article = table.concat ({':', this_wiki_code, ':', wd_article}); -- interwiki-style link without brackets if taken from WD; leading colon required end return wd_article; -- article title from WD; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L I N K _ L A B E L _ M A K E >------------------------------------------------ common function to create identifier link label from handler table or from Wikidata returns the first available of 1. redirect from local wiki's handler table (if enabled) 2. Wikidata (if there is a Wikidata entry for this identifier in the local wiki's language) 3. label specified in the local wiki's handler table ]] local function link_label_make (handler) local wd_article; if not (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect)) then -- redirect has priority so if enabled and available don't fetch from Wikidata because expensive wd_article = wikidata_article_name_get (handler.q); -- if Wikidata has an article title for this wiki, get it; end return (cfg.use_identifier_redirects and is_set (handler.redirect) and handler.redirect) or wd_article or handler.link; end --[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style external link ]] local function external_link_id (options) local url_string = options.id; local ext_link; local this_wiki_code = cfg.this_wiki_code; -- Wikipedia subdomain; 'en' for en.wikipedia.org local wd_article; -- article title from Wikidata if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then url_string = mw.uri.encode (url_string, 'PATH'); end if options.auto_link and is_set (options.access) then auto_link_urls[options.auto_link] = table.concat ({options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix}); end ext_link = mw.ustring.format ('[%s%s%s %s]', options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "", mw.text.nowiki (options.id)); if is_set (options.access) then ext_link = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[options.access].class, cfg.presentation[options.access].title, ext_link}); -- add the free-to-read / paywall lock end return table.concat ({ make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- redirect, Wikidata link, or locally specified link (in that order) options.separator or '&nbsp;', ext_link }); end --[[--------------------------< I N T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >---------------------------------------------- Formats a wiki-style internal link TODO: Does not currently need to support options.access, options.encode, auto-linking and COinS (as in external_link_id), but may be needed in the future for :m:Interwiki_map custom-prefixes like :arxiv:, :bibcode:, :DOI:, :hdl:, :ISSN:, :JSTOR:, :Openlibrary:, :PMID:, :RFC:. ]] local function internal_link_id (options) local id = mw.ustring.gsub (options.id, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9 return table.concat ( { make_wikilink (link_label_make (options), options.label), -- wiki-link the identifier label options.separator or '&nbsp;', -- add the separator make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { options.prefix, id, -- translated to Western digits options.suffix or '' }), substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {'', mw.text.nowiki (options.id)}) -- bdi tags to prevent Latin script identifiers from being reversed at RTL language wikis ); -- nowiki because MediaWiki still has magic links for ISBN and the like; TODO: is it really required? }); end --[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------ Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |pmc-embargo-date= against today's date. If embargo date is in the future, returns the content of |pmc-embargo-date=; otherwise, returns an empty string because the embargo has expired or because |pmc-embargo-date= was not set in this cite. ]] local function is_embargoed (embargo) if is_set (embargo) then local lang = mw.getContentLanguage(); local good1, embargo_date, todays_date; good1, embargo_date = pcall (lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo); todays_date = lang:formatDate ('U'); if good1 then -- if embargo date is a good date if tonumber (embargo_date) >= tonumber (todays_date) then -- is embargo date is in the future? return embargo; -- still embargoed else set_message ('maint_pmc_embargo'); -- embargo has expired; add main cat return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired end end end return ''; -- |pmc-embargo-date= not set return empty string end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ B I O R X I V _ D A T E >------------------------------------ returns true if: 2019-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < today + 2 days The dated form of biorxiv identifier has a start date of 2019-12-11. The Unix timestamp for that date is {{#time:U|2019-12-11}} = 1576022400 biorxiv_date is the date provided in those |biorxiv= parameter values that are dated at time 00:00:00 UTC today is the current date at time 00:00:00 UTC plus 48 hours if today is 2015-01-01T00:00:00 then adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-02T00:00:00 – one second more than today adding 24 hours gives 2015-01-03T00:00:00 – one second more than tomorrow This function does not work if it is fed month names for languages other than English. Wikimedia #time: parser apparently doesn't understand non-English date month names. This function will always return false when the date contains a non-English month name because good1 is false after the call to lang_object.formatDate(). To get around that call this function with date parts and create a YYYY-MM-DD format date. ]=] local function is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) local biorxiv_date = table.concat ({y, m, d}, '-'); -- make ymd date local good1, good2; local biorxiv_ts, tomorrow_ts; -- to hold Unix timestamps representing the dates local lang_object = mw.getContentLanguage(); good1, biorxiv_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', biorxiv_date); -- convert biorxiv_date value to Unix timestamp good2, tomorrow_ts = pcall (lang_object.formatDate, lang_object, 'U', 'today + 2 days' ); -- today midnight + 2 days is one second more than all day tomorrow if good1 and good2 then -- lang.formatDate() returns a timestamp in the local script which tonumber() may not understand biorxiv_ts = tonumber (biorxiv_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (biorxiv_ts); -- convert to numbers for the comparison; tomorrow_ts = tonumber (tomorrow_ts) or lang_object:parseFormattedNumber (tomorrow_ts); else return false; -- one or both failed to convert to Unix timestamp end return ((1576022400 <= biorxiv_ts) and (biorxiv_ts < tomorrow_ts)) -- 2012-12-11T00:00Z <= biorxiv_date < tomorrow's date end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >----------------------------------------------------- ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all ISBN/ISSN digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in isbn(). If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN/ISSN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len) local temp = 0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58 len = len + 1; -- adjust to be a loop counter for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum if v == string.byte ("X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58) temp = temp + 10 * (len - i); -- it represents 10 decimal else temp = temp + tonumber (string.char (v) )*(len-i); end end return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero end --[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------- ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 ISBN/ISMN digits including the check digit. If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, ISBN-13/ISMN must be checked for length and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-ISxN-13 characters. ]] local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str) local temp=0; isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9' → 0x39 for i, v in ipairs (isxn_str) do temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber (string.char (v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit end return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when ISBN-13/ISMN is correct end --[[--------------------------< N O R M A L I Z E _ L C C N >-------------------------------------------------- LCCN normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization) 1. Remove all blanks. 2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash. 3. If there is a hyphen in the string: a. Remove it. b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out): 1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function) 2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six. Returns a normalized LCCN for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function. ]] local function normalize_lccn (lccn) lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace if nil ~= string.find (lccn, '/') then lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it end local prefix local suffix prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen suffix = string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6 lccn = prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the LCCN end return lccn; end --============================<< I D E N T I F I E R F U N C T I O N S >>==================================== --[[--------------------------< A R X I V >-------------------------------------------------------------------- See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier: the first form, valid only between date codes 9107 and 0703, is: arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version> where: <archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation <class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation; not the same as |class= parameter which is not supported in this form <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0 <number> is a three-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented) the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01 <number> is a four-digit number <version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces the third form, valid from January 2015 is: arXiv:<date code>.<number><version> where: <date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412 <number> is a five-digit number ]] local function arxiv (options) local id = options.id; local class = options.Class; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local year, month, version; local err_msg = false; -- assume no error message local text; -- output text if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9107-0703 format with or without version year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month ((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) ((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)? err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format with or without version year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$"); year = tonumber (year); month = tonumber (month); if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years) err_msg = true; -- flag for error message end else err_msg = true; -- not a recognized format; flag for error message end if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['ARXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end local err_msg_t = {}; if err_msg then set_message ('err_bad_arxiv'); end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); if is_set (class) then if id:match ('^%d+') then text = table.concat ({text, ' [[//arxiv.org/archive/', class, ' ', class, ']]'}); -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink else set_message ('err_class_ignored'); end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I B C O D E >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Validates (sort of) and formats a bibcode ID. Format for bibcodes is specified here: http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs_doc/help_pages/data.html#bibcodes But, this: 2015arXiv151206696F is apparently valid so apparently, the only things that really matter are length, 19 characters and first four digits must be a year. This function makes these tests: length must be 19 characters characters in position 1–4 must be digits and must represent a year in the range of 1000 – next year 5 must be a letter 6–8 must be letter, digit, ampersand, or dot (ampersand cannot directly precede a dot; &. ) 9–18 must be letter, digit, or dot 19 must be a letter or dot ]] local function bibcode (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local err_type; local err_msg = ''; local year; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); if 19 ~= id:len() then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.length; else year = id:match ("^(%d%d%d%d)[%a][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w&%.][%w.]+[%a%.]$"); if not year then -- if nil then no pattern match err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.value; -- so value error else local next_year = tonumber (os.date ('%Y')) + 1; -- get the current year as a number and add one for next year year = tonumber (year); -- convert year portion of bibcode to a number if (1000 > year) or (year > next_year) then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.year; -- year out of bounds end if id:find('&%.') then err_type = cfg.err_msg_supl.journal; -- journal abbreviation must not have '&.' (if it does it's missing a letter) end end end if is_set (err_type) then -- if there was an error detected set_message ('err_bad_bibcode', {err_type}); options.coins_list_t['BIBCODE'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< B I O R X I V >----------------------------------------------------------------- Format bioRxiv ID and do simple error checking. Before 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs were 10.1101/ followed by exactly 6 digits. After 2019-12-11, biorXiv IDs retained the six-digit identifier but prefixed that with a yyyy.mm.dd. date and suffixed with an optional version identifier. The bioRxiv ID is the string of characters: https://doi.org/10.1101/078733 -> 10.1101/078733 or a date followed by a six-digit number followed by an optional version indicator 'v' and one or more digits: https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 -> 10.1101/2019.12.11.123456v2 see https://www.biorxiv.org/about-biorxiv ]] local function biorxiv (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_msg = true; -- flag; assume that there will be an error local patterns = { '^10.1101/%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- simple 6-digit identifier (before 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier + version (after 2019-12-11) '^10.1101/(20[1-9]%d)%.([01]%d)%.([0-3]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d%d$', -- y.m.d. date + 6-digit identifier (after 2019-12-11) } for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the patterns looking for a match if id:match (pattern) then local y, m, d = id:match (pattern); -- found a match, attempt to get year, month and date from the identifier if m then -- m is nil when id is the six-digit form if not is_valid_biorxiv_date (y, m, d) then -- validate the encoded date; TODO: don't ignore leap-year and actual month lengths ({{#time:}} is a poor date validator) break; -- date fail; break out early so we don't unset the error message end end err_msg = nil; -- we found a match so unset the error message break; -- and done end end -- err_cat remains set here when no match if err_msg then options.coins_list_t['BIORXIV'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_biorxiv'); -- and set the error message end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< C I T E S E E R X >------------------------------------------------------------ CiteSeerX use their own notion of "doi" (not to be confused with the identifiers resolved via doi.org). The description of the structure of this identifier can be found at Help_talk:Citation_Style_1/Archive_26#CiteSeerX_id_structure ]] local function citeseerx (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local matched; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); matched = id:match ("^10%.1%.1%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?%.[1-9]%d?%d?%d?$"); if not matched then set_message ('err_bad_citeseerx' ); options.coins_list_t['CITESEERX'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< D O I >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors. DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix. If the DOI name contains spaces or endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message. DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash, and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in DOI names. ]] local function doi (options) local id = options.id; local inactive = options.DoiBroken local access = options.access; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local text; if is_set (inactive) then local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date local inactive_month, good; if is_set (inactive_year) then if 4 < inactive:len() then -- inactive date has more than just a year (could be anything) local lang_obj = mw.getContentLanguage(); -- get a language object for this wiki good, inactive_month = pcall (lang_obj.formatDate, lang_obj, 'F', inactive); -- try to get the month name from the inactive date if not good then inactive_month = nil; -- something went wrong so make sure this is unset end end else inactive_year = nil; -- |doi-broken-date= has something but it isn't a date end if is_set (inactive_year) and is_set (inactive_month) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, inactive_month, ' '}); elseif is_set (inactive_year) then set_message ('maint_doi_inactive_dated', {inactive_year, '', ''}); else set_message ('maint_doi_inactive'); end inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ' ' .. inactive .. ')'; end local registrant = mw.ustring.match (id, '^10%.([^/]+)/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$'); -- registrant set when DOI has the proper basic form local registrant_err_patterns = { -- these patterns are for code ranges that are not supported '^[^1-3]%d%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 5 digits with subcode (0xxxx, 40000+); accepts: 10000–39999 '^[^1-5]%d%d%d%d$', -- 5 digits without subcode (0xxxx, 60000+); accepts: 10000–59999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d%.%d%d*$', -- 4 digits with subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^[^1-9]%d%d%d$', -- 4 digits without subcode (0xxx); accepts: 1000–9999 '^%d%d%d%d%d%d+', -- 6 or more digits '^%d%d?%d?$', -- less than 4 digits without subcode (with subcode is legitimate) '^5555$', -- test registrant will never resolve '[^%d%.]', -- any character that isn't a digit or a dot } if not ignore_invalid then if registrant then -- when DOI has proper form for i, pattern in ipairs (registrant_err_patterns) do -- spin through error patterns if registrant:match (pattern) then -- to validate registrant codes err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- when found, mark this DOI as bad break; -- and done end end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_doi'); -- invalid directory or malformed end else set_message ('maint_doi_ignore'); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['DOI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access, auto_link = not (err_flag or is_set (inactive) or ignore_invalid) and 'doi' or nil -- do not auto-link when |doi-broken-date= has a value or when there is a DOI error or (to play it safe, after all, auto-linking is not essential) when invalid DOIs are ignored }) .. (inactive or ''); return text; end --[[--------------------------< H D L >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Formats an HDL with minor error checking. HDL names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash. Prefix: character string using any character in the UCS-2 character set except '/' Suffix: character string of any length using any character in the UCS-2 character set chosen by the registrant This function checks a HDL name for: prefix/suffix. If the HDL name contains spaces, endashes, or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_hdl error message. HDL names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for endashes and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in HDLs. Query string parameters are named here: http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html. query strings are not displayed but since '?' is an allowed character in an HDL, '?' followed by one of the query parameters is the only way we have to detect the query string so that it isn't URL-encoded with the rest of the identifier. ]] local function hdl (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local query_params = { -- list of known query parameters from http://www.handle.net/proxy_servlet.html 'noredirect', 'ignore_aliases', 'auth', 'cert', 'index', 'type', 'urlappend', 'locatt', 'action', } local hdl, suffix, param = id:match ('(.-)(%?(%a+).+)$'); -- look for query string local found; if hdl then -- when there are query strings, this is the handle identifier portion for _, q in ipairs (query_params) do -- spin through the list of query parameters if param:match ('^' .. q) then -- if the query string begins with one of the parameters found = true; -- announce a find break; -- and stop looking end end end if found then id = hdl; -- found so replace id with the handle portion; this will be URL-encoded, suffix will not else suffix = ''; -- make sure suffix is empty string for concatenation else end local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, suffix = suffix, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}) if nil == id:match("^[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- HDL must contain a forward slash, must not contain spaces, endashes, and must not end with period or comma set_message ('err_bad_hdl' ); options.coins_list_t['HDL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S B N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid ]] local function isbn (options) local isbn_str = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local ISBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = isbn_str, separator = handler.separator}); if ignore_invalid then -- if ignoring ISBN errors set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error else -- here when not ignoring if not check then -- and there is an error options.coins_list_t['ISBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_isbn', err_type); -- set an error message return ISBN; -- return id text end end return ISBN; -- return id text end if nil ~= isbn_str:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local id = isbn_str:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace local len = id:len(); if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if len == 10 then if id:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then -- fail if isbn_str has 'X' anywhere but last position return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); end if not is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- test isbn-10 for numerical validity return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- fail if isbn-10 is not numerically valid end if id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not valid isbn group ids but are used by amazon as numeric identifiers (asin) return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- fail if isbn-10 begins with 630/1 end return return_result (true, cfg.err_msg_supl.check); -- pass if isbn-10 is numerically valid else if id:match ('^%d+$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if ISBN-13 is not all digits end if id:match ('^97[89]%d*$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.prefix); -- fail when ISBN-13 does not begin with 978 or 979 end if id:match ('^9790') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.group); -- group identifier '0' is reserved to ISMN end return return_result (is_valid_isxn_13 (id), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end end --[[--------------------------< A S I N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: ASIN must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha characters. If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, ASINs must be 10-digit ISBN. If 10-digit ISBN, add a maintenance category so a bot or AWB script can replace |asin= with |isbn=. Error message if not 10 characters, if not ISBN-10, if mixed and first character is a digit. |asin=630....... and |asin=631....... are (apparently) not a legitimate ISBN though it checksums as one; these do not cause this function to emit the maint_asin message This function is positioned here because it calls isbn() ]] local function asin (options) local id = options.id; local domain = options.ASINTLD; local err_flag; if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters else if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X) if is_valid_isxn (id, 10) then -- see if ASIN value is or validates as ISBN-10 if not id:find ('^63[01]') then -- 630xxxxxxx and 631xxxxxxx are (apparently) not a valid isbn prefixes but are used by amazon as a numeric identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN has ISBN-10 form but begins with something other than 630/1 so probably an isbn end elseif not is_set (err_flag) then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- ASIN is not ISBN-10 end elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha end end if (not is_set (domain)) or in_array (domain, {'us'}) then -- default: United States domain = "com"; elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom domain = "co." .. domain; elseif in_array (domain, {'z.cn'}) then -- China domain = "cn"; elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx', 'sg', 'tr'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico, Singapore, Turkey domain = "com." .. domain; elseif not in_array (domain, {'ae', 'ca', 'cn', 'de', 'es', 'fr', 'in', 'it', 'nl', 'pl', 'sa', 'se', 'co.jp', 'co.uk', 'com', 'com.au', 'com.br', 'com.mx', 'com.sg', 'com.tr'}) then -- Arabic Emirates, Canada, China, Germany, Spain, France, Indonesia, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Saudi Arabia, Sweden (as of 2021-03 Austria (.at), Liechtenstein (.li) and Switzerland (.ch) still redirect to the German site (.de) with special settings, so don't maintain local ASINs for them) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_asin_tld'); -- unsupported asin-tld value end local handler = options.handler; if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/" .. id; -- asin for coins else options.coins_list_t['ASIN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/", id = id, encode = handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) end --[[--------------------------< I S M N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Determines whether an ISMN string is valid. Similar to ISBN-13, ISMN is 13 digits beginning 979-0-... and uses the same check digit calculations. See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf section 2, pages 9–12. ismn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function ismn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text; local valid_ismn = true; local id_copy; id_copy = id; -- save a copy because this testing is destructive id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and white space if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match ("^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ISMN must be 13 digits and begin with 9790 valid_ismn = false; else valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ISMN end -- text = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to -- prefix = handler.prefix, id = id_copy, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) text = table.concat ( -- because no place to link to yet { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id_copy }); if false == valid_ismn then options.coins_list_t['ISMN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because ismn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_ismn'); -- create an error message if the ISMN is invalid end return text; end --[[--------------------------< I S S N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an ISSN. This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this: |issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the ISSN midpoint. It also validates the ISSN for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees with the calculated value. Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check ISSN error message. The ISSN is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the ISSN was given as a single group of 8 digits. ]] local function issn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated ISSN; use this version for display if ISSN does not validate local text; local valid_issn = true; id = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match ("^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the ISSN: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position valid_issn = false; -- wrong length or improper character else valid_issn = is_valid_isxn (id, 8); -- validate ISSN end if true == valid_issn then id = string.sub (id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub (id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version else id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, show the invalid ISSN with error message end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if ignore_invalid then set_message ('maint_issn_ignore'); else if false == valid_issn then options.coins_list_t['ISSN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS set_message ('err_bad_issn', (options.hkey == 'EISSN') and 'e' or ''); -- create an error message if the ISSN is invalid end end return text; end --[[--------------------------< J F M >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nn.nnnn.nn ]] local function jfm (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; id_num = id:match ('^[Jj][Ff][Mm](.*)$'); -- identifier with jfm prefix; extract identifier if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_jfm_format'); else -- plain number without JFM prefix id_num = id; -- if here id does not have prefix end if id_num and id_num:match('^%d%d%.%d%d%d%d%.%d%d$') then id = id_num; -- jfm matches pattern else set_message ('err_bad_jfm' ); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JFM'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< J S T O R >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format a JSTOR with some error checking ]] local function jstor (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:find ('[Jj][Ss][Tt][Oo][Rr]') or id:find ('^https?://') or id:find ('%s') then set_message ('err_bad_jstor'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['JSTOR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< L C C N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/ length = 8 then all digits length = 9 then lccn[1] is lowercase alpha length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lowercase alpha or both digits length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lowercase alpha ]] local function lccn (options) local lccn = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; -- presume that LCCN is valid local id = lccn; -- local copy of the LCCN id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes) local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the LCCN if 8 == len then if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern? err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- set an error message end elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ... if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end end elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- no match, set an error message end else err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- wrong length, set an error message end if not is_set (err_flag) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_lccn'); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message end if is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['LCCN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = lccn, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< M R >-------------------------------------------------------------------------- A seven digit number; if not seven digits, zero-fill leading digits to make seven digits. ]] local function mr (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local id_len; id_num = id:match ('^[Mm][Rr](%d+)$'); -- identifier with mr prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_mr_format'); -- add maint cat else -- plain number without mr prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end id_len = id_num and id_num:len() or 0; if (7 >= id_len) and (0 ~= id_len) then id = string.rep ('0', 7-id_len) .. id_num; -- zero-fill leading digits else set_message ('err_bad_mr'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['MR'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O C L C >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Validate and format an OCLC ID. https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html {{dead link}} archived at: https://web.archive.org/web/20161228233804/https://www.oclc.org/batchload/controlnumber.en.html ]] local function oclc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local number; if id:match('^ocm%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocm prefix and 8 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocm(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^ocn%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- ocn prefix and 9 digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('ocn(%d+)'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^on%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+$') then -- on prefix and 10 or more digits; 001 field (12 characters) number = id:match('^on(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d+)$'); -- get the number elseif id:match('^%(OCoLC%)[1-9]%d*$') then -- (OCoLC) prefix and variable number digits; no leading zeros; 035 field number = id:match('%(OCoLC%)([1-9]%d*)'); -- get the number if 9 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 9 digits; change this when OCLC issues 10-digit numbers end elseif id:match('^%d+$') then -- no prefix number = id; -- get the number if 10 < number:len() then number = nil; -- constrain to 1 to 10 digits; change this when OCLC issues 11-digit numbers end end if number then -- proper format id = number; -- exclude prefix, if any, from external link else set_message ('err_bad_oclc') -- add an error message if the id is malformed options.coins_list_t['OCLC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >-------------------------------------------------------- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors. ]] local function openlibrary (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local ident, code = id:gsub('^OL', ''):match("^(%d+([AMW]))$"); -- strip optional OL prefix followed immediately by digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'; local err_flag; local prefix = { -- these are appended to the handler.prefix according to code ['A']='authors/OL', ['M']='books/OL', ['W']='works/OL', ['X']='OL' -- not a code; spoof when 'code' in id is invalid }; if not ident then code = 'X'; -- no code or id completely invalid ident = id; -- copy id to ident so that we display the flawed identifier err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_ol'); end if not is_set (err_flag) then options.coins_list_t['OL'] = handler.prefix .. prefix[code] .. ident; -- experiment for ol coins else options.coins_list_t['OL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix .. prefix[code], id = ident, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< O S T I >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format OSTI and do simple error checking. OSTIs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the OSTI to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more OSTIs are issued. NB. 1018 is the lowest OSTI number found in the wild (so far) and resolving OK on the OSTI site ]] local function osti (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if OSTI has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- OSTI is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1018 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if OSTI is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_osti'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['OSTI'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); end --[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles. The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix. PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link. Function is_embargoed () returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string. PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued. ]] local function pmc (options) local id = options.id; local embargo = options.Embargo; -- TODO: lowercase? local handler = options.handler; local err_flag; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[Pp][Mm][Cc](%d+)$'); -- identifier with PMC prefix if is_set (id_num) then set_message ('maint_pmc_format'); else -- plain number without PMC prefix id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- if here id is all digits end if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message else id = tostring (id_num); -- make sure id is a string end else -- when id format incorrect err_flag = set_message ('err_bad_pmc'); -- set an error message end if is_set (embargo) and is_set (is_embargoed (embargo)) then -- is PMC is still embargoed? text = table.concat ( -- still embargoed so no external link { make_wikilink (link_label_make (handler), handler.label), handler.separator, id, }); else text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access, auto_link = not err_flag and 'pmc' or nil -- do not auto-link when PMC has error }); end if err_flag then options.coins_list_t['PMC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< P M I D >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format PMID and do simple error checking. PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the PMID to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued. ]] local function pmid (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- PMID is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_pmid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['PMID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --[[--------------------------< R F C >------------------------------------------------------------------------ Format RFC and do simple error checking. RFCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the RFC to see that it contains only digits and is less than test_limit specified in the configuration; the value in test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more RFCs are issued. An index of all RFCs is here: https://tools.ietf.org/rfc/ ]] local function rfc (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if RFC has anything but digits set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS else -- RFC is only digits local id_num = tonumber (id); -- convert id to a number for range testing if 1 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if RFC is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_rfc'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['RFC'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = handler.access}); end --[[--------------------------< S 2 C I D >-------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an S2CID, do simple error checking S2CIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up. This code checks the S2CID to see that it is only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more S2CIDs are issued. ]] local function s2cid (options) local id = options.id; local access = options.access; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^[1-9]%d*$'); -- id must be all digits; must not begin with 0; no open access flag if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if S2CID is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_s2cid'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['S2CID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< S B N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-digit form of ISBN-10; uses same check-digit validation when SBN is prefixed with an additional '0' to make 10 digits sbn value not made part of COinS metadata because we don't have a url or isn't a COinS-defined identifier (rft.xxx) or an identifier registered at info-uri.info (info:) ]] local function sbn (options) local id = options.id; local ignore_invalid = options.accept; local handler = options.handler; local function return_result (check, err_type) -- local function to handle the various returns local SBN = internal_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator}); if not ignore_invalid then -- if not ignoring SBN errors if not check then options.coins_list_t['SBN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS; not really necessary here because sbn not made part of COinS set_message ('err_bad_sbn', {err_type}); -- display an error message return SBN; end else set_message ('maint_isbn_ignore'); -- add a maint category even when there is no error (ToDo: Possibly switch to separate message for SBNs only) end return SBN; end if id:match ('[^%s-0-9X]') then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.char); -- fail if SBN contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X end local ident = id:gsub ('[%s-]', ''); -- remove hyphens and whitespace; they interfere with the rest of the tests if 9 ~= ident:len() then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.length); -- fail if incorrect length end if ident:match ('^%d*X?$') == nil then return return_result (false, cfg.err_msg_supl.form); -- fail if SBN has 'X' anywhere but last position end return return_result (is_valid_isxn ('0' .. ident, 10), cfg.err_msg_supl.check); end --[[--------------------------< S S R N >---------------------------------------------------------------------- Format an SSRN, do simple error checking SSRNs are sequential numbers beginning at 100? and counting up. This code checks the SSRN to see that it is only digits and is greater than 99 and less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more SSRNs are issued. ]] local function ssrn (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local id_num; local text; id_num = id:match ('^%d+$'); -- id must be all digits if is_set (id_num) then -- id_num has a value so test it id_num = tonumber (id_num); -- convert id_num to a number for range testing if 100 > id_num or handler.id_limit < id_num then -- if SSRN is outside test limit boundaries set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end else -- when id format incorrect set_message ('err_bad_ssrn'); -- set an error message options.coins_list_t['SSRN'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode, access = options.access}); return text; end --[[--------------------------< U S E N E T _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------ Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in '<' and/or '>' angle brackets. ]] local function usenet_id (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; local text = external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$') then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>' set_message ('err_bad_usenet_id') -- add an error message if the message id is invalid options.coins_list_t['USENETID'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return text; end --[[--------------------------< Z B L >----------------------------------------------------------------------- A numerical identifier in the form nnnn.nnnnn - leading zeros in the first quartet optional format described here: http://emis.mi.sanu.ac.rs/ZMATH/zmath/en/help/search/ temporary format is apparently eight digits. Anything else is an error ]] local function zbl (options) local id = options.id; local handler = options.handler; if id:match('^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- is this identifier using temporary format? set_message ('maint_zbl'); -- yes, add maint cat elseif not id:match('^%d?%d?%d?%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$') then -- not temporary, is it normal format? set_message ('err_bad_zbl'); -- no, set an error message options.coins_list_t['ZBL'] = nil; -- when error, unset so not included in COinS end return external_link_id ({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, q = handler.q, redirect = handler.redirect, prefix = handler.prefix, id = id, separator = handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}); end --============================<< I N T E R F A C E F U N C T I O N S >>========================================== --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D S >------------------------------------------------------------ Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to the identifier list. Emits redundant error message if more than one alias exists in args ]] local function extract_ids (args) local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do -- k is uppercase identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table v = select_one (args, v.parameters, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present if is_set (v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list end return id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ I D _ A C C E S S _ L E V E L S >-------------------------------------- Fetches custom id access levels from arguments using configuration settings. Parameters which have a predefined access level (e.g. arxiv) do not use this function as they are directly rendered as free without using an additional parameter. returns a table of k/v pairs where k is same as the identifier's key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned (valid) keyword access-level values must match the case used in cfg.keywords_lists['id-access'] (lowercase unless there is some special reason for something else) ]] local function extract_id_access_levels (args, id_list) local id_accesses_list = {}; for k, v in pairs (cfg.id_handlers) do local access_param = v.custom_access; -- name of identifier's access-level parameter if is_set (access_param) then local access_level = args[access_param]; -- get the assigned value if there is one if is_set (access_level) then if not in_array (access_level, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then -- exact match required set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {access_param, access_level}); access_level = nil; -- invalid so unset end if not is_set (id_list[k]) then -- identifier access-level must have a matching identifier set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {k:lower()}); -- parameter name is uppercase in cfg.id_handlers (k); lowercase for error message end id_accesses_list[k] = cfg.keywords_xlate[access_level]; -- get translated keyword end end end return id_accesses_list; end --[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >---------------------------------------------------- render the identifiers into a sorted sequence table <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <options_t> is a table of various k/v option pairs provided in the call to new_build_id_list(); modified by this function and passed to all identifier rendering functions <access_levels_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value (if valid) returns a sequence table of sorted (by hkey - 'handler' key) rendered identifier strings ]] local function build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, access_levels_t) local ID_list_t = {}; local accept; local func_map = { --function map points to functions associated with hkey identifier ['ARXIV'] = arxiv, ['ASIN'] = asin, ['BIBCODE'] = bibcode, ['BIORXIV'] = biorxiv, ['CITESEERX'] = citeseerx, ['DOI'] = doi, ['EISSN'] = issn, ['HDL'] = hdl, ['ISBN'] = isbn, ['ISMN'] = ismn, ['ISSN'] = issn, ['JFM'] = jfm, ['JSTOR'] = jstor, ['LCCN'] = lccn, ['MR'] = mr, ['OCLC'] = oclc, ['OL'] = openlibrary, ['OSTI'] = osti, ['PMC'] = pmc, ['PMID'] = pmid, ['RFC'] = rfc, ['S2CID'] = s2cid, ['SBN'] = sbn, ['SSRN'] = ssrn, ['USENETID'] = usenet_id, ['ZBL'] = zbl, } for hkey, v in pairs (ID_list_coins_t) do v, accept = has_accept_as_written (v); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present; accept is boolean true when markup removed; false else -- every function gets the options table with value v and accept boolean options_t.hkey = hkey; -- ~/Configuration handler key options_t.id = v; -- add that identifier value to the options table options_t.accept = accept; -- add the accept boolean flag options_t.access = access_levels_t[hkey]; -- add the access level for those that have an |<identifier-access= parameter options_t.handler = cfg.id_handlers[hkey]; options_t.coins_list_t = ID_list_coins_t; -- pointer to ID_list_coins_t; for |asin= and |ol=; also to keep erroneous values out of the citation's metadata options_t.coins_list_t[hkey] = v; -- id value without accept-as-written markup for metadata if options_t.handler.access and not in_array (options_t.handler.access, cfg.keywords_lists['id-access']) then error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_access'] .. options_t.handler.access); -- here when handler access key set to a value not listed in list of allowed id access keywords end if func_map[hkey] then local id_text = func_map[hkey] (options_t); -- call the function to get identifier text and any error message table.insert (ID_list_t, {hkey, id_text}); -- add identifier text to the output sequence table else error (cfg.messages['unknown_ID_key'] .. hkey); -- here when func_map doesn't have a function for hkey end end local function comp (a, b) -- used by following table.sort() return a[1]:lower() < b[1]:lower(); -- sort by hkey end table.sort (ID_list_t, comp); -- sequence table of tables sort for k, v in ipairs (ID_list_t) do -- convert sequence table of tables to simple sequence table of strings ID_list_t[k] = v[2]; -- v[2] is the identifier rendering from the call to the various functions in func_map{} end return ID_list_t; end --[[--------------------------< O P T I O N S _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------------- check that certain option parameters have their associated identifier parameters with values <ID_list_coins_t> is a table of k/v pairs where k is same as key in cfg.id_handlers and v is the assigned value <ID_support_t> is a sequence table of tables created in citation0() where each subtable has four elements: [1] is the support parameter's assigned value; empty string if not set [2] is a text string same as key in cfg.id_handlers [3] is cfg.error_conditions key used to create error message [4] is original ID support parameter name used to create error message returns nothing; on error emits an appropriate error message ]] local function options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t) for _, v in ipairs (ID_support_t) do if is_set (v[1]) and not ID_list_coins_t[v[2]] then -- when support parameter has a value but matching identifier parameter is missing or empty set_message (v[3], (v[4])); -- emit the appropriate error message end end end --[[--------------------------< I D E N T I F I E R _ L I S T S _ G E T >-------------------------------------- Creates two identifier lists: a k/v table of identifiers and their values to be used locally and for use in the COinS metadata, and a sequence table of the rendered identifier strings that will be included in the rendered citation. ]] local function identifier_lists_get (args_t, options_t, ID_support_t) local ID_list_coins_t = extract_ids (args_t); -- get a table of identifiers and their values for use locally and for use in COinS options_check (ID_list_coins_t, ID_support_t); -- ID support parameters must have matching identifier parameters local ID_access_levels_t = extract_id_access_levels (args_t, ID_list_coins_t); -- get a table of identifier access levels local ID_list_t = build_id_list (ID_list_coins_t, options_t, ID_access_levels_t); -- get a sequence table of rendered identifier strings return ID_list_t, ID_list_coins_t; -- return the tables end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table and imported functions table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr, utilities_page_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; has_accept_as_written = utilities_page_ptr.has_accept_as_written; -- import functions from select Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities module is_set = utilities_page_ptr.is_set; in_array = utilities_page_ptr.in_array; set_message = utilities_page_ptr.set_message; select_one = utilities_page_ptr.select_one; substitute = utilities_page_ptr.substitute; make_wikilink = utilities_page_ptr.make_wikilink; z = utilities_page_ptr.z; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { auto_link_urls = auto_link_urls, -- table of identifier URLs to be used when auto-linking |title= identifier_lists_get = identifier_lists_get, -- experiment to replace individual calls to build_id_list(), extract_ids, extract_id_access_levels is_embargoed = is_embargoed; set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules; } 1s53aqur5zcnnjyu0azfrtjq6dyiwg4 828 48808487 1067249005 999303015 2022-01-22T14:11:16Z Trappist the monk 10289486 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; Scribunto text/plain local z = { error_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors error_ids_t = {}; -- list of error identifiers; used to prevent duplication of certain errors; local to this module error_msgs_t = {}; -- sequence table of error messages maint_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work prop_cats_t = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance prop_keys_t = {}; -- for adding classes to the citation's <cite> tag }; --[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- ]] local cfg; -- table of tables imported from selected Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration --[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------ Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string. ]] local function is_set (var) return not (var == nil or var == ''); end --[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >-------------------------------------------------------------- Whether needle is in haystack ]] local function in_array (needle, haystack) if needle == nil then return false; end for n, v in ipairs (haystack) do if v == needle then return n; end end return false; end --[[--------------------------< H A S _ A C C E P T _ A S _ W R I T T E N >------------------------------------ When <str> is wholly wrapped in accept-as-written markup, return <str> without markup and true; return <str> and false else with allow_empty = false, <str> must have at least one character inside the markup with allow_empty = true, <str> the markup frame can be empty like (()) to distinguish an empty template parameter from the specific condition "has no applicable value" in citation-context. After further evaluation the two cases might be merged at a later stage, but should be kept separated for now. ]] local function has_accept_as_written (str, allow_empty) if not is_set (str) then return str, false; end local count; if true == allow_empty then str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$', '%1'); -- allows (()) to be an empty set else str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); end return str, 0 ~= count; end --[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >---------------------------------------------------------- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table. <args> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function substitute (msg, args) return args and mw.message.newRawMessage (msg, args):plain() or msg; end --[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >---------------------------------------------------- Wraps error messages with CSS markup according to the state of hidden. <content> may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings. ]] local function error_comment (content, hidden) return substitute (hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content); end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list ]] local function hyphen_to_dash (str) if not is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- boolean str = str:gsub ("(%(%(.-%)%))", function(m) return m:gsub(",", "，"):gsub(";", "；") end) -- replace commas and semicolons in accept-as-written markup with similar unicode characters so they'll be ignored during the split str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); else return temp_str:gsub("，", ","):gsub("；", ";"); -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[=[-------------------------< M A K E _ W I K I L I N K >---------------------------------------------------- Makes a wikilink; when both link and display text is provided, returns a wikilink in the form [[L|D]]; if only link is provided (or link and display are the same), returns a wikilink in the form [[L]]; if neither are provided or link is omitted, returns an empty string. ]=] local function make_wikilink (link, display) if not is_set (link) then return '' end if is_set (display) and link ~= display then return table.concat ({'[[', link, '|', display, ']]'}); else return table.concat ({'[[', link, ']]'}); end end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ M E S S A G E >---------------------------------------------------------- Sets an error message using the ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table along with arguments supplied in the function call, inserts the resulting message in z.error_msgs_t{} sequence table, and returns the error message. <error_id> – key value for appropriate error handler in ~/Configuration error_conditions{} table <arguments> – may be a single string or a sequence table of multiple strings to be subsititued into error_conditions[error_id].message <raw> – boolean true – causes this function to return the error message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; returns error_conditions[error_id].hidden as a second return value does not add message to z.error_msgs_t sequence table false, nil – adds message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag to z.error_msgs_t returns the error message wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag; there is no second return value <prefix> – string to be prepended to <message> -- TODO: remove support for these unused(?) arguments? <suffix> – string to be appended to <message> TODO: change z.error_cats_t and z.maint_cats_t to have the form cat_name = true? this to avoid dups without having to have an extra table ]] local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maint_cats_t; TODO: figure out how to delete this table local function set_message (error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix) local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[error_id]; prefix = prefix or ''; suffix = suffix or ''; if error_state == nil then error (cfg.messages['undefined_error'] .. ': ' .. error_id); -- because missing error handler in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration elseif is_set (error_state.category) then if error_state.message then -- when error_state.message defined, this is an error message table.insert (z.error_cats_t, error_state.category); else if not added_maint_cats[error_id] then added_maint_cats[error_id] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (error_state.category, arguments)); -- make cat name then add to table end return; -- because no message, nothing more to do end end local message = substitute (error_state.message, arguments); message = table.concat ( { message, ' (', make_wikilink ( table.concat ( { cfg.messages['help page link'], '#', error_state.anchor }), cfg.messages['help page label']), ')' }); z.error_ids_t[error_id] = true; if z.error_ids_t['err_citation_missing_title'] and -- if missing-title error already noted in_array (error_id, {'err_bare_url_missing_title', 'err_trans_missing_title'}) then -- and this error is one of these return '', false; -- don't bother because one flavor of missing title is sufficient end message = table.concat ({prefix, message, suffix}); if true == raw then return message, error_state.hidden; -- return message not wrapped in visible-error, hidden-error span tag end message = error_comment (message, error_state.hidden); -- wrap message in visible-error, hidden-error span tag table.insert (z.error_msgs_t, message); -- add it to the messages sequence table return message; -- and done; return value generally not used but is used as a flag in various functions of ~/Identifiers end --[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >----------------------------------------------------- This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list provided by the template. Input: args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one enumerated – true/false flag used to choose how enumerated aliases are examined value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected Returns: value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected ]] local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list) if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters? alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index else alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists end if is_set (args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases local skip; for _, v in ipairs (error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias if v == alias then skip = true; break; -- has been added so stop looking end end if not skip then -- has not been added so table.insert (error_list, alias); -- add error alias to the error list end else value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one selected = alias; end end return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------ Adds a category to z.maint_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maint_cats_t. ]] local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments) if not added_maint_cats [key] then added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.maint_cats_t, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table end end --[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- Adds a category to z.prop_cats_t using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above ]] local added_prop_cats = {}; -- list of property categories that have been added to z.prop_cats_t local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments, key_modifier) local key_modified = key .. ((key_modifier and key_modifier) or ''); -- modify <key> with <key_modifier> if present and not nil if not added_prop_cats [key_modified] then added_prop_cats [key_modified] = true; -- note that we've added this category table.insert (z.prop_cats_t, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table table.insert (z.prop_keys_t, 'cs1-prop-' .. key); -- convert key to class for use in the citation's <cite> tag end end --[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >---------------------------------------------- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... '' Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]] local function safe_for_italics (str) if not is_set (str) then return str end if str:sub (1, 1) == "'" then str = "<span></span>" .. str; end if str:sub (-1, -1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span></span>"; end return str:gsub ('\n', ' '); -- Remove newlines as they break italics. end --[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >---------------------------------------------------------- Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg(). ]] local function wrap_style (key, str) if not is_set (str) then return ""; elseif in_array (key, {'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title'}) then str = safe_for_italics (str); end return substitute (cfg.presentation[key], {str}); end --[[--------------------------< M A K E _ S E P _ L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ make a separated list of items using provided separators. <sep_list> - typically '<comma><space>' <sep_list_pair> - typically '<space>and<space>' <sep_list_end> - typically '<comma><space>and<space>' or '<comma><space>&<space>' defaults to cfg.presentation['sep_list'], cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'], and cfg.presentation['sep_list_end'] if <sep_list_end> is specified, <sep_list> and <sep_list_pair> must also be supplied ]] local function make_sep_list (count, list_seq, sep_list, sep_list_pair, sep_list_end) local list = ''; if not sep_list then -- set the defaults sep_list = cfg.presentation['sep_list']; sep_list_pair = cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair']; sep_list_end = cfg.presentation['sep_list_end']; end if 2 >= count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list_pair); -- insert separator between two items; returns list_seq[1] then only one item elseif 2 < count then list = table.concat (list_seq, sep_list, 1, count - 1); -- concatenate all but last item with plain list separator list = table.concat ({list, list_seq[count]}, sep_list_end); -- concatenate last item onto end of <list> with final separator end return list; end --[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >---------------------------------------------------------- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider. The list of parameters to consider is just names. For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'. Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities. Generates an error if more than one match is present. ]] local function select_one (args, aliases_list, error_condition, index) local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen local error_list = {}; if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end for _, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do -- for each alias in the aliases list if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias end value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias else value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- test for non-enumerated alias end end if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names() for i, v in ipairs (error_list) do error_list[i] = wrap_style ('parameter', v); end table.insert (error_list, wrap_style ('parameter', selected)); set_message (error_condition, {make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); end return value, selected; end --[=[-------------------------< R E M O V E _ W I K I _ L I N K >---------------------------------------------- Gets the display text from a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B The str:gsub() returns either A|B froma [[A|B]] or B from [[B]] or B from B (no wikilink markup). In l(), l:gsub() removes the link and pipe (if they exist); the second :gsub() trims whitespace from the label if str was wrapped in wikilink markup. Presumably, this is because without wikimarkup in str, there is no match in the initial gsub, the replacement function l() doesn't get called. ]=] local function remove_wiki_link (str) return (str:gsub ("%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l) return l:gsub ("^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub ("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1"); end)); end --[=[-------------------------< I S _ W I K I L I N K >-------------------------------------------------------- Determines if str is a wikilink, extracts, and returns the wikilink type, link text, and display text parts. If str is a complex wikilink ([[L|D]]): returns wl_type 2 and D and L from [[L|D]]; if str is a simple wikilink ([[D]]) returns wl_type 1 and D from [[D]] and L as empty string; if not a wikilink: returns wl_type 0, str as D, and L as empty string. trims leading and trailing whitespace and pipes from L and D ([[L|]] and [[|D]] are accepted by MediaWiki and treated like [[D]]; while [[|D|]] is not accepted by MediaWiki, here, we accept it and return D without the pipes). ]=] local function is_wikilink (str) local D, L local wl_type = 2; -- assume that str is a complex wikilink [[L|D]] if not str:match ('^%[%[[^%]]+%]%]$') then -- is str some sort of a wikilink (must have some sort of content) return 0, str, ''; -- not a wikilink; return wl_type as 0, str as D, and empty string as L end L, D = str:match ('^%[%[([^|]+)|([^%]]+)%]%]$'); -- get L and D from [[L|D]] if not is_set (D) then -- if no separate display D = str:match ('^%[%[([^%]]*)|*%]%]$'); -- get D from [[D]] or [[D|]] wl_type = 1; end D = mw.text.trim (D, '%s|'); -- trim white space and pipe characters return wl_type, D, L or ''; end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >-------------------------------- Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata. This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind. Returns the argument without wiki markup and a number; the number is more-or-less meaningless except as a flag to indicate that markup was replaced; do not rely on it as an indicator of how many of any kind of markup was removed; returns the argument and nil when no markup removed ]] local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument) if not is_set (argument) then return argument, nil; -- no argument, nothing to do end if nil == argument:find ( "''", 1, true ) then -- Is there at least one double apostrophe? If not, exit. return argument, nil; end local flag; while true do if argument:find ("'''''", 1, true) then -- bold italic (5) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it elseif argument:find ("''''", 1, true) then -- italic start and end without content (4) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("'''", 1, true) then -- bold (3) argument, flag=argument:gsub ("%'%'%'", ""); elseif argument:find ("''", 1, true) then -- italic (2) argument, flag = argument:gsub ("%'%'", ""); else break; end end return argument, flag; -- done end --[[--------------------------< S E T _ S E L E C T E D _ M O D U L E S >-------------------------------------- Sets local cfg table to same (live or sandbox) as that used by the other modules. ]] local function set_selected_modules (cfg_table_ptr) cfg = cfg_table_ptr; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { add_maint_cat = add_maint_cat, -- exported functions add_prop_cat = add_prop_cat, error_comment = error_comment, has_accept_as_written = has_accept_as_written, hyphen_to_dash = hyphen_to_dash, in_array = in_array, is_set = is_set, is_wikilink = is_wikilink, make_sep_list = make_sep_list, make_wikilink = make_wikilink, remove_wiki_link = remove_wiki_link, safe_for_italics = safe_for_italics, select_one = select_one, set_message = set_message, set_selected_modules = set_selected_modules, strip_apostrophe_markup = strip_apostrophe_markup, substitute = substitute, wrap_style = wrap_style, z = z, -- exported table } kk801mqzkv4xrvmuck62gy23fyu6dl0 828 39013723 1067249016 1025068254 2022-01-22T14:11:22Z Trappist the monk 10289486 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------------------------- Because a steady-state signal conveys no useful information, whitelist.basic_arguments[] list items can have three values: true - these parameters are valid and supported parameters false - these parameters are deprecated but still supported tracked - these parameters are valid and supported parameters tracked in an eponymous properties category nil - these parameters are no longer supported. remove entirely ]] local basic_arguments = { ['accessdate'] = true, ['access-date'] = true, ['agency'] = true, ['archivedate'] = true, ['archive-date'] = true, ['archive-format'] = true, ['archiveurl'] = true, ['archive-url'] = true, ['article'] = true, ['article-format'] = true, ['article-url'] = true, ['article-url-access'] = true, ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['asin'] = true, ['ASIN'] = true, ['asin-tld'] = true, ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['bibcode'] = true, ['bibcode-access'] = true, ['biorxiv'] = true, -- cite biorxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['chapter'] = true, ['chapter-format'] = true, ['chapter-url'] = true, ['chapter-url-access'] = true, ['citeseerx'] = true, -- cite citeseerx; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['collaboration'] = true, ['contribution'] = true, ['contribution-format'] = true, ['contribution-url'] = true, ['contribution-url-access'] = true, ['contributor'] = true, ['contributor-first'] = true, ['contributor-given'] = true, ['contributor-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['department'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['dictionary'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['display-contributors'] = true, ['display-editors'] = true, ['display-interviewers'] = true, ['display-subjects'] = true, ['display-translators'] = true, ['doi'] = true, ['DOI'] = true, ['doi-access'] = true, ['doi-broken-date'] = true, ['edition'] = true, ['editor'] = true, ['editor-first'] = true, ['editor-given'] = true, ['editor-last'] = true, ['editor-surname'] = true, ['editor-link'] = true, ['editor-mask'] = true, ['eissn'] = true, ['EISSN'] = true, ['encyclopaedia'] = true, ['encyclopedia'] = true, ['entry'] = true, ['entry-format'] = true, ['entry-url'] = true, ['entry-url-access'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv; here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['first'] = true, ['format'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['hdl'] = true, ['HDL'] = true, ['hdl-access'] = true, ['host'] = true, -- unique to certain templates? ['id'] = true, ['ID'] = true, ['institution'] = true, -- constrain to cite thesis? ['interviewer'] = true, ['interviewer-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask'] = true, ['isbn'] = true, ['ISBN'] = true, ['ismn'] = true, ['ISMN'] = true, ['issn'] = true, ['ISSN'] = true, ['issue'] = true, ['jfm'] = true, ['JFM'] = true, ['journal'] = true, ['jstor'] = true, ['JSTOR'] = true, ['jstor-access'] = true, ['lang'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['lay-date'] = false, ['lay-format'] = false, ['lay-source'] = false, ['lay-url'] = false, ['lccn'] = true, ['LCCN'] = true, ['location'] = true, ['magazine'] = true, ['medium'] = true, ['minutes'] = true, -- constrain to cite AV media and podcast? ['mode'] = true, ['mr'] = true, ['MR'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['newspaper'] = true, ['no-pp'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['number'] = true, ['oclc'] = true, ['OCLC'] = true, ['ol'] = true, ['OL'] = true, ['ol-access'] = true, ['orig-date'] = true, ['origyear'] = true, ['orig-year'] = true, ['osti'] = true, ['OSTI'] = true, ['osti-access'] = true, ['others'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['people'] = true, ['periodical'] = true, ['place'] = true, ['pmc'] = true, ['PMC'] = true, ['pmc-embargo-date'] = true, ['pmid'] = true, ['PMID'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['publication-date'] = true, ['publication-place'] = true, ['publisher'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['quote-page'] = true, ['quote-pages'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['rfc'] = true, ['RFC'] = true, ['sbn'] = true, ['SBN'] = true, ['scale'] = true, ['script-article'] = true, ['script-chapter'] = true, ['script-contribution'] = true, ['script-entry'] = true, ['script-journal'] = true, ['script-magazine'] = true, ['script-newspaper'] = true, ['script-periodical'] = true, ['script-quote'] = true, ['script-section'] = true, ['script-title'] = true, ['script-website'] = true, ['script-work'] = true, ['section'] = true, ['section-format'] = true, ['section-url'] = true, ['section-url-access'] = true, ['series'] = true, ['ssrn'] = true, -- cite ssrn; these three here because allowed in cite ... as identifier ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, ['subject'] = true, ['subject-link'] = true, ['subject-mask'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['s2cid'] = true, ['S2CID'] = true, ['s2cid-access'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['time'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['time-caption'] = true, -- constrain to cite av media and podcast? ['title'] = true, ['title-link'] = true, ['translator'] = true, ['translator-first'] = true, ['translator-given'] = true, ['translator-last'] = true, ['translator-surname'] = true, ['translator-link'] = true, ['translator-mask'] = true, ['trans-article'] = true, ['trans-chapter'] = true, ['trans-contribution'] = true, ['trans-entry'] = true, ['trans-journal'] = true, ['trans-magazine'] = true, ['trans-newspaper'] = true, ['trans-periodical'] = true, ['trans-quote'] = true, ['trans-section'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['trans-website'] = true, ['trans-work'] = true, ['type'] = true, ['url'] = true, ['URL'] = true, ['url-access'] = true, ['url-status'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['veditors'] = true, ['version'] = true, ['via'] = true, ['volume'] = true, ['website'] = true, ['work'] = true, ['year'] = true, ['zbl'] = true, ['ZBL'] = true, } local numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['contributor#'] = true, ['contributor-first#'] = true, ['contributor#-first'] = true, ['contributor-given#'] = true, ['contributor#-given'] = true, ['contributor-last#'] = true, ['contributor#-last'] = true, ['contributor-surname#'] = true, ['contributor#-surname'] = true, ['contributor-link#'] = true, ['contributor#-link'] = true, ['contributor-mask#'] = true, ['contributor#-mask'] = true, ['editor#'] = true, ['editor-first#'] = true, ['editor#-first'] = true, ['editor-given#'] = true, ['editor#-given'] = true, ['editor-last#'] = true, ['editor#-last'] = true, ['editor-surname#'] = true, ['editor#-surname'] = true, ['editor-link#'] = true, ['editor#-link'] = true, ['editor-mask#'] = true, ['editor#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['host#'] = true, ['interviewer#'] = true, ['interviewer-first#'] = true, ['interviewer#-first'] = true, ['interviewer-given#'] = true, ['interviewer#-given'] = true, ['interviewer-last#'] = true, ['interviewer#-last'] = true, ['interviewer-surname#'] = true, ['interviewer#-surname'] = true, ['interviewer-link#'] = true, ['interviewer#-link'] = true, ['interviewer-mask#'] = true, ['interviewer#-mask'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['subject#'] = true, ['subject-link#'] = true, ['subject#-link'] = true, ['subject-mask#'] = true, ['subject#-mask'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, ['translator#'] = true, ['translator-first#'] = true, ['translator#-first'] = true, ['translator-given#'] = true, ['translator#-given'] = true, ['translator-last#'] = true, ['translator#-last'] = true, ['translator-surname#'] = true, ['translator#-surname'] = true, ['translator-link#'] = true, ['translator#-link'] = true, ['translator-mask#'] = true, ['translator#-mask'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< P R E P R I N T S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >-------------------- Cite arXiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn are preprint templates that use the limited set of parameters defined in the limited_basic_arguments and limited_numbered_arguments tables. Those lists are supplemented with a template-specific list of parameters that are required by the particular template and may be exclusive to one of the preprint templates. Some of these parameters may also be available to the general cs1|2 templates. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local preprint_arguments = { arxiv = { ['arxiv'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers ['class'] = true, ['eprint'] = true, -- cite arxiv and arxiv identifiers }, biorxiv = { ['biorxiv'] = true, }, citeseerx = { ['citeseerx'] = true, }, ssrn = { ['ssrn'] = true, ['SSRN'] = true, ['ssrn-access'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< L I M I T E D S U P P O R T E D P A R A M E T E R S >---------------------- cite arxiv, cite biorxiv, cite citeseerx, and cite ssrn templates are preprint templates so are allowed only a limited subset of parameters allowed to all other cs1|2 templates. The limited subset is defined here. Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local limited_basic_arguments = { ['at'] = true, ['author'] = true, ['author-first'] = true, ['author-given'] = true, ['author-last'] = true, ['author-surname'] = true, ['author-link'] = true, ['authorlink'] = true, ['author-mask'] = true, ['authors'] = true, ['collaboration'] = true, ['date'] = true, ['df'] = true, ['display-authors'] = true, ['first'] = true, ['given'] = true, ['language'] = true, ['last'] = true, ['mode'] = true, ['name-list-style'] = true, ['no-tracking'] = true, ['p'] = true, ['page'] = true, ['pages'] = true, ['postscript'] = true, ['pp'] = true, ['quotation'] = true, ['quote'] = true, ['ref'] = true, ['surname'] = true, ['template-doc-demo'] = true, ['title'] = true, ['trans-title'] = true, ['vauthors'] = true, ['year'] = true, } local limited_numbered_arguments = { ['author#'] = true, ['author-first#'] = true, ['author#-first'] = true, ['author-given#'] = true, ['author#-given'] = true, ['author-last#'] = true, ['author#-last'] = true, ['author-surname#'] = true, ['author#-surname'] = true, ['author-link#'] = true, ['author#-link'] = true, ['authorlink#'] = true, ['author#link'] = true, ['author-mask#'] = true, ['author#-mask'] = true, ['first#'] = true, ['given#'] = true, ['last#'] = true, ['surname#'] = true, } --[[--------------------------< U N I Q U E _ A R G U M E N T S >---------------------------------------------- Some templates have unique parameters. Those templates and their unique parameters are listed here. Keys in this table are the template's CitationClass parameter value Same conventions for true/false/tracked/nil as above. ]] local unique_arguments = { ['audio-visual'] = { ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, conference = { ['book-title'] = true, ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, episode = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['season'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['series-no'] = true, ['series-number'] = true, ['station'] = true, ['transcript'] = true, ['transcript-format'] = true, ['transcripturl'] = false, ['transcript-url'] = true, }, mailinglist = { ['mailing-list'] = true, }, map = { ['cartography'] = true, ['inset'] = true, ['map'] = true, ['map-format'] = true, ['map-url'] = true, ['map-url-access'] = true, ['script-map'] = true, ['sections'] = true, ['sheet'] = true, ['sheets'] = true, ['trans-map'] = true, }, newsgroup = { ['message-id'] = true, ['newsgroup'] = true, }, report = { ['docket'] = true, }, serial = { ['airdate'] = true, ['air-date'] = true, ['credits'] = true, ['episode'] = true, -- cite serial only TODO: make available to cite episode? ['episode-link'] = true, -- alias of |title-link= ['network'] = true, ['series-link'] = true, ['station'] = true, }, speech = { ['conference'] = true, ['conference-format'] = true, ['conference-url'] = true, ['event'] = true, }, thesis = { ['degree'] = true, ['docket'] = true, }, } --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- gets a list of the templates from table t ]] local function template_list_get (t) local out = {}; -- a table for output for k, _ in pairs (t) do -- spin through the table and collect the keys table.insert (out, k) -- add each key to the output table end return out; -- and done end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { basic_arguments = basic_arguments, numbered_arguments = numbered_arguments, limited_basic_arguments = limited_basic_arguments, limited_numbered_arguments = limited_numbered_arguments, preprint_arguments = preprint_arguments, preprint_template_list = template_list_get (preprint_arguments), -- make a template list from preprint_arguments{} table unique_arguments = unique_arguments, unique_param_template_list = template_list_get (unique_arguments), -- make a template list from unique_arguments{} table }; c31769ha0b0k636k736zgv3no6leh8l 828 57940169 1067248974 999302996 2022-01-22T14:11:09Z Trappist the monk 10289486 update per [[Wikipedia:Village_pump_(proposals)#rfc:_shall_we_update_cs1/2?|RfC]]; sanitized-css text/css /* Protection icon the following line controls the page-protection icon in the upper right corner it must remain within this comment {{sandbox other||{{pp-template}}}} */ /* Overrides Some wikis do not override user agent default styles for HTML <cite> and <q>, unlike en.wp. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[MediaWiki:Common.css]]. The word-wrap and :target styles were moved here from Common.css. On en.wp, keep these the same as [[Template:Citation/styles.css]]. */ cite.citation { font-style: inherit; /* Remove italics for <cite> */ /* Break long urls, etc., rather than overflowing box */ word-wrap: break-word; } .citation q { quotes: '"' '"' "'" "'"; /* Straight quote marks for <q> */ } /* Highlight linked elements (such as clicked references) in blue */ .citation:target { /* ignore the linter - all browsers of interest implement this */ background-color: rgba(0, 127, 255, 0.133); } /* ID and URL access Both core and Common.css have selector .mw-parser-output a[href$=".pdf"].external for PDF pages. All TemplateStyles pages are hoisted to .mw-parser-output. We need to have specificity equal to a[href$=".pdf"].external for locks to override PDF icon. That's essentially 2 classes and 1 element. the .id-lock-... selectors are for use by non-citation templates like {{Catalog lookup link}} which do not have to handle PDF links */ .id-lock-free a, .citation .cs1-lock-free a { background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/6/65/Lock-green.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-limited a, .id-lock-registration a, .citation .cs1-lock-limited a, .citation .cs1-lock-registration a { background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/d/d6/Lock-gray-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } .id-lock-subscription a, .citation .cs1-lock-subscription a { background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/a/aa/Lock-red-alt-2.svg) right 0.1em center/9px no-repeat; } /* Wikisource Wikisource icon when |chapter= or |title= is wikilinked to Wikisource as in cite wikisource */ .cs1-ws-icon a { background: linear-gradient(transparent, transparent), url(//upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/4/4c/Wikisource-logo.svg) right 0.1em center/12px no-repeat; } /* Errors and maintenance */ .cs1-code { /* <code>...</code> style override: mediawiki's css definition is specified here: https://git.wikimedia.org/blob/mediawiki%2Fcore.git/ 69cd73811f7aadd093050dbf20ed70ef0b42a713/skins%2Fcommon%2FcommonElements.css#L199 */ color: inherit; background: inherit; border: none; padding: inherit; } .cs1-hidden-error { display: none; color: #d33; } .cs1-visible-error { color: #d33; } .cs1-maint { display: none; color: #3a3; margin-left: 0.3em; } /* Small text size Set small text size in one place. 0.95 (here) * 0.9 (from references list) is ~0.85, which is the lower bound for size for accessibility. Old styling for this was just 0.85. We could write the rule so that when this template is inside references/reflist, only then does it multiply by 0.95; else multiply by 0.85 */ .cs1-format { font-size: 95%; } /* kerning */ .cs1-kern-left { padding-left: 0.2em; } .cs1-kern-right { padding-right: 0.2em; } /* selflinks – avoid bold font style when cs1|2 template links to the current page */ .citation .mw-selflink { font-weight: inherit; } 05swlrxxaulwkgtbbdmtf5atrgfwmuz 828 38999128 1047355927 1045115757 2021-09-30T12:36:18Z Gonnym 14984434 synced from sandbox: consistent spacing; cleaner code - if not (x == y) -> if x ~= y, etc; fix for question mark - can now delink [[What If...?]] style titles. Scribunto text/plain -- This module de-links most wikitext. require("Module:No globals") local p = {} local getArgs local function delinkReversePipeTrick(s) if s:match("^%[%[|.*[|\n]") then -- Check for newlines or multiple pipes. return s end return s:match("%[%[|(.*)%]%]") end local function delinkPipeTrick(s) -- We need to deal with colons, brackets, and commas, per [[Help:Pipe trick]]. -- First, remove the text before the first colon, if any. if s:match(":") then s = s:match("%[%[.-:(.*)|%]%]") -- If there are no colons, grab all of the text apart from the square brackets and the pipe. else s = s:match("%[%[(.*)|%]%]") end -- Next up, brackets and commas. if s:match("%(.-%)$") then -- Brackets trump commas. s = s:match("(.-) ?%(.-%)$") elseif s:match(",") then -- If there are no brackets, display only the text before the first comma. s = s:match("(.-),.*$") end return s end -- Return wikilink target |wikilinks=target local function getDelinkedTarget(s) local result = s -- Deal with the reverse pipe trick. if result:match("%[%[|") then return delinkReversePipeTrick(result) end result = mw.uri.decode(result, "PATH") -- decode percent-encoded entities. Leave underscores and plus signs. result = mw.text.decode(result, true) -- decode HTML entities. -- Check for bad titles. To do this we need to find the -- title area of the link, i.e. the part before any pipes. local target_area if result:match("|") then -- Find if we're dealing with a piped link. target_area = result:match("^%[%[(.-)|.*%]%]") else target_area = result:match("^%[%[(.-)%]%]") end -- Check for bad characters. if mw.ustring.match(target_area, "[%[%]<>{}%%%c\n]") and mw.ustring.match(target_area, "[%[%]<>{}%%%c\n]") ~= "?" then return s end return target_area end local function getDelinkedLabel(s) local result = s -- Deal with the reverse pipe trick. if result:match("%[%[|") then return delinkReversePipeTrick(result) end result = mw.uri.decode(result, "PATH") -- decode percent-encoded entities. Leave underscores and plus signs. result = mw.text.decode(result, true) -- decode HTML entities. -- Check for bad titles. To do this we need to find the -- title area of the link, i.e. the part before any pipes. local target_area if result:match("|") then -- Find if we're dealing with a piped link. target_area = result:match("^%[%[(.-)|.*%]%]") else target_area = result:match("^%[%[(.-)%]%]") end -- Check for bad characters. if mw.ustring.match(target_area, "[%[%]<>{}%%%c\n]") and mw.ustring.match(target_area, "[%[%]<>{}%%%c\n]") ~= "?" then return s end -- Check for categories, interwikis, and files. local colon_prefix = result:match("%[%[(.-):.*%]%]") or "" -- Get the text before the first colon. local ns = mw.site.namespaces[colon_prefix] -- see if this is a known namespace if mw.language.isKnownLanguageTag(colon_prefix) or (ns and (ns.canonicalName == "File" or ns.canonicalName == "Category")) then return "" end -- Remove the colon if the link is using the [[Help:Colon trick]]. if result:match("%[%[:") then result = "[[" .. result:match("%[%[:(.*%]%])") end -- Deal with links using the [[Help:Pipe trick]]. if mw.ustring.match(result, "^%[%[[^|]*|%]%]") then return delinkPipeTrick(result) end -- Find the display area of the wikilink if result:match("|") then -- Find if we're dealing with a piped link. result = result:match("^%[%[.-|(.+)%]%]") -- Remove new lines from the display of multiline piped links, -- where the pipe is before the first new line. result = result:gsub("\n", "") else result = result:match("^%[%[(.-)%]%]") end return result end local function delinkURL(s) -- Assume we have already delinked internal wikilinks, and that -- we have been passed some text between two square brackets [foo]. -- If the text contains a line break it is not formatted as a URL, regardless of other content. if s:match("\n") then return s end -- Check if the text has a valid URL prefix and at least one valid URL character. local valid_url_prefixes = {"//", "http://", "https://", "ftp://", "gopher://", "mailto:", "news:", "irc://"} local url_prefix for _ ,v in ipairs(valid_url_prefixes) do if mw.ustring.match(s, '^%[' .. v ..'[^"%s].*%]' ) then url_prefix = v break end end -- Get display text if not url_prefix then return s end s = s:match("^%[" .. url_prefix .. "(.*)%]") -- Grab all of the text after the URL prefix and before the final square bracket. s = s:match('^.-(["<> ].*)') or "" -- Grab all of the text after the first URL separator character ("<> ). s = mw.ustring.match(s, "^%s*(%S.*)$") or "" -- If the separating character was a space, trim it off. local s_decoded = mw.text.decode(s, true) if mw.ustring.match(s_decoded, "%c") then return s end return s_decoded end local function delinkLinkClass(text, pattern, delinkFunction) if type(text) ~= "string" then error("Attempt to de-link non-string input.", 2) end if type(pattern) ~= "string" or mw.ustring.sub(pattern, 1, 1) ~= "^" then error('Invalid pattern detected. Patterns must begin with "^".', 2) end -- Iterate over the text string, and replace any matched text. using the -- delink function. We need to iterate character by character rather -- than just use gsub, otherwise nested links aren't detected properly. local result = "" while text ~= "" do -- Replace text using one iteration of gsub. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, pattern, delinkFunction, 1) -- Append the left-most character to the result string. result = result .. mw.ustring.sub(text, 1, 1) text = mw.ustring.sub(text, 2, -1) end return result end function p._delink(args) local text = args[1] or "" if args.refs == "yes" then -- Remove any [[Help:Strip markers]] representing ref tags. In most situations -- this is not a good idea - only use it if you know what you are doing! text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, "UNIQ%w*%-ref%-%d*%-QINU", "") end if args.comments ~= "no" then text = text:gsub("<!%-%-.-%-%->", "") -- Remove html comments. end if args.wikilinks ~= "no" and args.wikilinks ~= "target" then -- De-link wikilinks and return the label portion of the wikilink. text = delinkLinkClass(text, "^%[%[.-%]%]", getDelinkedLabel) elseif args.wikilinks == "target" then -- De-link wikilinks and return the target portions of the wikilink. text = delinkLinkClass(text, "^%[%[.-%]%]", getDelinkedTarget) end if args.urls ~= "no" then text = delinkLinkClass(text, "^%[.-%]", delinkURL) -- De-link URLs. end if args.whitespace ~= "no" then -- Replace single new lines with a single space, but leave double new lines -- and new lines only containing spaces or tabs before a second new line. text = mw.ustring.gsub(text, "([^\n \t][ \t]*)\n([ \t]*[^\n \t])", "%1 %2") text = text:gsub("[ \t]+", " ") -- Remove extra tabs and spaces. end return text end function p.delink(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end return p._delink(getArgs(frame, {wrappers = 'Template:Delink'})) end return p 951n1j8ju9158tl4ivrmhzgbja8loo1 828 51464265 1076968612 915181788 2022-03-13T22:49:52Z Johnuniq 6036800 update from [[Module:EditAtWikidata/sandbox]] per talk: tweaks + greatly reduce memory usage + class=noprint Scribunto text/plain -- Module to display an icon with a tooltip such as "Edit this at Wikidata". -- Icon is linked to the Wikidata entry for the article where this is placed. -- This message is only displayed if a local_parameter is not supplied -- i.e. when called from a template, it can be coded not to display the message. -- The qid of a Wikidata entry can optionally be supplied for testing outside the article. -- Usage: -- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|local_parameter}} -- {{#invoke:EditAtWikidata|showMessage|qid=<ArticleID>|local_parameter}} local p = {} local i18n = { ["message"] = "Edit this at Wikidata" } local function trimToNil(text) -- Return trimmed non-empty text, or nil. if type(text) == 'string' then return text:match('(%S.-)%s*$') end end function p._showMessage(args) local local_parm = trimToNil(args[1]) if local_parm then return "" end -- Parameter qid=x specifies the Wikidata ID for the article. -- This is not normally used except for testing outside the article. local qid = trimToNil(args.qid) or mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForCurrentPage() if qid and mw.wikibase.entityExists(qid) then -- Parameter pid=x uses x as an anchor in the link to the Wikidata entry. local anchor = trimToNil(args.pid) -- Parameter nbsp replaces the leading space with &nbsp; local space = trimToNil(args.nbsp) and "&nbsp;" or " " return space .. "[[File:OOjs UI icon edit-ltr-progressive.svg|frameless|text-top|10px" .. "|alt=" .. i18n.message .. "|link=https://www.wikidata.org/wiki/" .. qid .. (anchor and ("#" .. anchor) or "") .. "|class=noprint" .. "|" .. i18n.message .. "]]" end return "" end function p.showMessage(frame) return p._showMessage(frame.args) end return p hod1hfo0n331jsuhscew67pebepcmju 828 38948927 750709040 636708920 2016-11-21T11:11:11Z Materialscientist 7852030 Changed protection level for "[[Module:Error]]": [[WP:High-risk templates|Highly visible template]] ([Edit=Require template editor access] (indefinite) [Move=Require template editor access] (indefinite)) Scribunto text/plain -- This module implements {{error}}. local p = {} local function _error(args) local tag = mw.ustring.lower(tostring(args.tag)) -- Work out what html tag we should use. if not (tag == 'p' or tag == 'span' or tag == 'div') then tag = 'strong' end -- Generate the html. return tostring(mw.html.create(tag) :addClass('error') :wikitext(tostring(args.message or args[1] or error('no message specified', 2))) ) end function p.error(frame) local args if type(frame.args) == 'table' then -- We're being called via #invoke. The args are passed through to the module -- from the template page, so use the args that were passed into the template. args = frame.args else -- We're being called from another module or from the debug console, so assume -- the args are passed in directly. args = frame end -- if the message parameter is present but blank, change it to nil so that Lua will -- consider it false. if args.message == "" then args.message = nil end return _error(args) end return p swpvwjcdmj2mkkmx9f7rbsdrfsnmirh 828 38969239 1044276984 1044096092 2021-09-14T12:03:42Z Trappist the monk 10289486 Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals'); local getArgs = require ('Module:Arguments').getArgs; --[[--------------------------< A R G S _ D E F A U L T >------------------------------------------------------ a table to specify initial values. ]] local args_default = { bracket_left = '', bracket_right = '', bracket_year_left = '', bracket_year_right = '', postscript = '', page = '', pages = '', location = '', page_sep = ", p.&nbsp;", pages_sep = ", pp.&nbsp;", ref = '', template = 'harv', -- if template name not provided in {{#invoke:}} use this }; --[[--------------------------< T A R G E T _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------------------ look for anchor_id (CITEREF name-list and year or text from |ref=) in anchor_id_list the 'no target' error may be suppressed with |ignore-err=yes when target cannot be found because target is inside a template that wraps another template; 'multiple targets' error may not be suppressed ]] local function target_check (anchor_id, args) local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; local anchor_id_list_module = mw.loadData ('Module:Footnotes/anchor_id_list'); local anchor_id_list = anchor_id_list_module.anchor_id_list; local article_whitelist = anchor_id_list_module.article_whitelist; local template_list = anchor_id_list_module.template_list; local whitelist_module = mw.loadData ('Module:Footnotes/whitelist'); local whitelist = whitelist_module.whitelist; local special_patterns = whitelist_module.special_patterns; local DNB_special_patterns = whitelist_module.DNB_special_patterns; local DNB_template_names = whitelist_module.DNB_template_names; if 10 == namespace then return ''; -- automatic form of |no-tracking=yes; TODO: is this too broad? end local tally = anchor_id_list[anchor_id]; -- nil when anchor_id not in list; else a tally local msg; local category; if not tally then if args.ignore then return ''; -- if ignore is true then no message, no category end if article_whitelist and article_whitelist[anchor_id] then -- if an article-local whitelist and anchor ID is in it return ''; -- done end local wl_anchor_id = anchor_id; -- copy to be modified to index into the whitelist if args.year then -- for anchor IDs created by this template (not in |ref=) that have a date if args.year:match ('%d%l$') or -- use the date value to determine if we should remove the disambiguator args.year:match ('n%.d%.%l$') or args.year:match ('nd%l$') then wl_anchor_id = wl_anchor_id:gsub ('%l$', ''); -- remove the disambiguator end end local t_tbl = whitelist[wl_anchor_id]; -- get list of templates associated with this anchor ID if t_tbl then -- when anchor ID not whitelisted t_tbl is nil for _, t in ipairs (t_tbl) do -- spin through the list of templates associated with this anchor ID if template_list[t] then -- if associated template is found in the list of templates in the article return ''; -- anchor ID is whitlisted and article has matching template so no error end end end for _, pattern in ipairs (special_patterns) do -- spin through the spcial patterns and try to match if anchor_id:match (pattern) then return ''; end end for _, dnb_t in ipairs (DNB_template_names or {}) do -- getting desparate now, are there any DNB templates? DNB_template_names may be nil; empty table prevents script error if template_list[dnb_t] then -- if the article has this DNB template for _, pattern in ipairs (DNB_special_patterns) do -- spin through the DNB-specifiec wildcard patterns if anchor_id:match (pattern) then -- and attempt a match return ''; -- found a match end end end end msg = 'no target: ' .. anchor_id; -- anchor_id not found category = '[[Category:Harv and Sfn no-target errors]]'; elseif 1 < tally then msg = 'multiple targets (' .. tally .. '×): ' .. anchor_id; -- more than one anchor_id in this article category = 0 == namespace and '[[Category:Harv and Sfn multiple-target errors]]' or ''; -- only categorize in article space return '<span class="error harv-error" style="display: inline; font-size:100%"> ' .. args.template .. ' error: ' .. msg .. ' ([[:Category:Harv and Sfn template errors|help]])</span>' .. category; end -- category = 0 == namespace and '[[Category:Harv and Sfn template errors]]' or ''; -- only categorize in article space category = 0 == namespace and category or ''; -- only categorize in article space --use this version to show error messages -- return msg and '<span class="error harv-error" style="display: inline; font-size:100%"> ' .. args.template .. ' error: ' .. msg .. ' ([[:Category:Harv and Sfn template errors|help]])</span>' .. category or ''; --use this version to hide error messages return msg and '<span class="error harv-error" style="display: none; font-size:100%"> ' .. args.template .. ' error: ' .. msg .. ' ([[:Category:Harv and Sfn template errors|help]])</span>' .. category or ''; end --[[--------------------------< I S _ Y E A R >---------------------------------------------------------------- evaluates param to see if it is one of these forms with or without lowercase letter disambiguator: YYYY n.d. nd c. YYYY YYYY–YYYY (separator is endash) YYYY–YY (separator is endash) return true when param has a recognized form; false else ]] local patterns_date= { '^%d%d%d%d?%l?$', '^n%.d%.%l?$', '^nd%l?$', '^c%. %d%d%d%d?%l?$', '^%d%d%d%d–%d%d%d%d%l?$', '^%d%d%d%d–%d%d%l?$', } local function is_year (param, args) args.year = ''; -- used for harv error; for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_date) do if mw.ustring.match (param, pattern) then args.year = param; -- used for harv error; return true; end end end --[[--------------------------< C O R E >---------------------------------------------------------------------- returns an anchor link (CITEREF) formed from one to four author names, year, and insource location (|p=, |pp=, loc=) ]] local function core( args ) local result; local err_msg = '' if args.P5 ~= '' then if is_year (args.P5, args) then result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' et al. ', args.bracket_year_left, args.P5, args.bracket_year_right}); else args.P5 = ''; -- when P5 not a year don't include in anchor result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' et al.'}); -- and don't render it end elseif args.P4 ~= '' then if is_year (args.P4, args) then result = table.concat ({args.P1, ', ', args.P2, ' &amp; ', args.P3, ' ', args.bracket_year_left, args.P4, args.bracket_year_right}); -- three names and a year else result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' et al.'}); -- four names end elseif args.P3 ~= '' then if is_year (args.P3, args) then result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' &amp; ', args.P2, ' ', args.bracket_year_left, args.P3, args.bracket_year_right}); -- two names and a year else result = table.concat ({args.P1, ', ', args.P2, ' ', ' &amp; ', args.P3}); -- three names end elseif args.P2 ~= '' then if is_year (args.P2, args) then result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' ', args.bracket_year_left, args.P2, args.bracket_year_right}); -- one name and year else result = table.concat ({args.P1, ' &amp; ', args.P2}); -- two names end else result = args.P1; -- one name end -- when author-date result ends with a dot (typically when the last positional parameter holds 'n.d.') -- and when no in-source location (no |p=, |pp=, or |loc=) -- and when the first or only character in args.postscript is a dot -- remove the author-date result trailing dot -- the author-date result trailing dot will be replaced later with the content of args.postscript (usually a dot) if ('.' == result:sub(-1)) and ('.' == args.postscript:sub(1)) and ('' == args.page) and ('' == args.pages) and ('' == args.location) then result = result:gsub ('%.$', ''); end if args.ref ~= 'none' then local anchor_id; if args.ref ~= '' then anchor_id = mw.uri.anchorEncode (args.ref); err_msg = target_check (anchor_id, args); result = table.concat ({'[[#', anchor_id, '|', result, ']]'}); else anchor_id = mw.uri.anchorEncode (table.concat ({'CITEREF', args.P1, args.P2, args.P3, args.P4, args.P5})); err_msg = target_check (anchor_id, args); result = table.concat ({'[[#', anchor_id, '|', result, ']]'}); end end if args.page ~= '' then result = table.concat ({result, args.page_sep, args.page}); elseif args.pages ~= ''then result = table.concat ({result, args.pages_sep, args.pages}); end if args.location ~= '' then result = table.concat ({result, ', ', args.location}); end result = table.concat ({args.bracket_left, result, args.bracket_right, args.postscript}):gsub ('%s+', ' '); -- strip redundant spaces return result .. err_msg; end --[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >-------------------------------------------------- Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are returned unmodified. These forms are modified: letter - letter (A - B) digit - digit (4-5) digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5) letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5) digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d) any other forms are returned unmodified. str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list This code copied from Module:Citation/CS1. The only modification is to require Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities so that it has access to the functions is_set() and has_accept_as_written() ]] local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) local utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities'); -- only modification so that this function has access to is_set() and has_accept_as_written() if not utilities.is_set (str) then return str; end local accept; -- Boolean str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character local out = {}; local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter) item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters else item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace end end table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table end local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out if accept then temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value return temp_str; else return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str end end --[[--------------------------< A R G S _ F E T C H >--------------------------------------------------------- Because all of the templates share a common set of parameters, a single common function to fetch those parameters from frame and parent frame. ]] local function args_fetch (frame, ps) local args = args_default; -- create a copy of the default table local pframe = frame:getParent(); -- point to the template's parameter table for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- override defaults with values provided in the #invoke: if any args[k] = v; end args.postscript = pframe.args.postscript or pframe.args.ps or ps; if 'none' == args.postscript then args.postscript = ''; end args.page = pframe.args.p or pframe.args.page or ''; args.pages = pframe.args.pp or pframe.args.pages or ''; args.pages = ('' ~= args.pages) and hyphen_to_dash (args.pages) or ''; args.location = pframe.args.loc or ''; args.ref = pframe.args.ref or pframe.args.Ref or ''; args.ignore = ('yes' == pframe.args['ignore-false-positive']) or ('yes' == pframe.args['ignore-err']); for i, v in ipairs ({'P1', 'P2', 'P3', 'P4', 'P5'}) do -- loop through the five positional parameters and trim if set else empty string args[v] = (pframe.args[i] and mw.text.trim (pframe.args[i])) or ''; end if args.P5 and not is_year (args.P5, args) then local i = 6; -- initialize the indexer to the sixth positional parameter while pframe.args[i] do -- in case there are too many authors loop through the authors looking for a year local v = mw.text.trim (pframe.args[i]); -- trim if is_year (v, args) then -- if a year args.P5 = v; -- overwrite whatever was in args.P5 with year break; -- and abandon the search end i = i + 1; -- bump the indexer end end return args; end --[[--------------------------< H A R V A R D _ C I T A T I O N >---------------------------------------------- common entry point for: {{harvard citation}} aka {{harv}} {{Harvard citation no brackets}} aka {{harvnb}} {{harvcol}} {{harvcolnb}} {{harvcoltxt}} {{Harvard citation text}} aka {{harvtxt}} {{Harvp}} Distinguishing features (brackets and page separators) are specified in this module's {{#invoke}} in the respective templates. ]] local function harvard_citation (frame) local args = args_fetch (frame, ''); -- get the template and invoke parameters; default postscript is empty string return core (args); end --[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ used by sfn() and sfnm(). This function fixes an issue with reference tooltip gadget where the tooltip is not displayed when an insource locator (|p=, |pp=, |loc=) has an external wikilink that contains a # character strip uri-reserved characters from urls in |p=, |pp-, and |loc= parameters The researved characters are: !#$&'()*+,/:;=?@[] ]] local function strip_url (pages) local escaped_uri; if not pages or ('' == pages) then return pages; end for uri in pages:gmatch ('%[(%a[%w%+%.%-]*://%S+)') do -- for each external link get the uri escaped_uri = uri:gsub ("([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ); -- save a copy with lua pattern characters escaped uri = uri:gsub ("[!#%$&'%(%)%*%+,/:;=%?@%[%]%.%%]", ''); -- remove reserved characters and '%' because '%20' (space character) is a lua 'invalid capture index' pages = pages:gsub (escaped_uri, uri, 1); -- replace original uri with the stripped version end return pages; end --[[--------------------------< S F N >------------------------------------------------------------------------ entry point for {{sfn}} and {{sfnp}} ]] local function sfn (frame) local args = args_fetch (frame, '.'); -- get the template and invoke parameters; default postscript is a dot local result = core (args); -- go make a CITEREF anchor -- put it all together and then strip redundant spaces local name = table.concat ({'FOOTNOTE', args.P1, args.P2, args.P3, args.P4, args.P5, strip_url (args.page), strip_url (args.pages), strip_url (args.location)}):gsub ('%s+', ' '); return frame:extensionTag ({name='ref', args={name=name}, content=result}); end --[[--------------------------< S F N M >---------------------------------------------------------------------- common entry point for {{sfnm}} and {{sfnmp}} Distinguishing features (brackets) are specified in this module's {{#invoke}} in the respective templates. ]] local function sfnm (frame) local args = args_default; -- create a copy of the default table local pframe = frame:getParent(); -- point to the template's parameter table local n = 1; -- index of source; this is the 'n' in na1, ny, etc local first_pnum = 1; -- first of a pair of positional parameters local second_pnum = 2; -- second of a pair of positional parameters local last_ps = 0; -- index of the last source with |nps= set local last_index = 0; -- index of the last source; these used to determine which of |ps= or |nps= will terminate the whole rendering local out = {}; -- table to hold rendered sources local footnote = {'FOOTNOTE'}; -- all author, date, insource location stuff becomes part of the reference's footnote id; added as we go for k, v in pairs (frame.args) do -- override defaults with values provided in the #invoke: if any args[k] = v; end while true do if not pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'a1'})] and not pframe.args[first_pnum] then break; -- no na1 or matching positional parameter so done end if pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'a1'})] then -- does this source use named parameters? for _, v in ipairs ({'P1', 'P2', 'P3', 'P4', 'P5'}) do -- initialize for this source args[v] = ''; end for i, v in ipairs ({'P1', 'P2', 'P3', 'P4', 'P5'}) do -- extract author and year parameters for this source args[v] = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'a', i})] or ''; -- attempt to assign author name if '' == args[v] then -- when there wasn't an author name args[v] = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'y'})] or ''; -- attempt to assign year break; -- done with author/date for this source end end else -- this source uses positional parameters args.P1 = mw.text.trim (pframe.args[first_pnum]); -- yes, only one author supported args.P2 = (pframe.args[second_pnum] and mw.text.trim (pframe.args[second_pnum])) or ''; -- when positional author, year must also be positional for _, v in ipairs ({'P3', 'P4', 'P5'}) do -- blank the rest of these for this source args[v] = ''; end first_pnum = first_pnum + 2; -- source must use positional author and positional year second_pnum = first_pnum + 1; -- bump these for possible next positional source end args.postscript = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'ps'})] or ''; if 'none' == args.postscript then -- this for compatibility with other footnote templates; does nothing args.postscript = ''; end args.ref = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'ref'})] or ''; -- alternate reference for this source args.page = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'p'})] or ''; -- insource locations for this source args.pages = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'pp'})] or ''; args.pages = ('' ~= args.pages) and hyphen_to_dash (args.pages) or ''; args.location = pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'loc'})] or ''; args.ignore = ('yes' == pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'ignore-false-positive'})]) or ('yes' == pframe.args[table.concat ({n, 'ignore-err'})]); table.insert (out, core (args)); -- save the rendering of this source for k, v in ipairs ({'P1', 'P2', 'P3', 'P4', 'P5'}) do -- create the FOOTNOTE id if '' ~= args[v] then table.insert (footnote, args[v]); end end for k, v in ipairs ({'page', 'pages', 'location'}) do -- these done separately so that we can strip uri-reserved characters from extlinked page numbers if '' ~= args[v] then table.insert (footnote, strip_url (args[v])) end end last_index = n; -- flags used to select terminal postscript from nps or from end_ps if '' ~= args.postscript then last_ps = n; end n = n+1; -- bump for the next one end local name = table.concat (footnote):gsub ('%s+', ' '); -- put the footnote together and strip redundant space args.end_ps = pframe.args.postscript or pframe.args.ps or '.'; -- this is the postscript for the whole not for the individual sources if 'none' == args.end_ps then -- not an original sfnm parameter value; added for compatibility with other footnote templates args.end_ps = ''; end local result = table.concat ({table.concat (out, '; '), (last_index == last_ps) and '' or args.end_ps}); return frame:extensionTag ({name='ref', args={name=name}, content=result}); end --[[--------------------------< S F N R E F >------------------------------------------------------------------ implements {{sfnref}} ]] local function sfnref (frame) local args = getArgs (frame); local out = {}; for i=1, 5 do -- get the first five args if there are five args if args[i] then out[i] = args[i]; else break; -- less than 5 args break out end end if 5 == #out then -- when we have seen five args there may bemore local i = 6; -- initialize the indexer to the sixth positional parameter while args[i] do -- in case there are too many authors loop through the authors looking for a year if is_year (args[i], args) then -- if a year out[5] = args[i]; -- overwrite whatever was in args[5] with year break; -- and abandon the search end i = i + 1; -- bump the indexer end end return mw.uri.anchorEncode ('CITEREF' .. table.concat (out)); end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------ ]] return { harvard_citation = harvard_citation, sfn = sfn, sfnm = sfnm, sfnref = sfnref, }; 2x57eg4kn4kd2u38h6p4rteov6l4211 828 63248705 1061266347 1061263258 2021-12-20T18:02:30Z Trappist the monk 10289486 Scribunto text/plain require('Module:No globals'); local data = mw.loadData ('Module:Footnotes/anchor id list/data'); local whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Footnotes/whitelist'); local Lang_obj = mw.language.getContentLanguage(); -- used by template_list_add() to uppercase first letter of template name TODO: better way to do that? local redirects_date = { ['date'] = true, ['datetomos'] = true, ['formatdate'] = true, ['isotodmymdy'] = true, ['isotomos'] = true, } local redirects_patent = { -- special case cs1-like templates because uses different parameters for name and date in anchor ID ['Cite patent'] = true, ['Citeref patent'] = true, ['Ref patent'] = true, } local redirects_sfnref = { ['sfnref'] = true, ['harvid'] = true, } local aliases_author = { -- these use pseudo-patterns in the same way as cs1|2; '#' represents 1 or more enumerator digits 'last#', 'author#', 'surname#', 'author-last#', 'author#-last', 'subject#', 'host#', } local aliases_contributor = { 'contributor#', 'contributor-last#', 'contributor#-last', 'contributor-surname#', 'contributor#-surname', } local aliases_editor = { 'editor#', 'editor-last#', 'editor#-last', 'editor-surname#', 'editor#-surname', } local aliases_harvc_author = { 'last#', 'author#', } local aliases_inventor = { -- cite patent 'inventor#', 'inventor-last#', 'inventor#-last', 'inventor-surname#', 'inventor#-surname', 'invent#', 'invent-#', } local alias_patterns_date = { -- normal lua patterns for most cs1|2-like templates '|%s*year%s*=%s*', '|%s*date%s*=%s*', '|%s*publication%-?date%s*=%s*', '|%s*air%-?date%s*=%s*', } local alias_patterns_harvc_date = { -- normal lua patterns for harvc template '|%s*anchor%-year%s*=%s*', '|%s*year%s*=%s*', } local alias_patterns_patent_date = { -- normal lua patterns for cite patent templates '|%s*issue%-date%s*=%s*', '|%s*gdate%s*=%s*', '|%s*publication%-date%s*=%s*', '|%s*pubdate%s*=%s*', } local patterns_date = { -- normal lua patterns '(%d%d%d%d–%d%d%d%d%l?)$', -- YYYY–YYYY four-digit year range at end (Season YYYY–YYYY); with or without dab '^(%d%d%d%d–%d%d%l?)$', -- YYYY–YY two-digit year range; with or without dab '^(c%. %d%d%d%d?%l?)$', -- three- or four-digit circa year; with or without dab '(%d%d%d%d?%l?)$', -- three- or four-digit year at end of date (dmy or mdy); with or without dab '^(%d%d%d%d?%l?)', -- three- or four-digit year at beginning of date (ymd or YYYY); with or without dab '^(n%.d%.%l?)$', -- 'no date' with dots; with or without dab '^(nd%l?)$', -- 'no date' without dots; with or without dab } local patterns_tags = { '<nowiki>.-</nowiki>', '<!%-%-.-%-%->', '<pre>.-</pre>', '<syntaxhighlight.->.-</syntaxhighlight>', '<source.->.-</source>', -- deprecated alias of syntaxhighlight tag } local template_skip = { -- templates to be skipped for whatever reason; mostly because they resemble cs1-like templates ['Citation-attribution'] = true, } local Article_content; local anchor_id_list = {}; -- exported tables local template_list = {}; local article_whitelist = {}; --[[--------------------------< A R T I C L E _ C O N T E N T _ G E T >---------------------------------------- get article content, remove certain html-like tags and their content so that this code doesn't include any citation templates inside the tags as valid tagets; they are not. ]] local function article_content_get () if not Article_content then Article_content = mw.title.getCurrentTitle():getContent() or ''; -- get the content of the article or ''; new pages edited w/ve do not have 'content' until saved; ve does not preview; phab:T221625 for _, tag in ipairs (patterns_tags) do Article_content = Article_content:gsub (tag, ''); -- remove certain html-like tags and their content end end end --[[--------------------------< S F N R E F _ G E T >---------------------------------------------------------- make an anchor id from the contents of {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}}. this function assumes that {{sfnref}} and {{harvid}} are correctly formed. ]] local function sfnref_get (template) template = template:gsub ('{{%s*(.-)%s*}}', '%1'); -- strip bounding template markup and trim local parts = mw.text.split (template, '%s*|%s*'); -- split at the pipe and remove extraneous space characters local anchor_id = {}; if redirects_sfnref[parts[1]:lower()] then anchor_id[1] = 'CITEREF'; else return nil; -- not an sfnref or harvid template end local i = 2; -- indexer into parts{} table local j = 2; -- indexer into anchor_id{} table which already has 'CITEREF' at [1] while parts[i] and 7 > j do -- loop through what should be just positional parameters for names and year (2-6 four names and a date) if not parts[i]:find ('=') then -- look for equal sign (named paraneter in a template that doesn't support named parameters) anchor_id[j] = parts[i]; -- positional parameters are saved j = j+1; -- bump the anchor_id{} indexer end i = i+ 1; -- bump the parts{} indexer end return table.concat (anchor_id, ''); end --[[--------------------------< D A T E _ G E T >-------------------------------------------------------------- extract year from one of |year=, |date=, |publicationdate=, or |publication-date in that order. Does not error check (that is left to the cs1|2 templates to do) also gets date from |<date alias>={{date|...}} ]] local function date_get (template, aliases) local date; local rvalue; for _, pattern in ipairs (aliases) do -- spin through the date alias patterns rvalue = tostring(template):match (pattern); -- is this |<date alias>= used (tostring() because something makes match() think template is a table) if rvalue then rvalue = tostring(template):match (pattern .. '(%b{})'); -- is rvalue a template? if rvalue then rvalue = rvalue:gsub ('{{%s*(.-)%s*}}', '%1'); -- strip bounding template markup and trim local parts = mw.text.split (rvalue, '%s*|%s*'); -- split at the pipe and remove extraneous space characters if redirects_date[parts[1]:lower()] then -- if parts[1] names {{date}} or redirect rvalue = parts[2]; -- assume that date template is properly formed, first positional parameter is the date else return ''; -- |date= holds some other template than {{date}} or redirect end else rvalue = template:match (pattern .. '([^|}]+)'); if rvalue then -- if rvalue is something rvalue = mw.text.trim (rvalue); -- trim it end if not rvalue or '' == rvalue then -- if rvale was nothing or trimed to nothing rvalue = nil; -- ensure that it is unset so we can try the next parameter in the list end end if rvalue then for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns_date) do -- spin through the recognized date formats date = rvalue:match (pattern); -- attempt to extract year portion according to the pattern if date then return date; -- matched so return; end end break; -- found a date but it was malformed so abandon end end end return ''; -- no date param or date param doesn't hold a recognized date; empty string for concatenation end --[[--------------------------< V N A M E S _ G E T >---------------------------------------------------------- extract names from |vauthors= or |veditors=; there is no |vcontributors= parameter. splits the v parameter value at the comma; correctly handles accept-as-witten markup when used to wrap a comma- separated names (corporate) ]] local function vnames_get (params, vparam) local vnames = {}; -- first four author or editor names go here local split = {}; -- temp table to assist in decoding accept-as-witten-markup if params[vparam] then -- test for |vauthors= or |veditor= split = mw.text.split (params[vparam], '%s*,%s*'); -- this will separate portions of ((Black, Brown, White, an Co.)) local i = 1; -- an indexer while split[i] do if split[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of comma-separated accept-as-witten; this segment has the opening doubled parens local name = split[i]; i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment while split[i] do name = name .. ', ' .. split[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments if split[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parens break; -- and done reassembling so end i=i+1; -- bump indexer end table.insert (vnames, name); -- and add accept-as-witten name to the vnames table else table.insert (vnames, split[i]); -- and add name to the vnames table end i=i+1; -- bump indexer if 5 == i then break; end -- limit to four names end for i, vname in ipairs (vnames) do if not vname:match ('%(%(.-%)%)') then -- without accept-this-value-as-written markup vnames[i] = vname:gsub ('(.-)%s+%u+$', '%1'); -- extract and save surname(s) end end for i, vname in ipairs (vnames) do -- repeat, this time for accept-this-value-as-written markup vnames[i] = vname:gsub ('%(%((.-)%)%)', '%1'); -- remove markup if present and save the whole name end end return 0 ~= #vnames and table.concat (vnames) or nil -- return a concatenation of the vnames; nil else end --[[--------------------------< N A M E S _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------------ cs1|2 makes anchor id from contributor, author, or editor name-lists in that order get the names from the cs1|2 template; if there are no contributor names, try author names, then try editor names. returns concatenated names in enumeration order when successful; nil else empty name (nameholding parameter n is present without value) and missing name (nameholding parameter n is not present) are included as empty string with all other names ]] local function names_get (params, aliases_list) local names = {}; -- first four author or editor names go here local enum_alias; -- alias with '#' replaced with a digit for enum=1, 4 do -- four names only for i, alias in ipairs (aliases_list) do if not names[enum] then -- hanven't found a previous alias with this [enum]? see if we can find this alias with this enum enum_alias = alias:gsub ('#', enum); -- replace '#' to make 'lastn' if 1 == enum then -- because |last= and last1= are exact aliases if params[enum_alias] then -- test |last1= first names[enum] = params[enum_alias]; -- found so save the value assigned to |last1= break; -- next enum else enum_alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- replace '#' to make 'last' if params[enum_alias] then names[enum] = params[enum_alias]; -- found so save the value assigned to |last= break; -- next enum end end else -- here for enum 2, 3, 4 if params[enum_alias] then names[enum] = params[enum_alias]; -- found so save the value assigned to |lastn= break; -- next enum end end end end end for enum=1, 4 do -- spin through the names table and local name = names[enum]; if not name then -- when nameholding parameter n is not present (nil) name = ''; -- convert to empty string for concatenation end name = name:gsub('%(%((.-)%)%)', '%1'); -- remove accept-as-written markup if present names[enum] = name; -- save the modified name end local name_str = table.concat (names); -- concatenate the names return '' ~= name_str and name_str or nil; -- return the concatenation if not empty string; nil else end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ S T R I P >-------------------------------------------------- removes the citation or havrc template's {{ and }} markup then removes, in whole, any templates found inside the citation or harvc template. Templates are not allowed in parameters that are made part of COinS metadata; yet, they will appear. cs1|2 does not see the template markup but instead sees the result of the template as html. cs1|2 strips the html which leaves the displayed value for the anchor id. We can't do that here so, because templates aren't allowed in parameters, we simply discard any templates found in the cs1|2 template. this may leave a |lastn= parameter empty which will be treated as if it were really empty as cs1|2 do (three authors, |last2= empty -> CITEREFLast1Last3YYYY (the harv and sfn render: 'Last1, & Last3 YYYY' with CITEREFLast1Last3YYYY). ]] local function template_strip (template) template = template:gsub ('^{{%s*', ''):gsub ('%s*}}$', '', 1); -- remove outer {{ and }} (cs1|2 template delimiters with trailing/leading whitespace) template = template:gsub ('%b{}', ''); -- remove any templates from the cs1|2 template return template; end --[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >---------------------------------- Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped. This is important because functions like string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings. ]] local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument) argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %% argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters return argument; end --[=[-------------------------< W I K I L I N K _ S T R I P >-------------------------------------------------- Wikilink markup does not belong in an anchor id and can / does confuse the code that parses apart citation and harvc templates so here we remove any wiki markup: [[link|label]] -> label [[link]] -> link ]=] local function wikilink_strip (template) for wikilink in template:gmatch ('%[%b[]%]') do -- get a wikilink template = template:gsub ('%[%b[]%]', '__57r1P__', 1); -- install a marker if wikilink:match ('%[%[.-|(.-)%]%]') then wikilink = wikilink:match ('%[%[.-|(.-)%]%]'); -- extract label from complex [[link|label]] wikilink else wikilink = wikilink:match ('%[%[(.-)%]%]'); -- extract link from simple [[link]] wikilinks end wikilink = escape_lua_magic_chars (wikilink); -- in case there are lua magic characters in wikilink template = template:gsub ('__57r1P__', wikilink, 1); -- replace the marker with the appropriate text end return template; end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ N A M E _ G E T >-------------------------------------------- return the citation or harvc template's name; convert to lower case and trim leading and trailing whitespace; when the template is a sandbox the subpage portion of the template name is omitted from the returned template name {{Cite book/new |...}} returns cite book ]] local function template_name_get (template) local template_name = template:match ('^{{%s*([^/|}]+)'); -- get template name; ignore subpages ~/new, ~/sandbox; parser functions if not template_name or template_name:match ('^#') then -- parser functions, magic words don't count as templates return nil; -- could not get template name from (possibly corrupt) template; extraneous opening { mid template can cause this; end; template_name = template_name:gsub ('%s*$', ''); -- trim trailing whitespace; leading whitespace already removed return Lang_obj:ucfirst (template_name); -- first character in template name must be uppercase (same as canonical template name) TODO: better way to do this? end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ P A R A M S _ G E T >---------------------------------------- parse apart a template's parameters and store in the params table where key is the parameter's name and value is the parameter's value; empty parameters are not saved ]] local function template_params_get (template, params_t) template = wikilink_strip (template); -- because piped wikilinks confuse code that builds params_t{} and because wikilinks not allowed in an anchor id -- strip templates after getting |ref= value because |ref={{sfnref}} and |ref={{harvid}} are allowed template = template_strip (template); -- because template markup can confuse code that builds params_t{} and because templates in name parameters are not allowed local temp_t = mw.text.split (template, '%s*|%s*'); --split on the pipe for _, param in ipairs (temp_t) do if param:find ('=', 1, true) then -- a named parameter? local k, v = param:match ('%s*([^=]-)%s*=%s*([^|}]+)'); if v then -- there must be a value if '' ~= v and not v:match ('^%s$') then -- skip when value is empty string or only whitespace params_t[k] = mw.text.trim (v); -- add trimmed value else end end end end end --[[--------------------------< C I T E R E F _ M A K E _ H A R V C >------------------------------------------ makes anchor_id from {{harvc}} or redirects ]] local function anchor_id_make_harvc (template) local date = date_get (template, alias_patterns_harvc_date); -- get date; done here because might be in {{date}}; return date if valid; empty string else local anchor_id; local params = {}; -- table of harvc parameters local id; -- custom anchor id for this {{harvc}} template id = template:match ('|%s*id%s*=%s*(%b{})'); -- in case |id={{sfnref}}; done here because templates will be stripped template_params_get (template, params); -- build a table of template parameters and their values; this strips wikilinks and templates if id then -- when set is {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}} template return sfnref_get (id); -- returns content of {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}}; nil else end if params.id then -- custom anchor for this {{harvc}} template (text) return params.id; -- |id= value as written end anchor_id = names_get (params, aliases_harvc_author); -- get the harvc contributor names if anchor_id then -- if names were gotten return 'CITEREF' .. anchor_id .. date; end return nil; -- no names; no anchor_id end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D _ M A K E _ W R A P P E R >---------------------------------- for wrapper templates inspect externally visible |ref= to decide what to do: |ref= - empty or missing: get names and date from whitelist defaults; override defaults from externally visible template parameters |ref=harv - same as empty or missing |ref={{SfnRef|name|name|name|name|year}} - assemble an anchor id from {{sfnref}} positional parameters |ref={{Harvid|name|name|name|name|year}} - assemble an anchor id from {{harvid}} positional parameters |ref=none - skip; do nothing because an anchor id intentionally suppressed; TODO: keep with a type code of '0'? |ref=<text> - save param value because may match an anchor id override value in {{harv}} template |ref= parameter or {{harvc}} |id= parameter ]] local function anchor_id_make_wrapper (template) local ref; -- content of |ref= local template_name; -- name of the template local anchor_id; -- the assembled anchor id from this template local date; local name_default; local date_default; local vol; local params = {}; -- table of template parameters template_name = template_name_get (template); -- get first char uppercase trimmed template name; ignore subpages ~/new, ~/sandbox if not template_name or template_skip[template_name] then return nil; -- could not extract template name from (possibly corrupted) template (extraneous opening { in the template will cause this) end date = date_get (template, alias_patterns_date); -- get date; done here because might be in {{date}} -- if '' == date then -- date = whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][2] or ''; -- no externally visible date so get default date -- end ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=%s*(%b{})'); -- first look for |ref={{sfnref}} or |ref={{harvid}} because we will strip templates from the wrapper template if not ref then if template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)') then -- |ref={{template}} not found; if there is a |ref= param with an assigned value ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)'); -- get the value; whitespace is a 'value' if ref then -- nil when |ref=|... or when |ref=}} (no spaces between assignment operator and pipe or closing brace) ref = mw.text.trim (ref); -- something, could be just whitespace, so trim leading / trailing whitespace if '' == ref then -- trimming a string of whitespace makes an empty string ref = nil; -- make empty ref same as missing ref end end end end template_params_get (template, params); -- build a table of template parameters and their values if whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][1] then -- is this wrapper a simple-default wrapper? name_default = whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][1]; -- get the default names date_default = whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][2]; -- get the default date else vol = params['volume'] or 'default'; if not whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][vol] then -- make sure this volume exists vol = 'default'; -- doesn't exist, use default volume end name_default = whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][vol][1]; -- get the default names date_default = whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][vol][2]; -- get the default date end if 'harv' == ref or not ref then -- |ref=harv specified or |ref= missing or empty anchor_id = names_get (params, aliases_contributor) or -- get contributor, author, or editor names names_get (params, aliases_author) or vnames_get (params, 'vauthors') or -- |vauthors= names_get (params, aliases_editor) or vnames_get (params, 'veditors') or -- |veditors= name_default; -- default names from whitelist -- whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name][1]; -- default names from whitelist if '' == date then -- if date not provided in the template date = date_default; -- use the default date from whitelist end if anchor_id then -- if names were gotten anchor_id = 'CITEREF' .. anchor_id .. date; end elseif ref:match ('%b{}') then -- ref holds a template anchor_id = sfnref_get (ref); -- returns content of {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}}; nil else elseif 'none' == ref then -- |ref=none return nil; -- anchor id expicitly suppressed else anchor_id = ref; -- |ref=<text> may match an anchor id override value in {{harv}} template |ref= parameter end return anchor_id; -- anchor_id text; nil else end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D _ M A K E _ C S 1 2 >---------------------------------------- for cs1|2 template and cs1-like templates inspect |ref= to decide what to do: |ref= - empty or missing: get names and date from template parameters; all cs1|2 create CITEREF anchor IDs |ref=harv - get names and date from template parameters |ref={{SfnRef|name|name|name|name|year}} - assemble an anchor id from {{sfnref}} positional parameters |ref={{Harvid|name|name|name|name|year}} - assemble an anchor id from {{harvid}} positional parameters |ref=none - skip; do nothing because an anchor id intentionally suppressed; TODO: keep with a type code of '0'? |ref=<text> - save param value because may match an anchor id override value in {{harv}} template |ref= parameter or {{harvc}} |id= parameter ]] local function anchor_id_make_cs12 (template) local ref; -- content of |ref= local template_name; -- name of the template local anchor_id; -- the assembled anchor id from this template local date; local params = {}; -- table of template parameters template_name = template_name_get (template); -- get first char uppercase trimmed template name; ignore subpages ~/new, ~/sandbox if not template_name or template_skip[template_name] then return nil; -- could not extract template name from (possibly corrupted) template (extraneous opening { in the template will cause this) end if redirects_patent[template_name] then date = date_get (template, alias_patterns_patent_date); -- get date; done here because might be in {{date}} else date = date_get (template, alias_patterns_date); end ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=%s*(%b{})'); -- first look for |ref={{sfnref}} or |ref={{harvid}} because we will strip templates from the cs1|2 template if not ref then if template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)') then -- |ref={{template}} not found; if there is a |ref= param with an assigned value ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)'); -- get the value; whitespace is a 'value' if ref then -- nil when |ref=|... or when |ref=}} (no spaces between assignment operator and pipe or closing brace) ref = mw.text.trim (ref); -- something, could be just whitespace, so trim leading / trailing whitespace if '' == ref then -- trimming a string of whitespace makes an empty string ref = nil; -- make empty ref same as missing ref end end end end template_params_get (template, params); -- build a table of template parameters and their values if not ref then -- |ref= not set, might be cite LSA which doesn't support |ref= if 'cite lsa' == template_name then return 'CITEREF' .. (params.last or '') .. (params.year or ''); -- cite LSA always creates an anchor id using only |last= and |year= (no aliases) end end if 'harv' == ref or not ref then -- |ref=harv specified or |ref= missing or empty if redirects_patent[template_name] then -- if this is a cite patent template anchor_id = names_get (params, aliases_inventor); -- inventor names only else -- cs1|2 template anchor_id = names_get (params, aliases_contributor) or -- get contributor, author, or editor names names_get (params, aliases_author) or vnames_get (params, 'vauthors') or -- |vauthors= names_get (params, aliases_editor) or vnames_get (params, 'veditors'); -- |veditors= end if anchor_id then -- if names were gotten anchor_id = 'CITEREF' .. anchor_id .. date; end elseif ref:match ('%b{}') then -- ref holds a template anchor_id = sfnref_get (ref); -- returns content of {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}}; nil else elseif 'none' == ref and not redirects_patent[template_name] then -- |ref=none; not supported by cite patent return nil; -- anchor id expicitly suppressed else anchor_id = ref; -- |ref=<text> may match an anchor id override value in {{harv}} template |ref= parameter end return anchor_id; -- anchor_id text; nil else end --[[--------------------------< L I S T _ A D D >-------------------------------------------------------------- adds an <item> to <list> table; for anchor IDs, the boolean <encode> argument must be set true; no return value ]] local function list_add (item, list, encode) if item then -- if there was an item if encode then -- for anchor IDs ... item = mw.uri.anchorEncode (item); -- encode to remove wikimarkup, convert spaces to underscores etc end if not list[item] then -- if not already saved list[item] = 1; -- save it else -- here when this item already saved list[item] = list[item] + 1; -- to indicate that there are multiple items end end end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D _ M A K E _ A N C H O R >------------------------------------ make anchor IDs from {{anchor}}; there may be more than one because {{anchor}} is not limited to the number of anchors it may hold. ]] local function anchor_id_make_anchor (template, anchor_id_list) template = template:gsub ('^{{[^|]+|', ''):gsub ('}}$', '', 1); -- remove outer {{ and }} and template name template = wikilink_strip (template); -- strip any wikilink markup (there shouldn't be any but just in case) local params = {}; local anchor_id; for param in template:gmatch ('%b{}') do -- loop through the template; remove and save templates (presumed to be sfnref or harvid) table.insert (params, param); -- save it template = template:gsub ('%b{}', '', 1); -- remove it from source template end for _, t in ipairs (params) do -- spin through the templates in params anchor_id = sfnref_get (t); -- attempt to decode {{sfnref}} and {{harvid}} if anchor_id then -- nil when not {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}} list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); -- add anchor ID to the list end end template = template:gsub ('|%s*|', '|'); -- when pipe follows pipe with or without white space, remove extraneous pipe template = template:gsub ('^|', ''):gsub('|$', ''); -- remove extraneous leading and trailing pipes params = mw.text.split (template, '%s*|%s*'); -- split at the pipe and remove extraneous space characters for _, t in ipairs (params) do -- spin through the anchor IDs anchor_id = mw.text.trim (t); -- trim white space if '' ~= anchor_id then -- should always have something list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); -- add anchor ID to the list end end end --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ L I S T _ A D D >-------------------------------------------- makes a list of templates use in the article. ]] local function template_list_add (template) local template = template:match ('{{%s*(.-)[|}]'); -- keep the case of the template - this is different from template_name_get() if template and not template:match ('^#') then -- found a template or magic word; ignore magic words template=mw.text.trim (template); -- trim whitespace template = Lang_obj:ucfirst (template); -- first character in template name must be uppercase (same as canonical template name) TODO: better way to do this? list_add (template, template_list); -- add to list with (unused) tally end end --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D _ L I S T _ M A K E >---------------------------------------- makes a list of anchor ids from cs1|2, cs1|2-like, vcite xxx, harvc, anchor, wikicite templates Because cs1|2 wrapper templates can, and often do, hide the author and date parameters inside the wrapper, these parameters are not available in the article's wikisource so {{harv}}, {{sfn}}, and {{harvc}} templates that link correctly to those wrapper templates will incorrectly show error messages. Use |ignore-err=yes in the {{harv}}, {{sfn}}, and {{harvc}} templates to supress the error message. creates a list of templates used in the article for use with the whitelist creates a list of article-local whitelisted anchor IDs from {{sfn whitelist}} ]] local function anchor_id_list_make () article_content_get (); -- attempt to get this article's content if '' == Article_content then -- when there is no article content return ''; -- no point in continuing end local template; -- place to hold the template that we found local template_name; local anchor_id; -- place to hold an anchor id as it is extracted / decoded local find_pattern = '%f[{]{{[^{]'; local tstart, tend = Article_content:find (find_pattern); -- find the first template; do not find template variables: {{{template var|}}} while tstart do template = Article_content:match ('%b{}', tstart); -- get the whole template if not template then break; -- template is nil for some reason (last template missing closing }} for example) so declare ourselves done end template_name = template_name_get (template); -- get first char uppercase trimmed template name; ignore subpages ~/new, ~/sandbox template_list_add (template); -- add this template's name to the list if data.known_templates_cs12 [template_name] then anchor_id = anchor_id_make_cs12 (template); -- extract an anchor id from this template list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true) elseif data.known_templates_vcite [template_name] then local ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=%s*(%b{})'); -- first look for |ref={{sfnref}} or |ref={{harvid}} because we will strip templates from the vcite template if ref then -- |ref={{template}} anchor_id = sfnref_get (ref); -- returns content of {{sfnref}} or {{harvid}}; nil else list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); else local params = {}; template_params_get (template, params); -- build a table of template parameters and their values anchor_id = params['ref']; -- when both set, vcite uses value from |ref= if not anchor_id and params['harvid'] then anchor_id = 'CITEREF' .. params['harvid']; -- in vcite, |harvid= auto-adds 'CITEREF' prefix to the value in |harvid= end list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); end elseif data.known_templates_harvc [template_name] then anchor_id = anchor_id_make_harvc (template); -- extract an anchor id from this template list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); elseif data.known_templates_wikicite [template_name] then local ref = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=%s*(%b{})'); -- first look for |ref={{sfnref}} or |ref={{harvid}} if ref then anchor_id = sfnref_get (ref); elseif template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)') then anchor_id = template:match ('|%s*ref%s*=([^|}]+)'); -- plain-text elseif template:match ('|%s*id%s*=%s*(%b{})') then ref = template:match ('|%s*id%s*=%s*(%b{})'); anchor_id = 'Reference-' .. sfnref_get (ref); elseif template:match ('|%s*id%s*=([^|}]+)') then anchor_id = 'Reference-' .. template:match ('|%s*id%s*=([^|}]+)'); -- plain-text else anchor_id = nil; -- no matches, ensure that anchor_id has no value end if anchor_id then list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); end elseif data.known_templates_anchor [template_name] then anchor_id_make_anchor (template, anchor_id_list); -- extract anchor ids from this template if any elseif data.known_templates_sfn_whitelist [template_name] then template = template:gsub ('^{{[^|]+|', ''):gsub ('}}$', '', 1); -- remove outer {{ and }} and template name template = mw.text.trim (template, '%s|'); -- trim leading trailing white space and pipes template = mw.text.split (template, '%s*|%s*'); -- make a table of the template's parameters for _, anchor_id in ipairs (template) do -- spin through this template's parameter if '' ~= anchor_id and not article_whitelist[anchor_id] then anchor_id = mw.uri.anchorEncode (anchor_id) article_whitelist[anchor_id] = 1; -- add to the whitelist end end elseif template_name and whitelist.wrapper_templates[template_name] then anchor_id = anchor_id_make_wrapper (template); -- extract an anchor id from this template if possible list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); elseif template_name and template_name:match ('^Cit[ea]') then -- not known, not known wrapper; last gasp, try as cs1-like anchor_id = anchor_id_make_cs12 (template); -- extract an anchor id from this template if possible list_add (anchor_id, anchor_id_list, true); end tstart, tend = Article_content:find (find_pattern, tend); -- search for another template; begin at end of last search end mw.logObject (anchor_id_list, 'anchor_id_list'); mw.logObject (template_list, 'template_list'); mw.logObject (article_whitelist, 'article_whitelist'); return anchor_id_list; end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D _ T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { anchor_id_list = anchor_id_list_make(), -- table of anchor ids available in this article article_whitelist = article_whitelist, -- table of anchor ids with false-positive error message to be suppressed template_list = template_list, -- table of templates used in this article } ibyy77ipwctiz76c90sit32pquvfgtt 828 64016762 958410539 958285249 2020-05-23T17:06:22Z Trappist the monk 10289486 Scribunto text/plain -- copied from Module:Ref info/data - maybe overkill here? -- for this application make lists from the redirect lists and force all template names first character uppercase require('Module:No globals'); --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >------------------------------------ These are patterns for cs1 templates and their redirects. These patterns exclude redirects that are vcite-like which redirects should be deleted because vcite is not cs1. ]] local cs1_template_patterns = { -- lua patterns of the cannonical names and redirects '[Cc]ite ar[Xx]iv', -- arXiv is the canonical name '[Cc]ite ArXiv', '[Cc]ite AV media', -- canonical '[Cc]ite audio', '[Cc]ite AV', '[Cc]ite AV ?Media', '[Cc]ite av media', '[Cc]ite cd', '[Cc]ite DVD', '[Cc]ite dvd', '[Cc]ite film', '[Cc]ite image', '[Cc]ite media', '[Cc]ite movie', '[Cc]ite music video', '[Cc]ite radio', '[Cc]ite song', '[Cc]ite ?video', '[Cc]ite visual', '[Cc]ite You[Tt]ube', '[Cc]ita vídeo', -- non-English redirect; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]ite AV media notes', -- canonical '[Cc]ite album[ %-]notes', '[Cc]ite av media notes', '[Cc]ite DVD[ %-]notes', '[Cc]ite dvd%-notes', '[Cc]ite liner notes', '[Cc]ite music release notes', '[Ll]iner notes', '[Cc]ite bio[Rr]xiv', -- bioRxiv is the canonical form '[Cc]ite [Bb]ook', -- book is the canonical form '[Bb]ook cite', '[Bb]ook reference', '[Bb]ook reference url', '[Cc] book', '[Cc]it book', '[Cc]ite books', '[Cc]ite chapter', '[Cc]ite ebook', '[Cc]ite manual', '[Cc]ite page', '[Cc]ite publication', '[Cc]ite score', '[Cc]ite work', '[Cc]ite%-?book', '[Bb]okref', '[Cc]itace monografie', '[Cc]itar livro', -- non-English redirects; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]iteer boek', '[Oo]uvrage', '[Rr]ef%-llibre', '서적 인용', '[Cc]ite citeseerx', -- canonical '[Cc]ite conference', -- canonical '[Cc]ita conferenza', '[Cc]ite proceedings', '[Cc]onference reference', -- cita conferenza is non-English; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]ite ?encyclopedia', -- cite encyclopedia is the canonical name '[Cc]ite contribution', '[Cc]ite dic', '[Cc]ite dictionary', '[Cc]ite encyclopaedia', '[Cc]ite encyclopædia', '[Ee]ncyclopedia', '[Cc]ite [Ee]pisode', -- episode is the canonical form '[Cc]ite show', '[Cc]ite interview', -- canonical '[Cc]ite ?journal', -- cite journal is the canonical form '[Cc] journal', '[Cc]itation journal', '[Cc]ite abstract', '[Cc]ite document', '[Cc]ite Journal', '[Cc]ite journal zh', '[Cc]ite ?paper', '[Vv]cite2 journal', '[Cc]ita pubblicazione', '[Cc]itace periodika', '[Cc]itar jornal', -- non-English redirects; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]itar publicació', '[Cc]ytuj pismo', '[Tt]idskriftsref', 'Навод из стручног часописа', '저널 인용', '[Cc]ite [Mm]agazine', -- magazine is the canonical form '[Cc]ite mag', '[Cc]ite magazine article', '[Cc]ite newsletter', '[Cc]ite periodical', '[Cc]ite mailing ?list', -- mailing list is the canonical form '[Cc]ite list', '[Cc]ite maps?', -- map is the canonical form '[Cc]ite[ %-]?news', -- cite news is the canonical form '[Cc] news', '[Cc]it news', '[Cc]itation news', '[Cc]ite article', '[Cc]ite n', '[Cc]ite new', '[Cc]ite newspaper', '[Cc]ite News', '[Cc]ite news%-q', '[Cc]ite news2', '[Cc]itenewsauthor', '[Cc]ute news', '[Cc]itar notícia', '[Hh]aber kaynağı', '[Tt]idningsref', 'استشهاد بخبر', -- non-English redirects; TODO: tally separately? '뉴스 인용', '[Cc]ite newsgroup', -- canonical '[Cc]ite usenet', '[Cc]ite podcast', -- canonical '[Cc]ite [Pp]ress release', -- press release is the canonical form '[Cc]ite media release', '[Cc]ite news release', '[Cc]ite pr', '[Cc]ite press', '[Cc]ite press release\.', '[Cc]ite press[%-]?release', '[Cc]ite report', -- canonical '[Cc]ite serial', -- canonical '[Cc]ite sign', -- canonical '[Cc]ite plaque', '[Cc]ite speech', -- canonical '[Cc]ite ssrn', -- canonical '[Cc]ite SSRN', '[Cc]ite tech ?report', -- techreport is the canonical form '[Cc]ite standard', '[Cc]ite technical report', '[Tt]echrep reference', '[Cc]ite thesis', -- canonical '[Cc]ite dissertation', '[Cc]itar tese', -- non-English redirect; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]ite [Ww]eb', -- web is the canonical form '[Cc] web', '[Cc]it web', '[Cc]ite blog', '[Cc]ite URL', '[Cc]ite url', '[Cc]ite w', '[Cc]ite wb', '[Cc]ite we', '[Cc]ite web\.', '[Cc]ite webpage', '[Cc]ite website', '[Cc]ite website article', '[Cc]ite%-?web', '[Cc]itweb', '[Cc]w', '[Rr]ef web', '[Ww]eb citation', '[Ww]eb cite', '[Ww]eb link', '[Ww]eb[ %-]reference', '[Ww]eblink', '[Cc]hú thích web', '[Cc]ita web', '[Cc]itace elektronické monografie', -- non-English redirects; TODO: tally separately? '[Cc]itat web', 'مرجع ويب', 'یادکرد وب', '웹 인용', } --[[--------------------------< C S 2 _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >------------------------------------ These are patterns for cs2 templates redirects. ]] local cs2_template_patterns = { -- lua patterns of the cannonical names and redirects '[Cc]itation', '[Cc]ite', '[Cc]ite citation', '[Cc]ite study', '[Cc]ite [Tt]echnical standard', } --[[--------------------------< V C I T E _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------- These are patterns for Vcite-family templates and their redirects. ]] local vcite_template_patterns = { '[Vv]cite book', -- canonical '[Vv]ancite book', '[Vv]ancite report', '[Vv]cite encyclopedia', '[Vv]cite report', '[Vv]cite journal', -- canonical '[Cc]it journal', '[Cc]it paper', '[Vv]ancite journal', '[Vv]cite paper', '[Vv]cite news', -- canonical '[Vv]ancite news', '[Vv]cite web', -- canonical '[Vv]ancite web', } --[[--------------------------< H A R V C _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------- These are patterns for the harvc template and its redirects. ]] local harvc_template_patterns = { '[Hh]arvc', -- canonical '[Cc]itec', } --[[--------------------------< C S 1 _ L I K E _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------- These are patterns for miscellaneous templates and their redirects that 'look like' cs1 templates (begin with cite ...) Because they 'look like' cs1 templates they are handled as if they were cs1 templates. These templates are NOT wrapper templates; names and dates are always to be extracted from the article instantiation of the template. ]] local cs1_like_template_patterns = { '[Cc]ite LSA', -- canonical } --[[--------------------------< W I K I C I T E _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------- These are patterns for the wikicite template and its redirects. ]] local wikicite_template_patterns = { '[Ww]ikicite', -- canonical } --[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ T E M P L A T E _ P A T T E R N S >------------------------------ These are patterns for the anchor template and its redirects. ]] local anchor_template_patterns = { '[Aa]nchors?', -- anchor is canonical form '[Aa]nchor for redirect', '[Aa]nchro', '[Aa]ncor', } --[[--------------------------< S F N _ W H I T E L I S T _ P A T T E R N S >---------------------------------- These are patterns for the anchor template and its redirects. ]] local sfn_whitelist_patterns = { '[Ss]fn whitelist', -- canonical '[Hh]arv whitelist', } --[[--------------------------< K N O W N _ T E M P L A T E S >------------------------------------------------ These tables are created from the *_template_patterns tables. To make these tables, entries in the source tables are evaluated to replace lua patterns with the appropriate characters to create names for the output tables. First charqacter is always uppercase For example: [Cc]ite ar[Xx]iv becomes Cite arXiv Cite arxiv ]] local known_templates_cs12 = {}; -- the exported tables local known_templates_vcite = {}; local known_templates_harvc = {}; local known_templates_wikicite = {}; local known_templates_anchor = {}; local known_templates_sfn_whitelist = {}; local function add_stripped (list, name) if not list[name] then list[name] = true; end end local function pattern_convert (pattern, list) local lead, tail, c, l, name; local first_char_patterns = { '^%[(%a)%a%]', -- leading character (usually uppercase) '^%[%a(%a)%]', -- leading character (usually lowercase) } c = tostring (pattern:match ('%u')); -- tostring() required because I don't know why; lua chokes complaining that c is not a string name = pattern:gsub ('^%[%a%a%]', c); -- replace bracketed first character [Xx] with selected character from the match if name:match ('(.-)%[(%a)(%a)%](.*)') then -- mixed case optional letters lead, c, l, tail = name:match ('(.-)%[(%a)(%a)%](.*)'); add_stripped (list, lead .. c .. tail); -- uppercase add_stripped (list, lead .. l .. tail); -- lowercase elseif name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[ %%%-%]%?)(.+)$') then -- [ %-]? lead, c, tail = name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[ %%%-%]%?)(.+)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. tail); -- neither char add_stripped (list, lead .. ' ' .. tail); -- space add_stripped (list, lead .. '-' .. tail); -- hyphen elseif name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[%%%-%]%?)(.+)$') then -- [%-]? lead, c, tail = name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[%%%-%]%?)(.+)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. tail); -- no hyphen add_stripped (list, lead .. '-' .. tail); -- hyphen elseif name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[ %%%-%])(.+)$') then -- [ %-] lead, c, tail = name:match ('^([^%[]+)(%[ %%%-%])(.+)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. ' ' .. tail); -- space add_stripped (list, lead .. '-' .. tail); -- hyphen elseif name:match ('^([^%?]+)(%%%-%?)(.+)$') then -- %-? lead, c, tail = name:match ('^([^%?]+)(%%%-%?)(.+)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. tail); -- no hyphen add_stripped (list, lead .. '-' .. tail); -- hyphen elseif name:match ('^(.-)(%%%-)(.+)$') then -- %- lead, c, tail = name:match ('^(.-)(%%%-)(.+)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. '-' .. tail); -- hyphen elseif name:match ('^(.-)(.)%?(.*)$') then -- .? lead, c, tail = name:match ('^(.-)(.)%?(.*)$'); add_stripped (list, lead .. tail); -- no character add_stripped (list, lead .. c .. tail); -- character else add_stripped (list, name); -- no patterns so save as is end end for _, t in ipairs ({ {cs1_template_patterns, known_templates_cs12}, {cs2_template_patterns, known_templates_cs12}, {cs1_like_template_patterns, known_templates_cs12}, {vcite_template_patterns, known_templates_vcite}, {harvc_template_patterns, known_templates_harvc}, {wikicite_template_patterns, known_templates_wikicite}, {anchor_template_patterns, known_templates_anchor}, {sfn_whitelist_patterns, known_templates_sfn_whitelist}, }) do for _, pattern in ipairs (t[1]) do -- for each patern in *_template_patterns pattern_convert (pattern, t[2]) -- convert and store in known_templates_* end end --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T S >---------------------------------------------------------------- ]] return { known_templates_anchor = known_templates_anchor, known_templates_cs12 = known_templates_cs12, known_templates_harvc = known_templates_harvc, known_templates_vcite = known_templates_vcite, known_templates_wikicite = known_templates_wikicite, known_templates_sfn_whitelist = known_templates_sfn_whitelist, } bht9pmjzuvuqajea0fn73uv88hds8sh 828 63517642 1092054708 1091746194 2022-06-07T23:35:34Z Renata3 320236 + CITEREFWalter1967 Scribunto text/plain --[[--------------------------< W R A P P E R _ T E M P L A T E _ D E F A U L T S >---------------------------- A list of wrapper templates by their canonical names – spelling and capitalization is important. Each wrapper template has a table of two values: [1] is the wrapper's default name-list as it is used in an anchor ID; [2] is the default year. This table is indexed indirectly through the wrapper_templates table. This table is not available externally. ]] local wrapper_template_defaults = { -- keys are canonical template names ['Americana'] = {'Rines', '1920'}, -- tables with default name and default year ['Cite EB1911'] = {'Chisholm', '1911'}, -- tables with default name and default year ['EB1911'] = {'Chisholm', '1911'}, ['EI3'] = {'FleetKrämerMatringeNawas', ''}, ['ODNB'] = {'', ''}, -- there is no default anchor ID; this forces evaluation of {{cite ODNB}} redirects } --[[--------------------------< W R A P P E R _ T E M P L A T E _ D E F A U L T S _ V O L >-------------------- For wrapper templates that use |volume= to specify default name (often editor names) and year. Wrapper templates are indexed by their canonical names – spelling and capitalization is important. Each wrapper template has a table of values for every volume. Volumes may be indexed by Arabic or Roman numerals. Each volume index has a table of twp values" [1] is the wrapper's default name-list as it is used in an anchor ID; [2] is the default year. Each wrapper template in this table must have a ['default'] key for those occasions when |volume= is omitted or empty. This table is indexed indirectly through the wrapper_templates table. This table is not available externally. ]] local wrapper_template_defaults_vol = { -- primary keys are canonical template names; TODO: do these keys have to be canonical template names? ['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'] = { -- secondary keys are volume ['1'] = {'Herbermann', '1907'}, ['2'] = {'Herbermann', '1907'}, ['3'] = {'Herbermann', '1908'}, ['4'] = {'Herbermann', '1908'}, ['5'] = {'Herbermann', '1909'}, ['6'] = {'Herbermann', '1909'}, ['7'] = {'Herbermann', '1910'}, ['8'] = {'Herbermann', '1910'}, ['9'] = {'Herbermann', '1910'}, ['10'] = {'Herbermann', '1911'}, ['11'] = {'Herbermann', '1911'}, ['12'] = {'Herbermann', '1911'}, ['13'] = {'Herbermann', '1912'}, ['14'] = {'Herbermann', '1912'}, ['15'] = {'Herbermann', '1912'}, ['default'] = {'Herbermann', '1913'}, }, ['Cite EB9'] = { ['1'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['I'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['2'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['II'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['3'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['III'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['4'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['IV'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['5'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['V'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['6'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['VI'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['7'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['VII'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['8'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['VIII'] = {'Baynes', '1878'}, ['9'] = {'Baynes', '1879'}, ['IX'] = {'Baynes', '1879'}, ['10'] = {'Baynes', '1879'}, ['X'] = {'Baynes', '1879'}, ['11'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1880'}, ['XI'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1880'}, ['12'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1881'}, ['XII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1881'}, ['13'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1881'}, ['XIII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1881'}, ['14'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1882'}, ['XIV'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1882'}, ['15'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1883'}, ['XV'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1883'}, ['16'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1883'}, ['XVI'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1883'}, ['17'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1884'}, ['XVII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1884'}, ['18'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1885'}, ['XVIII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1885'}, ['19'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1885'}, ['XIX'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1885'}, ['20'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1886'}, ['XX'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1886'}, ['21'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1886'}, ['XXI'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1886'}, ['22'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1887'}, ['XXII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1887'}, ['23'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1888'}, ['XXIII'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1888'}, ['24'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1888'}, ['XXIV'] = {'BaynesSmith', '1888'}, ['default'] = {'Baynes', '1875–1889'}, }, ['Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition'] = { ['1'] = {'GibbKramersLévi-ProvençalSchacht', '1960'}, ['2'] = {'LewisPellatSchacht', '1965'}, ['3'] = {'LewisMénagePellatSchacht', '1971'}, ['4'] = {'van_DonzelLewisPellatBosworth', '1978'}, ['5'] = {'Bosworthvan_DonzelLewisPellat', '1986'}, ['6'] = {'Bosworthvan_DonzelPellat', '1991'}, ['7'] = {'Bosworthvan_DonzelHeinrichsPellat', '1993'}, ['8'] = {'Bosworthvan_DonzelHeinrichsLecomte', '1995'}, ['9'] = {'Bosworthvan_DonzelHeinrichsLecomte', '1997'}, ['10'] = {'BearmanBianquisBosworthvan_Donzel', '2000'}, ['11'] = {'BearmanBianquisBosworthvan_Donzel', '2002'}, ['12'] = {'BearmanBianquisBosworthvan_Donzel', '2004'}, ['atlas'] = {'Brice', '1981'}, ['abridged'] = {'van_Donzel', '1994'}, ['default'] = {'BearmanBianquisBosworthvan_Donzel', '1960–2005'}, }, ['New Cambridge Medieval History'] = { ['1'] = {'Fouracre', '2005'}, ['2'] = {'McKitterick', '1995'}, ['3'] = {'Reuter', '2000'}, ['4a'] = {'LuscombeRiley-Smith', '2004'}, ['4b'] = {'LuscombeRiley-Smith', '2004'}, ['5'] = {'Abulafia', '1999'}, ['6'] = {'Jones', '2000'}, ['7'] = {'Allmand', '1998'}, ['default'] = {'', '1995–2005'}, }, ['The History of al-Tabari'] = { ['1'] = {'Rosenthal', '1989'}, ['2'] = {'Brinner', '1986'}, ['3'] = {'Brinner', '1991'}, ['4'] = {'Perlmann', '1987'}, ['5'] = {'Bosworth', '1999'}, ['6'] = {'WattMcDonald', '1989'}, ['7'] = {'McDonald', '1987'}, ['8'] = {'Fishbein', '1997'}, ['9'] = {'Poonawala', '1990'}, ['10'] = {'Donner', '1993'}, ['11'] = {'Blankinship', '1993'}, ['12'] = {'Friedmann', '1992'}, ['13'] = {'Juynboll', '1989'}, ['14'] = {'Smith', '1994'}, ['15'] = {'Humphreys', '1990'}, ['16'] = {'Brockett', '1997'}, ['17'] = {'Hawting', '1996'}, ['18'] = {'Morony', '1987'}, ['19'] = {'Howard', '1990'}, ['20'] = {'Hawting', '1989'}, ['21'] = {'Fishbein', '1990'}, ['22'] = {'Rowson', '1989'}, ['23'] = {'Hinds', '1990'}, ['24'] = {'Powers', '1989'}, ['25'] = {'Blankinship', '1989'}, ['26'] = {'Hillenbrand', '1989'}, ['27'] = {'Williams', '1985'}, ['28'] = {'McAuliffe', '1995'}, ['29'] = {'Kennedy', '1990'}, ['30'] = {'Bosworth', '1989'}, ['31'] = {'Fishbein', '1992'}, ['32'] = {'Bosworth', '1987'}, ['33'] = {'Bosworth', '1991'}, ['34'] = {'Kraemer', '1989'}, ['35'] = {'Saliba', '1985'}, ['36'] = {'Waines', '1992'}, ['37'] = {'Fields', '1987'}, ['38'] = {'Rosenthal', '1985'}, ['39'] = {'Landau-Tasseron', '1998'}, ['40'] = {'Popovkin', '2007'}, ['default'] = {'Yarshater', '1985–2007'}, }, } --[[--------------------------< W R A P P E R _ T E M P L A T E S >-------------------------------------------- A list of wrapper templates and their redirects – spelling and capitalization is important; first character is always uppercase. Each wrapper template gets its value from a k/v pair in the wrapper_template_defaults table. article reader queries this table to see if template_name is a wrapper template ]] local wrapper_templates = { -- keys are names of wrapper templates and their redirects ['Americana'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Americana'], -- canonical name; this template calls Cite Americana ['Catholic Encyclopedia'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['1913Catholic'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Catholic'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Catholic encyclopedia'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['CatholicEncyclopedia'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['CE13'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['CE1913'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Cite Americana'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Americana'], -- canonical name ['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['CathEncy'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Cite Catholic Encyclopædia'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Cite CE1913'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite Catholic Encyclopedia'], ['Cite EB1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Cite EB1911'], -- canonical name ['1911EB'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Cite EB1911'], -- redirects ['EB1911 cite'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Cite EB1911'], ['Wikisource1911Enc Citation'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Cite EB1911'], ['Wikisource1911Enc citation'] = wrapper_template_defaults['Cite EB1911'], ['Cite EB9'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite EB9'], -- canonical ['Eb9'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite EB9'], ['Cite ODNB'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], -- canonical ['Cite odnb'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['DNBweb'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['OBDNweb'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['ODNB'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['ODNBref'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['ODNBweb'] = wrapper_template_defaults['ODNB'], ['EB1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], -- canonical name; this template calls Cite EB1911 ['1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], -- redirects ['1911s'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], ['Britannica 1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], ['Encyclopedia Britannica 1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], ['Encyclopædia Britannica 1911'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EB1911'], ['EB9'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Cite EB9'], -- canonical; this template calls Cite EB9 ['Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition'], -- canonical ['EI2'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['Encyclopaedia of Islam, New Edition'], ['Encyclopaedia of Islam, THREE'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EI3'], -- canonical ['EI3'] = wrapper_template_defaults['EI3'], ['New Cambridge Medieval History'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['New Cambridge Medieval History'], -- canonical ['The History of al-Tabari'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['The History of al-Tabari'], -- canonical ['The History of Al-Tabari'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['The History of al-Tabari'], -- redirects ['The History of al-Ṭabarī'] = wrapper_template_defaults_vol['The History of al-Tabari'], -- redirects } --[[--------------------------< T E M P L A T E _ N A M E S >-------------------------------------------------- This table holds the names of templates and the names of their redirects. Template names must be written exactly as they are named at their templatespace page. This same also applies to redirects. The indexes in this table are not critical but should be short and concise. ]] local template_names = { ['ADB'] = {'Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie', 'Cite ADB'}, ['Butt_Stations'] = {'Butt-Stations', 'Butt-stations'}, ['Cam_Hist_Iran'] = {'Cambridge History of Iran', 'The Cambridge History of Iran'}, ['DNB'] = {'Cite DNB', 'DNB', 'DNB Cite', 'Cite DNBSupp', 'DNBSupp', 'Cite DNB12', 'Cite DNBIE', 'DNB12', 'DNBIE', 'DNBfirst'}, ['ME-ref'] = {'ME-ref', 'Me-ref'}, ['ODB'] = {'ODB', 'Oxford Dictionary of Byzantium'}, ['ODLA'] = {'ODLA', 'Oxford Dictionary of Late Antiquity'}, ['NDB'] = {'Cite NDB', 'NDB'}, ['Iranica'] = {'Encyclopædia Iranica Online', 'Encyclopædia Iranica', 'Encyclopaedia Iranica', 'Cite Encyclopædia Iranica Online'}, } --[[--------------------------< S P E C I A L _ P A T T E R N S >---------------------------------------------- Lua patterns. These are scanned sequentially which costs time and processing far and above the time and processing needed to index into whitelist{}. Do not create a pattern here if a normal whitelist entry or entries can be created. ]] local special_patterns = { 'CITEREFACAD%u%u%u?%u?%d+%u%u?', -- {{Acad}} ID appears to be 2-4 letters, then 3 numbers, then 1-2 letters 'CITEREFAHD%d+', -- {{Cite AHD}} 'CITEREFHistoric_England%d+', -- {{National Heritage List for England}} & {{PastScape}} 'CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland%u%u%u?%u?%d', -- {{Historic Environment Scotland}} %u can be BTL, GLD, HMPA, LB, SM 'CITEREFQHR%d+', -- {{Cite QHR}} 'CITEREF[%d%a_%pöüäß→]+_at_Bach_Digital', -- {{BDh}} 'CITEREF[BR]GBl_[12]%d%d%d%-?I?I?%/%d+', -- {{Cite Austrian gazette}} 'CITEREFStGBl_[12]%d%d%d%/%d+', -- {{Cite Austrian gazette}} 'CITEREFGBlÖ_[12]%d%d%d%/%d+', -- {{Cite Austrian gazette}} } --[[--------------------------< D N B _ S P E C I A L _ P A T T E R N S >-------------------------------------- Lua patterns. Note at special_patterns applies. These for the DNB templates only; these will be tried only when there is a DNB template in the article. Pretty much any author name during the period 1885–1901 inclusive, and 1912. The DNBIE was published in 1903, and Template:DNBIE says that its use is deprecated, but we do not fight that battle here. ]] local DNB_special_patterns = { 'CITEREF%a[%a%-_\']*188[5-9]', -- 1885–1889 'CITEREF%a[%a%-_\']*189%d', -- 1890–1899 'CITEREF%a[%a%-_\']*190[0-1]', -- 1900–1901 'CITEREF%a[%a%-_\']*1903', -- 1903 IE 'CITEREF%a[%a%-_\']*1912', -- 1912 supplement } --[[--------------------------< W H I T E L I S T >------------------------------------------------------------ This is a list of anchor IDs known to be associated with specific wrapper templates. The anchor ID serves as an index into the table. The assigned value is another table that lists the associated template and any redirects. Except for year disambiguators, anchor IDs must have the same form as the anchor creator makes; must be the anchor-encoded form. Remove the year disambiguator. Template names must be written exactly as they are named at their templatespace page. This same also applies to redirects. Module:Footnotes reads the template names left to right so most-commonly-used template or redirect name should appear first. When there are more than one name and when those templates have various anchor IDs the template namelist should be added to the template_names{} table. Note that references to Template:EB1911 are listed under "E" in the alphabetical list below to keep them organized. ]] local whitelist = { ----------< # >---------- ['CITEREF2013_Statistical_Yearbook_of_the_Republic_of_Croatia'] = {'Croatia Yearbook 2013'}, ----------< A >---------- ['CITEREFAGA_1884–1897'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFATOC2009'] = {'ATOCConnectingCommunitiesReportS10'}, ['CITEREFAbaevBailey1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAbbas1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAbbas1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAbramowitzStegun1983'] = {'Abramowitz Stegun ref'}, ['CITEREFActa_Lipsiensium1723'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFAdamsFranzosa2009'] = {'Adams Franzosa Introduction to Topology Pure and Applied'}, ['CITEREFAdaschErnstKeim1978'] = {'Adasch Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFAffleck1978'] = {'Affleck-On Track'}, ['CITEREFAhlgrimm1969'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFAhmadiNegahban2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFAhrons1927'] = {'Book-Ahrons-British Steam Railway Locomotive'}, ['CITEREFAl-Kindi1912'] = {'The Governors and Judges of Egypt'}, ['CITEREFAlbert_Schumann1886'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFAlden1916'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFAldrich1969'] = {'Aldrich-LocosGER7'}, ['CITEREFAleksidze2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFAlexiou2010'] = {'Cite flatiron'}, ['CITEREFAlgar1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAlgar1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAlgar1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAlgar2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAlizadeh1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAllamaniPanagiotopoulou1978'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFAllenBoddyBrownFry1970'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-8A'}, ['CITEREFAllenBoddyBrownFry1971'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-8B'}, ['CITEREFAllenBoddyBrownFry1983'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-8A'}, ['CITEREFAmanat1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAmanat1999'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAmbartsumian2014'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAmerican_Railway_Association1922'] = {'1922 Locomotive Cyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFAnderson1952'] = {'Naval Wars in the Levant 1559–1853'}, ['CITEREFAndo2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAngelov2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFAnwārEIr1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFArkhangel&#039;skiiPonomarev1984'] = {'Arkhangel\'skii Ponomarev Fundamentals of General Topology Problems and Exercises'}, ['CITEREFArrey_von_Dommer1875'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFAshraf2006'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAslanianBerberian2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAsmus1966'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFAsmussen1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAspreas1929'] = {'Great Military and Naval Encyclopaedia'}, ['CITEREFAtkins2007'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFAube2011'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFAudiKondevWangHuang2017'] = {'NUBASE2016'}, ['CITEREFAvdoyan2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFAwdry1990'] = {'Awdry-RailCo', 'Carnarvonshire Railway'}, ['CITEREFAzarnoosh2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRamelli2018'] = {'Oxford Dictionary of Late Antiquity'},['CITEREFA_History_of_the_Crusades'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ----------< B >---------- ['CITEREFBabinger1962'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFBabinger1978'] = {'Mehmed the Conqueror and His Time'}, ['CITEREFBabinger1992'] = {'Mehmed the Conqueror and His Time'}, ['CITEREFBachAgricola1754'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBadura-SkodaBranscombe2008'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFBahramianHirtensteinGholami2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFBalcer1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBaldwin1969'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFBaldwin1985'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFBaldwinKazhdan1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFBaldwinTalbot1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFBaltzer1916'] = {'Baltzer-Kolonialbahnen'}, ['CITEREFBanach1932'] = {'Banach Théorie des Opérations Linéaires'}, ['CITEREFBandy2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBartusis1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFBaxter1971'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat1'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1977'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat1'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1978'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat2A'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1979'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat2B'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1982'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat3A', 'Baxter-BritishLocoCat3B'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1984'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat4'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1986'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat5A'}, ['CITEREFBaxter1988'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat5B'}, ['CITEREFBaxter2012'] = {'Baxter-BritishLocoCat6'}, ['CITEREFBeattie1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBeißwenger1991'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBek2001'] = {'Cite Grove'}, ['CITEREFBelke1996'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFBelkeMersisch1990'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFBelkeRestle1984'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFBellini2008'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFBernardini2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBernhard_von_Poten1889'] = template_names['ADB'], ['CITEREFBernhard_von_Poten1898'] = template_names['ADB'], ['CITEREFBernjian2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFBezilla1980'] = {'Bezilla-PRR-Electric-Traction'}, ['CITEREFBianquis1998'] = {'The Cambridge History of Egypt', 'Cambridge History of Egypt'}, ['CITEREFBickerman1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBierstedt1988'] = {'Bierstedt An Introduction to Locally Convex Inductive Limits'}, ['CITEREFBiran2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBirken1976'] = {'Die Provinzen des Osmanischen Reiches'}, ['CITEREFBivar1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBivar2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBlair2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBlair2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBlake1966'] = {'DisraeliRef'}, ['CITEREFBlanken2019'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBlankinship1994'] = {'The End of the Jihâd State', 'The End of the Jihad State'}, ['CITEREFBlautSchulze2008'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBloom2007'] = {'Cite Routledge Broadway', 'Cite Broadway Routledge', 'Cite Routledge Guide to Broadway', 'Routledge Guide to Broadway'}, ['CITEREFBock1978'] = {'Audie-bock-directors'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownFryHennigan1968'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-4'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownFryHennigan1975'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-2B'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownFryHennigan1977'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-9A', 'RCTS-LocosLNER-9B'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownFryHennigan1979'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-3A'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownHenniganHoole1984'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-6C'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownHenniganNeve1981'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-3B'}, ['CITEREFBoddyBrownNeveYeadon1983'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-6B'}, ['CITEREFBoddyFryHenniganHoole1990'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-10B'}, ['CITEREFBoddyFryHenniganProud1963'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-1'}, ['CITEREFBoddyNeveTeeYeadon1982'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-6A'}, ['CITEREFBoddyNeveYeadon1973'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-2A'}, ['CITEREFBody1989'] = {'Body-Railways-Vol2'}, ['CITEREFBon1969'] = {'La Morée franque'}, ['CITEREFBonebakker1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBonner2010'] = {'New Cambridge History of Islam'}, ['CITEREFBonnett2005'] = {'Bonnett Practical Rail Engineering'}, ['CITEREFBonporti1712'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBooth2000'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFBorsari1964'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFBossert1914'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFBosworth1968'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBosworth1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBosworth1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2010'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworth2011'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBosworthCrane1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBottoMitchell2002'] = {'Cite ATT Broadway', 'Cite At This Theatre Broadway', 'Cite Broadway At This Theatre', 'Cite Broadway ATT'}, ['CITEREFBourbaki1987'] = {'Bourbaki Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFBourbaki1989'] = {'Bourbaki General Topology Part I Chapters 1-4', 'Bourbaki General Topology Part II Chapters 5-10', 'Bourbaki Algebra I Chapters 1-3 Springer'}, ['CITEREFBourbaki1994'] = {'Bourbaki EHM'}, ['CITEREFBowen1928'] = {'The Life and Times of Ali ibn Isa'}, ['CITEREFBowmanCameronGarnsey2005'] = {'Cambridge Ancient History'}, ['CITEREFBoyce1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBoyce1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBoyce1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBoyce2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBoyce2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBoyd1970'] = {'Boyd-MidWales'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1975'] = {'Boyd-FR1'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1985'] = {'Boyd-NCaerns2Penrhyn'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1986'] = {'Boyd-NCaerns3Dinorwic'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1988'] = {'Boyd-SCaerns1'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1989'] = {'Boyd-SCaerns2'}, ['CITEREFBoyd1990'] = {'Boyd-NCaerns1'}, ['CITEREFBradshaw1968'] = {'Bradshaw-1910April'}, ['CITEREFBradshaw1985'] = {'Bradshaw-1922July'}, ['CITEREFBradshaw2011'] = {'Bradshaw-1895December'}, ['CITEREFBradshaw2012'] = {'Bradshaw-1850March'}, ['CITEREFBrand1968'] = {'Byzantium Confronts the West'}, ['CITEREFBrand1991'] = {'DBI', 'ODB', 'Oxford Dictionary of Byzantium'}, ['CITEREFBray2010'] = {'Bray-SDJR'}, ['CITEREFBrett2010'] = {'New Cambridge History of Islam'}, ['CITEREFBriant1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBrosius2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBrown2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBrown2008'] = {'The Cambridge History of the Byzantine Empire'}, ['CITEREFBrunner1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBrunner1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBrunner1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBrunner1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBryan1886'] = {'Bryan (3rd edition)'}, ['CITEREFBryan1889'] = {'Bryan (3rd edition)'}, ['CITEREFBuhle1909'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFBulliet1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBulookbashiNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFBunbury1857'] = {'DGRG'}, ['CITEREFBurant1987'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFBurch1911'] = {'Burch Electric Traction'}, ['CITEREFBurke1866'] = {'O\'Donnell family tree'}, ['CITEREFBurn1985'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBurrowsWallace1999'] = {'Cite gotham'}, ['CITEREFBury1911'] = {'The Imperial Administrative System of the Ninth Century'}, ['CITEREFBusse1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFBusse1982'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFButcherNicholson2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFButt1995'] = template_names['Butt_Stations'], ['CITEREFBöwering1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFBürgelMottahedeh1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< C >---------- ['CITEREFCIC1983'] = {'CIC1983bib'}, ['CITEREFCalifornia1988'] = {'CA-Rail Passenger Development Plan-1988'}, ['CITEREFCalmard1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFCalmard1999'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFCaltrans1984'] = {'Countrystudy'}, ['CITEREFCameronWard-PerkinsWhitby2000'] = {'Cambridge Ancient History'}, ['CITEREFCanepa2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFCanny2008'] = {'O\'Donnell family tree'}, ['CITEREFCappelCutlerKazhdan1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFCarl_von_Prantl1879'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFCarlson2010'] = {'Dlmf'}, ['CITEREFCaro1974'] = {'Cite Power Broker'}, ['CITEREFCarpenter1977'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFCarpenter1981'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFCarra_de_VauxHodgson1965'] = {'EI2'}, ['CITEREFCarter2006'] = {'Carter-RailwaysMotivePowerArgentina'}, ['CITEREFCasserley1968'] = {'Casserley-joint'}, ['CITEREFCasserleyJohnston1966'] = {'Casserley-LocoGrouping3'}, ['CITEREFCasserleyJohnston1974'] = {'Casserley-LocoGrouping3', 'Casserley-LocoGrouping2', '0-7110-0554-0'}, ['CITEREFCasway1984'] = {'O\'Donnell family tree'}, ['CITEREFCavanna_Ciappina2001'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFCawley2001'] = {'Medieval Lands by Charles Cawley', 'MLCC'}, ['CITEREFCawley2001'] = {'Medieval Lands by Charles Cawley'}, ['CITEREFCawley2010'] = {'MLCC'}, ['CITEREFCawley2011'] = {'MLCC'}, ['CITEREFChaléardChanson-JabeurBéranger2006'] = {'Chaléard-Le cdf en Afrique'}, ['CITEREFChambers1728'] = {'Cyclopaedia 1728'}, ['CITEREFChasiotis1975'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFChaumont1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChaumont1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChaumont1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChaumont1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChaumontSchippmann1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFCheyneBlack1899'] = {'Biblica', 'Cite Biblica'}, ['CITEREFCheyneBlack1899–1903'] = {'Cite Biblica'}, ['CITEREFCheyneBlack1901'] = {'Cite Biblica'}, ['CITEREFCheyneBlack1902'] = {'Cite Biblica'}, ['CITEREFCheyneBlack1903'] = {'Cite Biblica'}, ['CITEREFChisholm1922'] = {'EB1922', 'Cite EB1922'}, ['CITEREFChittick1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChkeidze2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFChoniates1984'] = {'O City of Byzantium'}, ['CITEREFChrista_Jost1999'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFChung1994'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFChurchmanHurst2001'] = {'Churchman & Hurst Railways of New Zealand'}, ['CITEREFChurchman_&amp;_Hurst2001'] = {'Churchman & Hurst Railways of New Zealand'}, ['CITEREFChurella2013'] = {'Churella-PRR-1'}, ['CITEREFClementsMcMahon2008'] = {'ClementsMcMahon-GSR Locomotives'}, ['CITEREFClinker1978'] = {'Clinker-Stations'}, ['CITEREFClinker1988'] = {'Clinker-Stations'}, ['CITEREFCoates1990'] = {'Coates-Reading'}, ['CITEREFColbyWilliams1916'] = {'New International Encyclopedia', 'NIE'}, ['CITEREFColledgeWarlow2006'] = {'Colledge', 'Cite Colledge2006'}, ['CITEREFColledgeWarlow2010'] = {'Cite Colledge2010'}, ['CITEREFCollins2016'] = {'Cite Collins 2016'}, ['CITEREFConolly1998'] = {'IanAllan-PreGroup-Atlas1998'}, ['CITEREFConway1990'] = {'Conway A Course in Functional Analysis'}, ['CITEREFCosentino2008'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFCoulthard-Clark2002'] = {'Australian Dictionary of Biography'}, ['CITEREFCousin1910'] = {'A Short Biographical Dictionary of English Literature', 'Cite SBDEL'}, ['CITEREFCox1967'] = {'Cox-Upper Darby'}, ['CITEREFCox2011'] = {'Cox-Dixie'}, ['CITEREFCrevier1993'] = {'Crevier 1993'}, ['CITEREFCrockett2007'] = {'Australian Dictionary of Biography'}, ['CITEREFCroke2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFCrone1980'] = {'Slaves on Horses'}, ['CITEREFCronin2011'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFCroughtonKidnerYoung1982'] = {'Croughton-PrivateStations'}, ['CITEREFCruickshanks1970'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFCudahy2002'] = {'Cudahy-Hudson'}, ['CITEREFCudahy2003'] = {'Cudahy-Subways'}, ['CITEREFCurta2006'] = {'Southeastern Europe in the Middle Ages, 500–1250'}, ----------< D >---------- ['CITEREFDBI'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFDZS2015'] = {'Croatia Yearbook 2015'}, ['CITEREFDadelsen1957'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDaftary1990'] = {'Daftary-The Ismailis'}, ['CITEREFDaftary2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDaftary2007'] = {'Daftary-The Ismailis'}, ['CITEREFDaftary2015'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDaiber1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDandamayevShahbaziLecoq1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDaniel2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDaniel2010'] = {'New Cambridge History of Islam'}, ['CITEREFDanielsDench1963'] = {'Daniels-NoMore'}, ['CITEREFDanielsDench1973'] = {'Daniels-NoMore'}, ['CITEREFDanner1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFDarleyCanepa2018'] = {'Oxford Dictionary of Late Antiquity'}, ['CITEREFDaryaee2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDaryaee2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFDaryaeeCanepa2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFDavid1961'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDavidson2010'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFDavidsonThrush2010'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFDavies1996'] = {'Davies-PLMLocoList'}, ['CITEREFDavies1997'] = {'Davies-NordLocoList'}, ['CITEREFDavies2001'] = {'Davies-EstLocoList3', 'Davies-ÉtatLocoList'}, ['CITEREFDavies2003'] = {'Davies-SNCFLocoList'}, ['CITEREFDaviesFirthLuckingThomas1966'] = {'RCTS-LocosGWR-10'}, ['CITEREFDavud2018'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFDavudNazerian2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFDe_Negri1997'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFDemircan2010'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFDeutsch1951'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFDeutsch1978'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFDeutsche_Autos,_Band_2,2001'] = {'Deutsche Autos-2'}, ['CITEREFDeutsche_Autos,_Band_3,2001'] = {'Deutsche Autos-3'}, ['CITEREFDeutsche_Autos,_Band_4,2001'] = {'Deutsche Autos-4'}, ['CITEREFDeutsche_Autos,_Band_5,2001'] = {'Deutsche Autos-5'}, ['CITEREFDeutsche_Autos,_Band_6,2001'] = {'Deutsche Autos-6'}, ['CITEREFDewick2005'] = {'Dewick-Atlas'}, ['CITEREFDiamonstein-Spielvogel2011'] = {'Cite landmarks'}, ['CITEREFDickens2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFDirksen1998'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDirksen2010'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDirksen2016'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDixmier1984'] = {'Dixmier General Topology'}, ['CITEREFDoerfer1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDoganis1930'] = {'Great Military and Naval Encyclopaedia'}, ['CITEREFDoleckiMynard2016'] = {'Dolecki Mynard Convergence Foundations Of Topology'}, ['CITEREFDolkart1998'] = {'Cite morningside'}, ['CITEREFDonner1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDonohue2003'] = {'The Buwayhid Dynasty in Iraq'}, ['CITEREFDorin1972'] = {'Dorin-North Western'}, ['CITEREFDow1962'] = {'Dow-GC2'}, ['CITEREFDow1965'] = {'Dow-GC3'}, ['CITEREFDow1985'] = {'Dow-GC1'}, ['CITEREFDowney2007'] = {'Downey-Chicago'}, ['CITEREFDrechsler2005'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDrummond1964'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFDrury1985'] = {'Drury Historical Guide 1985'}, ['CITEREFDrury1993'] = {'Drury-North American Steam'}, ['CITEREFDuchesne-Guillemin1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDugundji1966'] = {'Dugundji Topology'}, ['CITEREFDuke1995'] = {'Duke-Santa Fe-1'}, ['CITEREFDukeKeilty1990'] = {'Duke-RDC'}, ['CITEREFDumbarton_Oaks_Hagiography_Database'] = {'Dumbarton Oaks Hagiography Database'}, ['CITEREFDunbar1969'] = {'Dunbar-Railroads'}, ['CITEREFDuncan-Jones2010'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFDunlop1895'] = {'O\'Donnell family tree'}, ['CITEREFDunlop1985'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDunn2013'] = {'Dunn-Comeng-5'}, ['CITEREFDurand-Guédy2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDurand-Guédy2010'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFDurand-Guédy2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFDurham1998'] = {'California\'s Geographic Names'}, ['CITEREFDurrant1972'] = {'Durrant-Steam Locos Eastern Europe'}, ['CITEREFDurrant1981'] = {'Durrant-Garratt-Rev'}, ['CITEREFDurrantLewisJorgensen1981'] = {'Durrant-SteamAfrica'}, ['CITEREFDömlingKohlhase1971'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDürr1952'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDürr1954'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDürr1987'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDürrJones2006'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFDürrKobayashi1998'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFde_Blois2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFde_Planhol1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFde_Planhol1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< E >---------- ['CITEREFEIr.1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFEarle2018'] = {'Gymnosperm Database'}, ['CITEREFEbata2019'] = {'BDh'}, ['CITEREFEbata2020'] = {'BDh'}, ['CITEREFEbrahimKhodaverdian2018'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFEdwards1995'] = {'Edwards Functional Analysis Theory and Applications'}, ['CITEREFEichberg1976'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFEilers1983'] = template_names ['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFEkbal1991'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFEl-Hibri2010'] = {'New Cambridge History of Islam'}, ['CITEREFEldredgeHorenstein2014'] = {'Cite concrete'}, ['CITEREFElsholz1982'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFElwell-Sutton1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFEppstein1966'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFEppstein1982'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFEquasis'] = {'Csr', 'Cite ship register'}, ['CITEREFEuDaly2009'] = {'Complete Book of North American Railroading'}, ['CITEREFEuDalySchaferJessupBoyd2009'] = {'Complete Book of North American Railroading'}, ----------< F >---------- ['CITEREFFacella2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFang1943'] = {'Cite ECCP'}, ['CITEREFFarinella2001'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFFatehi-NezhadAzarnooshNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFFatehi-nezhadRahimi2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFFeder1958'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFFederal_Writers&#039;_Project1939'] = {'Cite fednyc'}, ['CITEREFFelixMadelung1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFernandez1983'] = {'Fernandez1983'}, ['CITEREFFesharaki2015'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFFiaccadori1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFFikratUmar2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFine1991'] = {'The Early Medieval Balkans'}, ['CITEREFFine1994'] = {'The Late Medieval Balkans'}, ['CITEREFFletcher,_Great_Tank_Scandal'] = {'Book-Fletcher-Great Tank Scandal'}, ['CITEREFFletcher,_Universal_Tank'] = {'Book-Fletcher-Universal Tank'}, ['CITEREFFloor1992'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFloor2005'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFlora_of_North_America'] = {'EFloras'}, ['CITEREFFlora_of_North_America2009'] = {'EFloras'}, ['CITEREFFluckMarshallWilson1996'] = {'FluMarWil-LocRailCR'}, ['CITEREFFonstad1991'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFForkelTerry1920'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFFornaçon,_Siegfried1957'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFForrestal1999'] = {'Forrestal-Wineries'}, ['CITEREFForster1990'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFFoss1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFFoster1971'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFFoster1996'] = {'Foster-Field Guide'}, ['CITEREFFrailey2010'] = {'Frailey-Twilight'}, ['CITEREFFranke1994'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFFranz_Schnorr_von_Carolsfeld1883'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFFriedrich_Wilhelm_Bautz1975'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFFriedrich_Wilhelm_Bautz1990'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFFry1964'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-7'}, ['CITEREFFry1966'] = {'RCTS-LocosLNER-5'}, ['CITEREFFrye1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFFrye1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFFrye2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFFubini2012'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFFudenbergTirole1991'] = {'Cite Fudenberg Tirole 1991'}, ['CITEREFFultonHarris1991'] = {'Fulton-Harris'}, ----------< G >---------- ['CITEREFGarakaniBrown2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFGardner2005'] = {'MSW3 Microbiotheria'}, ['CITEREFGardoni2015'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFGareyJohnson1979'] = {'Garey-Johnson'}, ['CITEREFGarsoian2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGarsoian2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGarsoian2005'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGarth2003'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFGazette34205'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34339'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34390'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34427'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34558'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34870'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34978'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette34989'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette35037'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette35107'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette35134'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette35284'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette37560'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette37590'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette37598'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette37610'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette38020'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGazette38611'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFGeanakoplos1959'] = {'Emperor Michael Palaeologus and the West'}, ['CITEREFGeorg_von_Dadelsen1953'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFGhanoonparvar1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGhereghlou2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGhereghlou2016'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGhulamiyan2015'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGhulamiyan2015'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFGiannasi1975'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFGibb1923'] = {'The Arab Conquests in Central Asia'}, ['CITEREFGignoux1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGignoux1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGil1997'] = {'A History of Palestine, 634-1099', 'A History of Palestine, 634–1099'}, ['CITEREFGillham2001'] = {'Gillham-Waterloo-City'}, ['CITEREFGilliland1969'] = {'Gilliland'}, ['CITEREFGilliland1994'] = {'Pop Chronicles 40s'}, ['CITEREFGilliverMarshallWeiner2006'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFGilmanPeckColby1905'] = {'Cite NIE', 'New International Encyclopedia', 'NIE'}, ['CITEREFGilmanPeckColby1916'] = {'New International Encyclopedia', 'NIE'}, ['CITEREFGiunashvili2016'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGleaves1921'] = {'Gleaves'}, ['CITEREFGlischinski1997'] = {'Glischinski-Santa Fe'}, ['CITEREFGlöckner1983'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFGoldberg1981'] = {'Goldberg-Amtrak'}, ['CITEREFGordon2001'] = {'Gordon-The Breaking of a Thousand Swords'}, ['CITEREFGraham1974'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFGrant1994'] = {'Grant-Death'}, ['CITEREFGrant2010'] = {'Grant-Twilight'}, ['CITEREFGrant2017'] = {'Grant-RailCo'}, ['CITEREFGrassi2018'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGray1986'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFGreenlaw2007'] = {'Greenlaw-Via Rail'}, ['CITEREFGregory1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFGregoryŠevčenko1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFGrete_Schemann1957'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFGrey2002'] = {'Australian Dictionary of Biography'}, ['CITEREFGrierson1903'] = {'Cite LSI', 'LSI', 'Linguistic Survey of India'}, ['CITEREFGrierson1908'] = {'Cite LSI', 'LSI', 'Linguistic Survey of India'}, ['CITEREFGrierson1919'] = {'Cite LSI', 'LSI', 'Linguistic Survey of India'}, ['CITEREFGrierson1967'] = {'Cite LSI', 'LSI', 'Linguistic Survey of India'}, ['CITEREFGriffith1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFGriffithsSmith1999'] = {'Griffiths-Sheds1'}, ['CITEREFGriffithsSmith2000'] = {'Griffiths-Sheds2'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieck1955'] = {'Grothendieck Produits Tensoriels Topologiques et Espaces Nucléaires'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieck1973'] = {'Grothendieck Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1960'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1961'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1963'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1964'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1965'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1966'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1967'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGrothendieckDieudonné1971'] = {'EGA'}, ['CITEREFGroves2005'] = {'MSW3 Primates', 'MSW3 Groves'}, ['CITEREFGrubb2005'] = {'MSW3 Artiodactyla'}, ['CITEREFGuilland1967'] = {'Recherches sur les institutions byzantines'}, ['CITEREFGulino2005'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFGunzburg1984'] = {'Gunzburg-History WAGR Steam'}, ['CITEREFGurneyNabavi1993'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGutas1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGvakharia2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFGüner1997'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ----------< H >---------- ['CITEREFHaarer2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFHabibi2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHadidi2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHaji2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHaldon1999'] = {'Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565–1204'}, ['CITEREFHalliday1985'] = {'Halliday-AustWineCompend'}, ['CITEREFHalliday2008'] = {'Halliday-JHWAtlasAust2008'}, ['CITEREFHalliday2009'] = {'Halliday-AustWineEncyc'}, ['CITEREFHalm1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHalpenny1990'] = {'Canadabio'}, ['CITEREFHambly1990'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFHambly1991'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFHammondAnderson1993'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFHammondScull1995'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFHammondScull2005'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFHammondScull2006a'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFHammondScull2006b'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFHanaway1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHanaway1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHanawayLewisohn2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHans_Heinrich_Borcherdt1955'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFHans_Knudsen1972'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFHansen1988'] = {'Book-Hansen-US Nuclear Weapons'}, ['CITEREFHansman1991'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHartshorne1977'] = {'Hartshorne AG'}, ['CITEREFHassanpour1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHassanpour1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHasumi2003'] = {'Hasumi-shiguehiko-ozu-2003'}, ['CITEREFHaswell-Smith2004'] = {'Haswell-Smith'}, ['CITEREFHaugic1908'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFHawting1987'] = {'The First Dynasty of Islam'}, ['CITEREFHawting2000'] = {'The First Dynasty of Islam'}, ['CITEREFHaynes2011'] = {'RubberBible92nd'}, ['CITEREFHeinichen1728'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHeinrich_Welti1890'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFHelgen2005'] = {'MSW3 Scandentia'}, ['CITEREFHellmann1965'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHenrici1725'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHenryOrsmond1928'] = {'Raiatea family tree'}, ['CITEREFHermann_Palm1876'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFHerr2000'] = {'Herr-LN'}, ['CITEREFHeschel2007'] = {'Encyclopaedia Judaica', 'Cite EJ', 'Cite Encyclopaedia Judaica'}, ['CITEREFHewsen1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHidyHidyScottHofsummer2004'] = {'Hidy-Great Northern'}, ['CITEREFHildHellenkemper1990'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFHildHellenkemper1994'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFHildRestle1981'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFHillenbrand1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHills,_Power_from_Steam'] = {'Book-Hills-Power from Steam'}, ['CITEREFHills1989'] = {'Book-Hills-Power from Steam'}, ['CITEREFHilmarJestremski2004'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFHilton1980'] = {'Hilton-Amtrak'}, ['CITEREFHilton1990'] = {'Hilton Narrow Gauge'}, ['CITEREFHiltonDue1960'] = {'Hilton-Interurban'}, ['CITEREFHinton1986'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFHirsch1906'] = {'Cite JE1906'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland'] = {'Canmore'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland1972'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland1976'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland2020'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_Scotland:_Rusco_Tower2020'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_ScotlandLB33744'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_Environment_ScotlandLB50114'] = {'Historic Environment Scotland'}, ['CITEREFHob.'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFHoffmanSmith2005'] = {'MSW3 Lagomorpha'}, ['CITEREFHoffmann1738'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHofmann1983'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHofmann1987'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHofmann1999'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFHolland1972'] = {'Holland-Vol 2'}, ['CITEREFHolland1988'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFHolland2001'] = {'Holland-Classic'}, ['CITEREFHollingsworth1980'] = {'Hollingsworth-Atlas-Rigby'}, ['CITEREFHollingsworth1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFHollingsworthCutler1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFHolmgren2003'] = {'EFloras'}, ['CITEREFHoltBiddle1986'] = {'Holt-NorthWest'}, ['CITEREFHolton1989'] = {'Holton-Reading-1'}, ['CITEREFHonigmann1935'] = {'Byzance et les Arabes'}, ['CITEREFHopley1983'] = {'Australian Dictionary of Biography'}, ['CITEREFHort1911'] = {'DCBL'}, ['CITEREFHorváth1966'] = {'Horváth Topological Vector Spaces and Distributions Volume 1 1966'}, ['CITEREFHosseini2017'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHounshell1984'] = {'Hounshell1984'}, ['CITEREFHudson1997'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFHughes1990'] = {'Hughes-IndianLocos1'}, ['CITEREFHughes1992'] = {'Hughes-IndianLocos2'}, ['CITEREFHughes1994'] = {'Hughes-IndianLocos3'}, ['CITEREFHughes1996'] = {'Hughes-IndianLocos4'}, ['CITEREFHummel1943'] = {'Cite ECCP'}, ['CITEREFHumphreys2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFHunter-Crawley2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFHunter2008'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFHutter2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFHutterer2005'] = {'MSW3 Soricomorpha'}, ['CITEREFHütter2012'] = {'Hütter-50bis53'}, ['CITEREFHütter2015'] = {'Hütter-54bis59'}, ['CITEREFHütter2021'] = {'Hütter-60bis91'}, ----------< I >---------- ['CITEREFIbn_Khallikan1843'] = {'Ibn Khallikan\'s Biographical Dictionary'}, ['CITEREFImber2002'] = {'Imber-The Ottoman Empire, 1300–1650'}, ['CITEREFInalcik1989'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFIranica:_Bahrām'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFIrvine2006'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFIshino1998'] = {'Teishajo'}, ['CITEREFIshkevariNejad2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFIvey1919'] = {'Ivey-Marquette'}, ----------< J >---------- ['CITEREFJackson1908'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFJackson1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFJackson1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFJackson1995'] = {'Cite enc-nyc'}, ['CITEREFJackson2010'] = {'Cite enc-nyc2'}, ['CITEREFJacksonMelville2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFJacobs1904'] = {'Cite Jewish Encyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFJarchow1981'] = {'Jarchow Locally Convex Spaces'}, ['CITEREFJavadiBurrill1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFJohn_O&#039;Donovan1856'] = {'Cite AFM'}, ['CITEREFJohnstonWelshSchafer2001'] = {'Johnston-Streamliner'}, ['CITEREFJones2011'] = {'Cite EPD'}, ['CITEREFJordan2002'] = {'Jordan-WineWABest'}, ['CITEREFJoshi1983'] = {'Joshi Introduction to General Topology'}, ['CITEREFJoslen2003'] = {'Joslen-OOB'}, ['CITEREFJowett1867'] = {'DGRBM', 'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFJowett1989'] = {'Jowett-Atlas', 'Carnarvonshire Railway'}, ['CITEREFJowett2000'] = {'Jowett-Nationalised'}, ['CITEREFJullien2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFJupp1986'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ----------< K >---------- ['CITEREFK.'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFKadinsky2016'] = {'Cite Hidden Waters NYC'}, ['CITEREFKaegi1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFKamaly2006'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKamp1981'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFKang2008'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFKaramatiMelvin-Koushki2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKaramatiMelvin-Koushki2021'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFKarimi-Hakkak1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKarimiMaghsoodi2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFKarl_Frohnmeyer1953'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFKarnow1989'] = {'Cite-Karnow'}, ['CITEREFKasheff2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKayvaniGholami2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFKazhdan1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFKazhdanCutler1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFKazhdanJeffreys1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFKazhdanŠevčenko1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFKeall1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKeefe2006'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFKeller1937'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKelly1988'] = {'Cite GEIL'}, ['CITEREFKellyBurrage1920'] = {'Cite AMB1920'}, ['CITEREFKennedy1998'] = {'The Cambridge History of Egypt', 'Cite Kennedy 1998', 'Cambridge History of Egypt'}, ['CITEREFKennedy2001'] = {'Kennedy-The Armies of the Caliphs'}, ['CITEREFKennedy2004'] = {'The Prophet and the Age of the Caliphates'}, ['CITEREFKennedy2007'] = {'Kennedy-The Great Arab Conquests'}, ['CITEREFKennedy2016'] = {'The Prophet and the Age of the Caliphates'}, ['CITEREFKenyon2011'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKerrigan1995'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFKettenhofen1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKettenhofen2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKettenhofenBournoutianHewsen1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKhaleelulla1982'] = {'Khaleelulla Counterexamples in Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFKhaleghi-Motlagh1999'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKhaleghi-Motlagh2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKhan2012'] = {'Cite Banglapedia'}, ['CITEREFKhatibiNegahban2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFKim1994'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFKirnberger1774'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKirnberger1780'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKlein2006'] = {'Klein-UP-2'}, ['CITEREFKlíma1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFKobayashi1978'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKoderHild1976'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFKoderSoustalKoder1998'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFKoeppel2015'] = {'Cite citygrid'}, ['CITEREFKofos1977'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFKohler1902'] = {'Cite Jewish Encyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFKolde1914'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFKoliopoulos1978'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFKolmogorovFomin1957'] = {'Kolmogorov Fomin Elements of the Theory of Functions and Functional Analysis'}, ['CITEREFKonrad_Ameln1985'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFKoska2011'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKratville1962'] = {'Kratville-SSL'}, ['CITEREFKretzschmar1910'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKube2009'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFKurz1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFKuznik2008'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFKöthe1969'] = {'Köthe Topological Vector Spaces I'}, ['CITEREFKöthe1979'] = {'Köthe Topological Vector Spaces II'}, ['CITEREFKöthe1983'] = {'Köthe Topological Vector Spaces I'}, ['CITEREFKülzer2008'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFKüçükaşcı2001'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ----------< L >---------- ['CITEREFLa_Porta2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFLacourcière1974'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFLadefogedMaddieson1996'] = {'SOWL'}, ['CITEREFLandau-Tasseron2010'] = {'New Cambridge History of Islam'}, ['CITEREFLandauCondit1996'] = {'Cite nysky'}, ['CITEREFLandmann1907'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFLang1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFLangaroodiCooper2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFLangaroodiCooper2015'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLangaroodiCooper2015'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFLangaroodiNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFLangaroodiNegahban2015'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLangaroodiNegahban2015'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFLangaroudi2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLatham1982–2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLazard1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFLaërtius1925'] = {'Cite Lives of the Eminent Philosophers', 'Cite LotEP'}, ['CITEREFLeCoq1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLe_Quien1740'] = {'Oriens Christianus'}, ['CITEREFLe_Strange1900'] = {'Baghdad During the Abbasid Caliphate'}, ['CITEREFLe_Strange1905'] = {'Lands of the Eastern Caliphate'}, ['CITEREFLe_Strange1922'] = {'Baghdad During the Abbasid Caliphate'}, ['CITEREFLeblanc1979'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFLee1903'] = {'Cite DNBIE'}, ['CITEREFLee2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFLeisingerWollny1993'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFLerner1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLev1999'] = {'Saladin in Egypt'}, ['CITEREFLevitan2001'] = {'Springer'}, ['CITEREFLewin1925'] = {'Lewin-EarlyRail'}, ['CITEREFLewis1969'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFLewis1986'] = {'Lewis-Shortline-1986'}, ['CITEREFLewis1991'] = {'Lewis-Shortline-1991'}, ['CITEREFLewis1996'] = {'Lewis-Shortline-1996'}, ['CITEREFLewis2001'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLiederNet_Archive'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFLieu1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLighthouses_of_Australia_Inc'] = {'Cite loa'}, ['CITEREFLind1986'] = {'Lind-Limiteds'}, ['CITEREFLittle1974'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFLongnon1969'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFLosensky2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLoverance2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFLukonin1983'] = {'Cambridge History of Iran'}, ['CITEREFLurje2010'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFLuttrell1975'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFLuttrell1987'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFLynch2004'] = {'Lynch-Penn Central'}, ['CITEREFLynch2005'] = {'Lynch-New Haven passenger'}, ['CITEREFLynch2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFLéger1990'] = {'Cite DCB'}, ['CITEREFle_Fleming1953'] = {'RCTS-LocosGWR-8'}, ['CITEREFle_Fleming1960'] = {'RCTS-LocosGWR-8'}, ----------< M >---------- ['CITEREFMacDermot1927'] = {'Infobox GWR'}, ['CITEREFMacDermot1931'] = {'Infobox GWR'}, ['CITEREFMacEoin1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMacKenzie1992'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelung1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFMadelung1978'] = {'EI2'}, ['CITEREFMadelung1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelung1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelung1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelung1993'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelung2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMadelungFelix1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMaeda2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMagdalino2002'] = {'The Empire of Manuel I Komnenos'}, ['CITEREFMaiken1989'] = {'Maiken-Night Trains'}, ['CITEREFMailer2004'] = {'Mailer-Omaha Road'}, ['CITEREFMajidiNegahban'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFMalandra2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFManfred_Knedlik2007'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFMarshak1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMarshak2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMarshall1823'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1824'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1825'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1827'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1828'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1829'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1830'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1831'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1832'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1833'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1835'] = {'Cite RNB1823'}, ['CITEREFMarshall1972'] = {'Lancashire & Yorkshire Railway 3'}, ['CITEREFMarshall2001'] = {'Marshall-INGSR'}, ['CITEREFMartin_Persch1992'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFMartin_Persch1993'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFMartin_Persch1996'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFMartindale1980'] = {'Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire', 'PLRE'}, ['CITEREFMartindale1992'] = {'Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire', 'PLRE'}, ['CITEREFMartindaleJonesMorris1971'] = {'Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire', 'PLRE'}, ['CITEREFMasoud_Jalali-Moqaddam2015'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFMatini1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMatthee2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMatthee2015'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMaul2005'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFMayGray2006'] = {'MayGray-WAGRPassCar'}, ['CITEREFMazzaoui2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMcArthurMcArthur2003'] = {'Cite ogn', 'Cite Oregon Geographic Names'}, ['CITEREFMcCaffrey1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMcCorduck2004'] = {'McCorduck 2004'}, ['CITEREFMcCurdyRogers1902'] = {'Cite Jewish Encyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFMcDonnell2015'] = {'McDonnell-Locomotives-2nd'}, ['CITEREFMcGhee2008'] = {'Cite McGhee 2008'}, ['CITEREFMeiningen1704'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFMeints1992'] = {'Meints-Companies'}, ['CITEREFMeints2005'] = {'Meints-Lines'}, ['CITEREFMelamed1988'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFMelamed1995'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFMelville1997'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMelville2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMennell1892'] = {'Dictionary of Australasian Biography'}, ['CITEREFMetcalfe2009'] = {'The Muslims of Medieval Italy'}, ['CITEREFMiddleton1961'] = {'Middleton-Interurban'}, ['CITEREFMiddleton2001'] = {'Middleton-Electrified-2nd'}, ['CITEREFMiddleton2002'] = {'Middleton-PRR-Under-Wire'}, ['CITEREFMiddletonSmerkDiehl2007'] = {'Encyclopedia of North American Railroads'}, ['CITEREFMiles1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFMillar2011'] = {'NZR Steam Locomotive'}, ['CITEREFMiller'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFMiller1908'] = {'The Latins in the Levant', 'Latins in the Levant'}, ['CITEREFMiller1921'] = {'Essays on the Latin Orient'}, ['CITEREFMinnich2008'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFMiramar_Ship_Index'] = {'Csr', 'Cite ship register'}, ['CITEREFMitchell1965'] = {'Mitchell TOC'}, ['CITEREFMittermeierKonstantHawkinsLouis2006'] = {'LoM2'}, ['CITEREFMittermeierLouisRichardsonSchwitzer2010'] = {'LoM3'}, ['CITEREFMittermeierTattersallKonstantMeyers1994'] = {'LoM1'}, ['CITEREFMoore1875'] = {'Cite CEM'}, ['CITEREFMorana1993'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFMorony2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFMoschonas1975'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFMottahedeh1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFMozartHaydnHaydn2008'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFMunkres1974'] = {'Munkres Topology'}, ['CITEREFMunkres2000'] = {'Munkres Topology'}, ['CITEREFMurray2006'] = {'Murray-Illinois Central'}, ['CITEREFMusserCarleton2005'] = {'MSW3 Muroidea'}, ['CITEREFMüller,_Hans-Christian1966'] = template_names['NDB'], ----------< N >---------- ['CITEREFNSA_II,_15'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFNSA_scores'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFNSA_website'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFNagel1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFNariciBeckenstein2011'] = {'Narici Beckenstein Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFNavāʾī1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFNersessian2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFNetzer1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFNetzer2007'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFNeukirch1999'] = {'Neukirch ANT'}, ['CITEREFNeukirchSchmidtWingberg2000'] = {'Neukirch et al. CNF'}, ['CITEREFNew_York_City_Landmarks_Preservation_CommissionDolkartPostal2009'] = {'Cite nycland'}, ['CITEREFNewbould1999'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFNewman1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFNicholsonCanepaDaryaee2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFNicol1988'] = {'Byzantium and Venice: A Study in Diplomatic and Cultural Relations'}, ['CITEREFNicol1992'] = {'The Immortal Emperor: The Life and Legend of Constantine Palaiologos, Last Emperor of the Romans'}, ['CITEREFNicol1993'] = {'The Last Centuries of Byzantium, 1261–1453', 'The Last Centuries of Byzantium'}, ['CITEREFNock1974'] = {'Nock-EustonGlasgow'}, ----------< O >---------- ['CITEREFO&#039;Byrne1849'] = {'Cite NBD1849'}, ['CITEREFO&#039;ConnorRobertson1996'] = {'MacTutor Biography', 'MacTutor'}, ['CITEREFO&#039;ConnorRobertson2000'] = {'MacTutor Biography', 'MacTutor'}, ['CITEREFO&#039;Donoghue1897'] = {'Cite DNB'}, ['CITEREFODB'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFODLA'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFOberling1984'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFOberling2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFOberling2010'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFOdisheli2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFOfficial_Guide_of_the_Railways1950'] = {'Official Guide of the Railways'}, ['CITEREFOgorek2012'] = {'Ogorek-South Shore'}, ['CITEREFOikonomides1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFOikonomou1977'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFOlbrycht2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< P >---------- ['CITEREFPLP'] = {'Prosopographisches Lexikon der Palaiologenzeit', 'PLP'}, ['CITEREFPalmer1875'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFPalmerStewart1965'] = {'Palmer & Stewart'}, ['CITEREFPanainoAbdollahyBalland1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFPandariHirtensteinNegahban2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFParvin2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFParvin2009'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFPatience1996'] = {'Patience-SteamTwilight'}, ['CITEREFPatton2005'] = {'MSW3 Geomyidae'}, ['CITEREFPaul2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFPaxtonBourne1985'] = {'Paxton-Bourne'}, ['CITEREFPeacock2011'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFPeck1898'] = {'HDCA'}, ['CITEREFPerlis2001'] = {'Springer'}, ['CITEREFPerreault2004'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFPerry1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFPerry1990'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFPerry1991'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFPetropoulosKoumarianou1977'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFPetrucci1982'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFPezeshk2017'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFPezeshkKhaleeli2017'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFPezeshkKhaleeli2017'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFPfau2008'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFPinkepank1973'] = {'Pinkepank diesel spotters guide 2'}, ['CITEREFPlantlist2016'] = {'Plantlist'}, ['CITEREFPlaten1976'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFPloumidisAlexiou1974'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFPmbZ'] = {'Prosopographie der mittelbyzantinischen Zeit', 'PMBZ'}, ['CITEREFPolemis1968'] = {'Polemis-The Doukai'}, ['CITEREFPope2007'] = {'Encyclopaedia Judaica', 'Cite EJ', 'Cite Encyclopaedia Judaica'}, ['CITEREFPopplewell'] = {'Popplewell-Gazetteer'}, ['CITEREFPotts2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFPottsCanepa2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFPourshariati2017'] = {'Encyclopædia Iranica Online'}, ['CITEREFPozza1992'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFPrawer1985'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFPritsak1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFProsopographie_der_mittelbyz._Zeit'] = {'Prosopographie der mittelbyzantinischen Zeit'}, ----------< Q >---------- ['CITEREFQuick2009'] = {'Quick-Stations'}, ['CITEREFQuick2019'] = {'Quick-stations-5'}, ['CITEREFQuinn2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< R >---------- ['CITEREFRaditsa1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFRahman1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRaja&#039;i1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRamaer1974'] = {'Ramaer-SteamLocosEAR'}, ['CITEREFRansome-Wallis1971'] = {'Ransome-Wallis 1'}, ['CITEREFRateliff2007'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFRavegnano2000'] = {'DBI'}, ['CITEREFReed1953'] = {'RCTS-LocosGWR-2'}, ['CITEREFReed1975'] = {'Reed-Streamline era'}, ['CITEREFReed1997'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFReinhard_Tenberg1990'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFRettinghaus2020'] = {'BDh'}, ['CITEREFReynolds1921'] = {'Cite Collier\'s', 'Collier\'s'}, ['CITEREFReynoldsOroszi2000'] = {'Reynolds-BO'}, ['CITEREFRezaHirtensteinGholami2021'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFRezakhani2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFRezvani2014'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRichter-Bernburg2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRichter2018'] = {'BDh'}, ['CITEREFRigo2005'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFRipleyDana1863'] = {'New American Cyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFRipleyDana1864'] = {'New American Cyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFRipleyDana1879'] = {'Cite AmCyc'}, ['CITEREFRistaino1988'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFRobert_Eitner1891'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFRobertson1983'] = {'Robertson-OriginScot'}, ['CITEREFRoe1916'] = {'Roe1916'}, ['CITEREFRoe1937'] = {'Roe1937'}, ['CITEREFRoemer1986'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFRoemer1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRoemer2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRolt1965'] = {'Rolt1965'}, ['CITEREFRoltKichenside1982'] = {'Rolt-Red'}, ['CITEREFRose1857'] = {'Cite Newgenbio'}, ['CITEREFRosenfeld1974'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFRosenzweigBlackmar1992'] = {'Cite Central Park History', 'Cite Central Park history'}, ['CITEREFRowledge1975'] = {'Rowledge-Engines of the LMS'}, ['CITEREFRowledge1993'] = {'Rowledge-Irish Steam Register'}, ['CITEREFRowlett'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowlett2007'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowlett2012'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowlett2013'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowlett2016'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowlett2017'] = {'Cite rowlett', 'Cite Rowlett'}, ['CITEREFRowson1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRudin1973'] = {'Rudin Walter Functional Analysis'}, ['CITEREFRudin1991'] = {'Rudin Walter Functional Analysis'}, ['CITEREFRunciman1951'] = {'Runciman-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFRunciman1951–1954'] = {'Runciman-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFRunciman1952'] = {'Runciman-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFRunciman1954'] = {'Runciman-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFRunciman1989'] = {'Runciman-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFRussell1985'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades', 'Encyclopædia Iranica Online', 'Encyclopædia Iranica', 'Encyclopaedia Iranica', 'Cite Encyclopædia Iranica Online'}, ['CITEREFRussell1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRussell1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFRussellNorvig2003'] = {'Russell Norvig 2003'}, ['CITEREFRybczynski2000'] = {'Rybczynski2000'}, ['CITEREFRypka1968'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ----------< S >---------- ['CITEREFSR_staff2013'] = {'Houston family tree'}, ['CITEREFSadeghiTehrani2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFSadıkoğlu1996'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFSafa1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSafa1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSafa1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSafa1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSafa2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSajjadiAsatryanMelvin-Koushki'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica Online'}, ['CITEREFSajjadiAsatryanMelvin-Koushki'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFSajjadiAsatryanMelvin-Koushki2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSalbiev2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSalo2004'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFSamiʿiMelvin-Koushki2013'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFSanders1998'] = {'The Cambridge History of Egypt', 'Cambridge History of Egypt'}, ['CITEREFSanders2003'] = {'Sanders-Indiana'}, ['CITEREFSanders2006'] = {'Sanders-Heartland'}, ['CITEREFSanders2007'] = {'Sanders-Akron'}, ['CITEREFSarikakis1974'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFSaunders2001'] = {'Saunders-Merging Lines'}, ['CITEREFSaunders2013'] = {'Saunders-Giants of the Seas'}, ['CITEREFSavadaShaw1992'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFSavoryKaramustafa1998'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFScarce1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchaeferWolff1999'] = {'Schaefer Wolff Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFSchafer1996'] = {'Schafer-Classic-Railroads-1'}, ['CITEREFSchafer1998'] = {'Schafer-Vintage Diesel'}, ['CITEREFSchafer2000'] = {'Schafer-More-Classic'}, ['CITEREFSchafer2003'] = {'Schafer-Classic-Railroads-3'}, ['CITEREFSchaferSolomon1997'] = {'Schafer-Pennsylvania'}, ['CITEREFSchaferWelsh1997'] = {'Schafer-Classic'}, ['CITEREFSchaferWelsh2002'] = {'Schafer-Streamliners'}, ['CITEREFSchaferWelshHolland2001'] = {'Schafer-American passenger train'}, ['CITEREFSchaff-Herzog'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFSchechter1996'] = {'Schechter Handbook of Analysis and Its Foundations'}, ['CITEREFScheide1960'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchicht1805'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchilling1997'] = {'Schilling-pop-culture'}, ['CITEREFSchindel2013'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchippmann1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchippmann1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchlitter2005'] = {'MSW3 Tubulidentata'}, ['CITEREFSchlumberger1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFSchmieder1950'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchmieder1990'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchmitt1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt1993'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt1995'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt2005'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitt2018'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmittBailey1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSchmitz1870'] = {'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFSchneider1907'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchneider1912'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFScholze1736'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchroeter1961'] = {'Schroeter-Eisenbahnen'}, ['CITEREFSchroeterRamaer1993'] = {'Schroeter-Ramaer-Eisenbahnen'}, ['CITEREFSchubert-online'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFSchubert1968'] = {'Schubert Topology'}, ['CITEREFSchulenberg2010'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchulenberg2013'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchulze1980'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchulze1983'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchulze1984'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSchwieterman2001'] = {'Schwieterman-Leaves-Eastern'}, ['CITEREFScottNegus2011'] = {'Scott-Negus-Cellar Door'}, ['CITEREFScribbins1970'] = {'Scribbins-Hiawatha'}, ['CITEREFScribbins2008'] = {'Scribbins-400-2008', 'Scribbins-Remembered'}, ['CITEREFSearle'] = {'Cite sslidx'}, ['CITEREFSegal1982'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSellwood1983'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFSemmensGoldfinch2000'] = {'Book-Semmens-Goldfinch-How Steam Locomotives Really Work'}, ['CITEREFSemsarZand2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFSetton1975'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFSetton1976'] = {'The Papacy and the Levant'}, ['CITEREFSetton1978'] = {'The Papacy and the Levant'}, ['CITEREFSetton1984'] = {'The Papacy and the Levant'}, ['CITEREFSettonHazard1975'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFSfyroeras1975'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFShahbazi1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi1991'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi1994'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbazi2005'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbaziBosworth1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShahbaziRichter-Bernburg2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShaki1991'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShaughnessy1997'] = {'Shaughnessy-DH'}, ['CITEREFShaw1978'] = {'Shaw-RailroadAccidents'}, ['CITEREFShayegan2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFShayesteh2013'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSheikhsofla2018'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFShindo2004'] = {'Kaneto-shindo-shinario-jinsei'}, ['CITEREFShoarian-SattariRezaeeNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFShoshani2005'] = {'MSW3 Shoshani'}, ['CITEREFShtern2001'] = {'Springer', 'SpringerEOM'}, ['CITEREFSiegele1957'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSilanos2014'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, ['CITEREFSilke2006'] = {'O\'Donnell family tree'}, ['CITEREFSimmons2005'] = {'MSW3 Chiroptera'}, ['CITEREFSimon1966'] = {'Simon-Wines Australia'}, ['CITEREFSimonWarner2011'] = {'Amtrak By the Numbers'}, ['CITEREFSinclair1911'] = {'DCBL'}, ['CITEREFSinger1905'] = {'Jewish Encyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFSix1934'] = {'Cite Six', 'Cite six'}, ['CITEREFSkjærvø2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFSkoulatos1980'] = {'Les personnages byzantins de l\'Alexiade'}, ['CITEREFSloan1964'] = {'Sloan1964'}, ['CITEREFSmith1854'] = {'Cite DGRG', 'DGRG'}, ['CITEREFSmith1870'] = {'DGRBM', 'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFSmith1873'] = {'DGRBM', 'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFSmith1876'] = {'DGRBM', 'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFSmith1880'] = {'DGRBM', 'Cite DGRBM'}, ['CITEREFSmith2010'] = {'Smith-Cruise Ships-2010'}, ['CITEREFSolomentsev2001'] = {'Springer', 'SpringerEOM'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2000'] = {'Solomon-American Diesel', 'Solomon-UP'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2003'] = {'Solomon-Masterpieces'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2004'] = {'Solomon-Amtrak'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2005'] = {'Solomon-SP-Passenger'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2006'] = {'Solomon-EMD Locomotives'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2011'] = {'Solomon-Modern Diesel'}, ['CITEREFSolomon2014'] = {'Solomon-GE and EMD'}, ['CITEREFSolomonSchafer2007'] = {'Solomon-New York Central'}, ['CITEREFSolopova2009'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFSoucek1982'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSoucek1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSoustal1991'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFSoustalKoder1981'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFSpielhoff1991'] = {'Spielhoff-EL'}, ['CITEREFSpitta1894'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSpitta1899'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFSpringirth2016'] = {'Springirth-Philadelphia'}, ['CITEREFSpuhler1986'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFSpuler1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSpuler1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFStagner1993'] = {'Stagner-Transition'}, ['CITEREFStansfield1999'] = {'Stansfield-AyrRenfrew'}, ['CITEREFStatistical_Yearbook_of_the_Republic_of_Croatia_2015'] = {'Croatia Yearbook 2015'}, ['CITEREFStaufer1993'] = {'Staufer-Pennsy_III'}, ['CITEREFStauferPennypacker1962'] = {'Staufer-Pennsy'}, ['CITEREFStauferPennypacker1968'] = {'Staufer-Pennsy Power II'}, ['CITEREFStaunton1988'] = {'Australian Dictionary of Biography'}, ['CITEREFSternFishmanTilove2006'] = {'Cite New York 2000', 'Cite NY2000', 'Cite ny2000', 'Cite NY 2000', 'Cite ny 2000'}, ['CITEREFSternGilmartinMassengale1983'] = {'Cite New York 1900', 'Cite NY1900'}, ['CITEREFSternGilmartinMellins1987'] = {'Cite New York 1930', 'Cite NY 1930', 'Cite NY1930', 'Cite ny1930', 'Cite ny 1930'}, ['CITEREFSternMellinsFishman1995'] = {'Cite New York 1960', 'Cite NY1960', 'Cite NY 1960', 'Cite ny1960', 'Cite ny 1960'}, ['CITEREFSternMellinsFishman1999'] = {'Cite New York 1880', 'Cite NY1880', 'Cite NY 1880', 'Cite ny1880', 'Cite ny 1880'}, ['CITEREFStewart1974'] = {'When Steam Was King'}, ['CITEREFStrachey1981'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFStrickland1983'] = {'Strickland Locomotive Directory'}, ['CITEREFStähelin1909'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFSuetin2001'] = {'Springer', 'SpringerEOM'}, ['CITEREFSundermann1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFSusanne_Schurr1992'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFSusanne_Siebert1992'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFSvolopoulos1977'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFSwartz1992'] = {'Swartz An Introduction to Functional Analysis'}, ----------< T >---------- ['CITEREFLondon_Gazette'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFTaber1977'] = {'Taber-DLW-19th'}, ['CITEREFTaberTaber1980'] = {'Taber-DLW-20th-1'}, ['CITEREFTaberTaber1981'] = {'Taber-DLW-20th-2'}, ['CITEREFTafazzoli1999'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFTafazzoli1999'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFTafazzoli2000'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFTalbot1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFTalbotKazhdan1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFTanındı2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFTao2009'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFTer-Ghewondyan1976'] = {'The Arab Emirates in Bagratid Armenia'}, ['CITEREFThe_London_Gazette1950'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFThe_London_Gazette_26_September_1919'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFThielemann2012'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFThomas1970'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFThomas1971'] = {'Thomas-History-VI'}, ['CITEREFThrush2010'] = {'HistoryofParliament'}, ['CITEREFTikhomirov2001'] = {'Springer'}, ['CITEREFTittel1966'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFTodt1996'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFTodtVest2014'] = {'Tabula Imperii Byzantini'}, ['CITEREFTolkien1937'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1954'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1955'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1964'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1966'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1977'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1980'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1982'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1983'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1984'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1985'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1986'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1987'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1988'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1989'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1990'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1992'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1993'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1994'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1996'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1998'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien1999'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkien2007'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkienSwan1978'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTolkienTolkien1992'] = template_names['ME-ref'], ['CITEREFTonks1988'] = {'Tonks ironstone'}, ['CITEREFTonks1989'] = {'Tonks ironstone'}, ['CITEREFTonks1992'] = {'Tonks ironstone'}, ['CITEREFTopping1975'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFTorri2013'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFTougher2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFToumanoff1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFToumanoff2010'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFToumanoffChaumont1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFTourret1995'] = {'Tourret-Allied Military Locomotives'}, ['CITEREFTrapp1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFTrappBeyerSturm-Schnabl1983'] = {'Prosopographisches Lexikon der Palaiologenzeit'}, ['CITEREFTrappWaltherBeyer1976'] = {'Prosopographisches Lexikon der Palaiologenzeit'}, ['CITEREFTrappWaltherBeyerSturm-Schnabl1978'] = {'Prosopographisches Lexikon der Palaiologenzeit'}, ['CITEREFTreadgold1988'] = {'The Byzantine Revival, 780–842'}, ['CITEREFTreadgold1997'] = {'A History of the Byzantine State and Society'}, ['CITEREFTrèves2006'] = {'Trèves François Topological vector spaces, distributions and kernels'}, ['CITEREFTucker2009'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFTurim1998'] = {'Turim-oshima'}, ['CITEREFTuring1950'] = {'Turing 1950'}, ----------< U >---------- ['CITEREFUS-NHub_Music_Deposit_31_(Klavierbüchlein_für_W._F._Bach)_at_Bach_Digital'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFUtas2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFUwe_Eckardt2001'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFunknown_author1881'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFunknown_author1882'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ----------< V >---------- ['CITEREFVakalopoulos1975'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFVan_Cleve1969'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFVan_Hoorickx1971'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFVan_Hoorickx_1974–1976'] = {'Schubert\'s compositions (references)'}, ['CITEREFVan_Lint2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFVan_Riemsdijk,_Compound_Locomotives'] = {'Book-Van Riemsdijk-Compound Locomotives'}, ['CITEREFVan_Tricht2011'] = {'The Latin Renovatio of Byzantium'}, ['CITEREFVandenberghen1989'] = {'Vandenberghen-SNCB12.2'}, ['CITEREFVarzos1984'] = {'Η Γενεαλογία των Κομνηνών', 'Varzos-Genealogy of the Komnenoi'}, ['CITEREFVasiliev1935'] = {'Byzance et les Arabes'}, ['CITEREFVasiliev1968'] = {'Byzance et les Arabes'}, ['CITEREFVendler1997'] = {'Shakespeare sonnets bibliography'}, ['CITEREFVenetis2012'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFVenn1954'] = {'VennAC'}, ['CITEREFVesel1999'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFVetter1713'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFVevainaCanepa2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFVeysey1958'] = {'Veysey-PE-1958'}, ['CITEREFVischer1912'] = {'Schaff-Herzog'}, ['CITEREFVogelsang2003'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFVolkmer1991'] = {'Volkmer-Pennsy-Electric'}, ['CITEREFvan_Leyden1956'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFvan_Lint2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFvon_Prantl1879'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ----------< W >---------- ['CITEREFWagnerBäzoldZschechLüderitz1990'] = {'Wagner-EFA2.3.2'}, ['CITEREFWalter_Asmus1966'] = template_names['NDB'], ['CITEREFWayner1972'] = {'Wayner - Car names, numbers, consists'}, ['CITEREFWayner1973'] = {'Wayner-Spotter-2nd'}, ['CITEREFWebb2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFWeber2016'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWechsler1979'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFWegman2008'] = {'Wegman-Illustrated'}, ['CITEREFWeibel1994'] = {'Weibel IHA'}, ['CITEREFWeinrebHibbertKeayKeay2008'] = {'London encyclopedia'}, ['CITEREFWeisbrod1991'] = {'Weisbrod-EFA1.5'}, ['CITEREFWeisbrodMüllerPetznik1978'] = {'Weisbrod-EFA1.2'}, ['CITEREFWeiskopf1987'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWeiskopf1989'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWeiskopf1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWeiskopf1993'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWellhausen1927'] = {'The Arab Kingdom and its Fall'}, ['CITEREFWells1982'] = {'Accents of English'}, ['CITEREFWells2008'] = {'Cite LPD'}, ['CITEREFWelsh2006'] = {'Welsh-Broadway'}, ['CITEREFWelsh2008'] = {'Welsh-UP'}, ['CITEREFWerner_Raupp2001'] = {'BBKL'}, ['CITEREFWestcott1911'] = {'DCBL'}, ['CITEREFWestermayer,_Georg1882'] = {'Cite ADB'}, ['CITEREFWham1997'] = {'Wham-Ayrshire'}, ['CITEREFWharton1991'] = template_names['ODB'], ['CITEREFWhishaw1842'] = {'Whishaw-RailofGB-2ndEd'}, ['CITEREFWhishaw1969'] = {'Whishaw-RailofGB'}, ['CITEREFWhite1985'] = {'White-Passenger-1985'}, ['CITEREFWhite1993'] = {'White - American railroad freight car'}, ['CITEREFWhiteWillenskyLeadon2010'] = {'Cite aia5'}, ['CITEREFWhitehurst1973'] = {'Whitehurst GW Engines from 1940'}, ['CITEREFWhittow1996'] = {'The Making of Byzantium, 600–1025'}, ['CITEREFWickman1982'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFWiesehöfer1986'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWiesehöfer2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFWilansky2013'] = {'Wilansky Modern Methods in Topological Vector Spaces'}, ['CITEREFWillard2004'] = {'Willard General Topology'}, ['CITEREFWilliams1998'] = {'Williams-Philadelphia'}, ['CITEREFWilliams2003'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFWilliams2014'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFWillis1750'] = {'Cite Notitia Parliamentaria'}, ['CITEREFWilson2017'] = {'Wilson-Guide'}, ['CITEREFWilsonFiske1891'] = {'Appletons\'', 'Cite Appletons\'', 'Appletons'}, ['CITEREFWilsonFiske1892'] = {'Appletons\'', 'Cite Appletons\'', 'Appletons'}, ['CITEREFWilsonFiske1900'] = {'Appletons\'', 'Cite Appletons\'', 'Appletons'}, ['CITEREFWiltshire2000'] = {'Lloyd-Margaret River'}, ['CITEREFWinfieldLyon2004'] = {'Winfield'}, ['CITEREFWinkler1883'] = template_names['ADB'], ['CITEREFWitakowski2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFWolff1969'] = {'Setton-A History of the Crusades'}, ['CITEREFWollny2015'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFWood1907'] = {'Cite Nuttall', 'Nuttall'}, ['CITEREFWoodsKilpatrick2005'] = {'MSW3 Hystricognathi'}, ['CITEREFWorden2008'] = {'Country study'}, ['CITEREFWortley2010'] = {'John Skylitzes: A Synopsis of Byzantine History, 811–1057'}, ['CITEREFWozencraft2005'] = {'MSW3 Carnivora'}, ['CITEREFWright1979'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFWright2000'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFWägliJacobi2010'] = {'Schienennetz Schweiz'}, ['CITEREFWürsch2013'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< X >---------- ----------< Y >---------- ['CITEREFYakubova2016'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYarshater1983'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYarshater1986'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFYarshater1988'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYarshater2018'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYarshater2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYazici2002'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYenne2005'] = {'Yenne-Chiefs'}, ['CITEREFYildiz2004'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFYonge1990'] = {'Quail-4'}, ['CITEREFYonge1994'] = {'Quail-5'}, ['CITEREFYonge2002'] = {'Quail-5'}, ['CITEREFYonge2008'] = {'Quail-5'}, ['CITEREFYonge2016'] = {'Quail-2-2016'}, ['CITEREFYongePadgettSzwenk2013'] = {'Quail-4-Paper-3rdEd'}, ['CITEREFYusofi1990'] = template_names['Iranica'], ----------< Z >---------- ['CITEREFZahn1889–1893'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ['CITEREFZakeri2021'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFZarrinkoubNegahban2008'] = {'Encyclopaedia Islamica'}, ['CITEREFZarrinkub1975'] = template_names['Cam_Hist_Iran'], ['CITEREFZeiniWiesehöfer2018'] = template_names['ODLA'], ['CITEREFZekulich2000'] = {'Zekulich-WineWA'}, ['CITEREFZimmermann2004'] = {'Zimmermann-Burlington'}, ['CITEREFZimmermann2007'] = {'Zimmermann-GrandLuxe'}, ['CITEREFZuccaric._1747'] = {'Bach\'s compositions (sources)'}, ----------< UNSORTED >---------- ['CITEREFGazette27462'] = {'London Gazette'}, ['CITEREFCawley2012'] = {'Medieval Lands by Charles Cawley'}, ['CITEREFCrone2003'] = {'Slaves on Horses'}, ['CITEREFΙστορία_του_Ελληνικού_Έθνους'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFSpyropoulos1928'] = {'Great Military and Naval Encyclopaedia'}, ['CITEREFPikros1977'] = {'Ιστορία του Ελληνικού Έθνους'}, ['CITEREFÖz1993'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFÖzgüdenli2008'] = template_names['Iranica'], ['CITEREFÖzaydın2002'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFÖzaydın2006'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFÖzkuyumcu2006'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFÖztürk2013'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFΜεγάλη_Στρατιωτικὴ_καὶ_Ναυτικὴ_Ἐγκυκλοπαιδεία'] = {'Great Military and Naval Encyclopaedia'}, ['CITEREFŞeşen1988'] = {'TDV Encyclopedia of Islam'}, ['CITEREFFranke1994'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China', 'The Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFTao2009'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China', 'The Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFWechsler1979'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China', 'The Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFWright1979'] = {'Cite Cambridge History of China', 'The Cambridge History of China'}, ['CITEREFHistoric_England_Benty_Grange'] = {'NHLE'}, ['CITEREFWalter1967'] = {'DBI', 'Dizionario Biografico degli Italiani'}, } --[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D T A B L E S >------------------------------------------------ ]] return { DNB_special_patterns = DNB_special_patterns, DNB_template_names = template_names['DNB'], special_patterns = special_patterns, whitelist = whitelist, wrapper_templates = wrapper_templates, } bf6l8v9s606i1svps8v8uxjmkt5x8x6 828 69546539 1064575531 1064019022 2022-01-09T02:48:07Z Hike395 11639 incorrect entry point Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Format link -- -- Makes a wikilink from the given link and display values. Links are escaped -- with colons if necessary, and links to sections are detected and displayed -- with " § " as a separator rather than the standard MediaWiki "#". Used in -- the {{format link}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local mError -- lazily initialise [[Module:Error]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end local function maybeItalicize(s, shouldItalicize) -- Italicize s if s is a string and the shouldItalicize parameter is true. if s and shouldItalicize then return '<i>' .. s .. '</i>' else return s end end local function parseLink(link) -- Parse a link and return a table with the link's components. -- These components are: -- - link: the link, stripped of any initial colon (always present) -- - page: the page name (always present) -- - section: the page name (may be nil) -- - display: the display text, if manually entered after a pipe (may be nil) link = removeInitialColon(link) -- Find whether a faux display value has been added with the {{!}} magic -- word. local prePipe, display = link:match('^(.-)|(.*)$') link = prePipe or link -- Find the page, if it exists. -- For links like [[#Bar]], the page will be nil. local preHash, postHash = link:match('^(.-)#(.*)$') local page if not preHash then -- We have a link like [[Foo]]. page = link elseif preHash ~= '' then -- We have a link like [[Foo#Bar]]. page = preHash end -- Find the section, if it exists. local section if postHash and postHash ~= '' then section = postHash end return { link = link, page = page, section = section, display = display, } end local function formatDisplay(parsed, options) -- Formats a display string based on a parsed link table (matching the -- output of parseLink) and an options table (matching the input options for -- _formatLink). local page = maybeItalicize(parsed.page, options.italicizePage) local section = maybeItalicize(parsed.section, options.italicizeSection) if (not section) then return page elseif (not page) then return mw.ustring.format('§&nbsp;%s', section) else return mw.ustring.format('%s §&nbsp;%s', page, section) end end local function missingArgError(target) mError = require('Module:Error') return mError.error{message = 'Error: no link or target specified! ([[' .. target .. '#Errors|help]])' } end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Main functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatLink(frame) -- The formatLink export function, for use in templates. yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local args = getArgs(frame) local link = args[1] or args.link local target = args[3] or args.target if not (link or target) then return missingArgError('Template:Format link') end return p._formatLink{ link = link, display = args[2] or args.display, target = target, italicizePage = yesno(args.italicizepage), italicizeSection = yesno(args.italicizesection), categorizeMissing = args.categorizemissing } end function p._formatLink(options) -- The formatLink export function, for use in modules. checkType('_formatLink', 1, options, 'table') local function check(key, expectedType) --for brevity checkTypeForNamedArg( '_formatLink', key, options[key], expectedType or 'string', true ) end check('link') check('display') check('target') check('italicizePage', 'boolean') check('italicizeSection', 'boolean') check('categorizeMissing') -- Normalize link and target and check that at least one is present if options.link == '' then options.link = nil end if options.target == '' then options.target = nil end if not (options.link or options.target) then return missingArgError('Module:Format link') end local parsed = parseLink(options.link) local display = options.display or parsed.display local catMissing = options.categorizeMissing local category = '' -- Find the display text if not display then display = formatDisplay(parsed, options) end -- Handle the target option if present if options.target then local parsedTarget = parseLink(options.target) parsed.link = parsedTarget.link parsed.page = parsedTarget.page end -- Test if page exists if a diagnostic category is specified if catMissing and (mw.ustring.len(catMissing) > 0) then local title = nil if parsed.page then title = mw.title.new(parsed.page) end if title and (not title.isExternal) and (not title.exists) then category = mw.ustring.format('[[Category:%s]]', catMissing) end end -- Format the result as a link if parsed.link == display then return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s]]%s', parsed.link, category) else return mw.ustring.format('[[:%s|%s]]%s', parsed.link, display, category) end end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Derived convenience functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.formatPages(options, pages) -- Formats an array of pages using formatLink and the given options table, -- and returns it as an array. Nil values are not allowed. local ret = {} for i, page in ipairs(pages) do ret[i] = p._formatLink{ link = page, categorizeMissing = options.categorizeMissing, italicizePage = options.italicizePage, italicizeSection = options.italicizeSection } end return ret end return p kqzzmt53imtxeq4z2wtd8gb4aoahnkl 828 42498502 1091749839 1063743122 2022-06-06T04:14:36Z Nihiltres 236191 Fix for fragile conditional Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote -- -- -- -- This module produces hatnote links and links to related articles. It -- -- implements the {{hatnote}} and {{format link}} meta-templates and includes -- -- helper functions for other Lua hatnote modules. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local checkTypeForNamedArg = libraryUtil.checkTypeForNamedArg local mArguments -- lazily initialise [[Module:Arguments]] local yesno -- lazily initialise [[Module:Yesno]] local formatLink -- lazily initialise [[Module:Format link]] ._formatLink local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Helper functions -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local curNs = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace p.missingTargetCat = --Default missing target category, exported for use in related modules ((curNs == 0) or (curNs == 14)) and 'Articles with hatnote templates targeting a nonexistent page' or nil local function getArgs(frame) -- Fetches the arguments from the parent frame. Whitespace is trimmed and -- blanks are removed. mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) end local function removeInitialColon(s) -- Removes the initial colon from a string, if present. return s:match('^:?(.*)') end function p.findNamespaceId(link, removeColon) -- Finds the namespace id (namespace number) of a link or a pagename. This -- function will not work if the link is enclosed in double brackets. Colons -- are trimmed from the start of the link by default. To skip colon -- trimming, set the removeColon parameter to false. checkType('findNamespaceId', 1, link, 'string') checkType('findNamespaceId', 2, removeColon, 'boolean', true) if removeColon ~= false then link = removeInitialColon(link) end local namespace = link:match('^(.-):') if namespace then local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[namespace] if nsTable then return nsTable.id end end return 0 end function p.makeWikitextError(msg, helpLink, addTrackingCategory, title) -- Formats an error message to be returned to wikitext. If -- addTrackingCategory is not false after being returned from -- [[Module:Yesno]], and if we are not on a talk page, a tracking category -- is added. checkType('makeWikitextError', 1, msg, 'string') checkType('makeWikitextError', 2, helpLink, 'string', true) yesno = require('Module:Yesno') title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle() -- Make the help link text. local helpText if helpLink then helpText = ' ([[' .. helpLink .. '|help]])' else helpText = '' end -- Make the category text. local category if not title.isTalkPage -- Don't categorise talk pages and title.namespace ~= 2 -- Don't categorise userspace and yesno(addTrackingCategory) ~= false -- Allow opting out then category = 'Hatnote templates with errors' category = mw.ustring.format( '[[%s:%s]]', mw.site.namespaces[14].name, category ) else category = '' end return mw.ustring.format( '<strong class="error">Error: %s%s.</strong>%s', msg, helpText, category ) end function p.disambiguate(page, disambiguator) -- Formats a page title with a disambiguation parenthetical, -- i.e. "Example" → "Example (disambiguation)". checkType('disambiguate', 1, page, 'string') checkType('disambiguate', 2, disambiguator, 'string', true) disambiguator = disambiguator or 'disambiguation' return mw.ustring.format('%s (%s)', page, disambiguator) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Hatnote -- -- Produces standard hatnote text. Implements the {{hatnote}} template. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- function p.hatnote(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) local s = args[1] if not s then return p.makeWikitextError( 'no text specified', 'Template:Hatnote#Errors', args.category ) end return p._hatnote(s, { extraclasses = args.extraclasses, selfref = args.selfref }) end function p._hatnote(s, options) checkType('_hatnote', 1, s, 'string') checkType('_hatnote', 2, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} local inline = options.inline local hatnote = mw.html.create(inline == 1 and 'span' or 'div') local extraclasses if type(options.extraclasses) == 'string' then extraclasses = options.extraclasses end hatnote :attr('role', 'note') :addClass(inline == 1 and 'hatnote-inline' or 'hatnote') :addClass('navigation-not-searchable') :addClass(extraclasses) :addClass(options.selfref and 'selfref' or nil) :wikitext(s) return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Hatnote/styles.css' } } .. tostring(hatnote) end return p 3lp0p77brxpfdg1fgn1qvov8zvyjqlw 828 61325919 1033289096 1033184688 2021-07-12T19:22:27Z Izno 2927383 per my talk page sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .hatnote { font-style: italic; } /* Limit structure CSS to divs because of [[Module:Hatnote inline]] */ div.hatnote { /* @noflip */ padding-left: 1.6em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; } .hatnote i { font-style: normal; } /* The templatestyles element inserts a link element before hatnotes. * TODO: Remove link if/when WMF resolves T200206 */ .hatnote + link + .hatnote { margin-top: -0.5em; } 7znvdfdw9mn3ta8a2ioyp35gizwnv4c 828 50085079 1062173192 1062166786 2021-12-26T20:05:24Z Nihiltres 236191 Undid revision 1062166786 by [[Special:Contributions/Matthiaspaul|Matthiaspaul]] ([[User talk:Matthiaspaul|talk]]); should be fixed now, and if not, please ping me with examples as I couldn't reproduce the original error Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Hatnote list -- -- -- -- This module produces and formats lists for use in hatnotes. In particular, -- -- it implements the for-see list, i.e. lists of "For X, see Y" statements, -- -- as used in {{about}}, {{redirect}}, and their variants. Also introduced -- -- are andList & orList helpers for formatting lists with those conjunctions. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mArguments --initialize lazily local mFormatLink = require('Module:Format link') local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local libraryUtil = require('libraryUtil') local checkType = libraryUtil.checkType local p = {} -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- List stringification helper functions -- -- These functions are used for stringifying lists, usually page lists inside -- the "Y" portion of "For X, see Y" for-see items. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the list stringification functions local stringifyListDefaultOptions = { conjunction = "and", separator = ",", altSeparator = ";", space = " ", formatted = false } --Searches display text only local function searchDisp(haystack, needle) return string.find( string.sub(haystack, (string.find(haystack, '|') or 0) + 1), needle ) end -- Stringifies a list generically; probably shouldn't be used directly local function stringifyList(list, options) -- Type-checks, defaults, and a shortcut checkType("stringifyList", 1, list, "table") if #list == 0 then return nil end checkType("stringifyList", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(stringifyListDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end local s = options.space -- Format the list if requested if options.formatted then list = mFormatLink.formatPages( {categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat}, list ) end -- Set the separator; if any item contains it, use the alternate separator local separator = options.separator for k, v in pairs(list) do if searchDisp(v, separator) then separator = options.altSeparator break end end -- Set the conjunction, apply Oxford comma, and force a comma if #1 has "§" local conjunction = s .. options.conjunction .. s if #list == 2 and searchDisp(list[1], "§") or #list > 2 then conjunction = separator .. conjunction end -- Return the formatted string return mw.text.listToText(list, separator .. s, conjunction) end --DRY function function p.conjList (conj, list, fmt) return stringifyList(list, {conjunction = conj, formatted = fmt}) end -- Stringifies lists with "and" or "or" function p.andList (...) return p.conjList("and", ...) end function p.orList (...) return p.conjList("or", ...) end -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- For see -- -- Makes a "For X, see [[Y]]." list from raw parameters. Intended for the -- {{about}} and {{redirect}} templates and their variants. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --default options table used across the forSee family of functions local forSeeDefaultOptions = { andKeyword = 'and', title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text, otherText = 'other uses', forSeeForm = 'For %s, see %s.', } --Collapses duplicate punctuation local function punctuationCollapse (text) local replacements = { ["%.%.$"] = ".", ["%?%.$"] = "?", ["%!%.$"] = "!", ["%.%]%]%.$"] = ".]]", ["%?%]%]%.$"] = "?]]", ["%!%]%]%.$"] = "!]]" } for k, v in pairs(replacements) do text = string.gsub(text, k, v) end return text end -- Structures arguments into a table for stringification, & options function p.forSeeArgsToTable (args, from, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 1, args, 'table') checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 2, from, 'number', true) from = from or 1 checkType("forSeeArgsToTable", 3, options, 'table', true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- maxArg's gotten manually because getArgs() and table.maxn aren't friends local maxArg = 0 for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' and k > maxArg then maxArg = k end end -- Structure the data out from the parameter list: -- * forTable is the wrapper table, with forRow rows -- * Rows are tables of a "use" string & a "pages" table of pagename strings -- * Blanks are left empty for defaulting elsewhere, but can terminate list local forTable = {} local i = from local terminated = false -- If there is extra text, and no arguments are given, give nil value -- to not produce default of "For other uses, see foo (disambiguation)" if options.extratext and i > maxArg then return nil end -- Loop to generate rows repeat -- New empty row local forRow = {} -- On blank use, assume list's ended & break at end of this loop forRow.use = args[i] if not args[i] then terminated = true end -- New empty list of pages forRow.pages = {} -- Insert first pages item if present table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 1]) -- If the param after next is "and", do inner loop to collect params -- until the "and"'s stop. Blanks are ignored: "1|and||and|3" → {1, 3} while args[i + 2] == options.andKeyword do if args[i + 3] then table.insert(forRow.pages, args[i + 3]) end -- Increment to next "and" i = i + 2 end -- Increment to next use i = i + 2 -- Append the row table.insert(forTable, forRow) until terminated or i > maxArg return forTable end -- Stringifies a table as formatted by forSeeArgsToTable function p.forSeeTableToString (forSeeTable, options) -- Type-checks and defaults checkType("forSeeTableToString", 1, forSeeTable, "table", true) checkType("forSeeTableToString", 2, options, "table", true) options = options or {} for k, v in pairs(forSeeDefaultOptions) do if options[k] == nil then options[k] = v end end -- Stringify each for-see item into a list local strList = {} if forSeeTable then for k, v in pairs(forSeeTable) do local useStr = v.use or options.otherText local pagesStr = p.andList(v.pages, true) or mFormatLink._formatLink{ categorizeMissing = mHatnote.missingTargetCat, link = mHatnote.disambiguate(options.title) } local forSeeStr = string.format(options.forSeeForm, useStr, pagesStr) forSeeStr = punctuationCollapse(forSeeStr) table.insert(strList, forSeeStr) end end if options.extratext then table.insert(strList, punctuationCollapse(options.extratext..'.')) end -- Return the concatenated list return table.concat(strList, ' ') end -- Produces a "For X, see [[Y]]" string from arguments. Expects index gaps -- but not blank/whitespace values. Ignores named args and args < "from". function p._forSee (args, from, options) local forSeeTable = p.forSeeArgsToTable(args, from, options) return p.forSeeTableToString(forSeeTable, options) end -- As _forSee, but uses the frame. function p.forSee (frame, from, options) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') return p._forSee(mArguments.getArgs(frame), from, options) end return p octqbcvqrobtndgnn8u78tg2tsemf14 828 50971703 1092226360 1091675163 2022-06-08T23:33:35Z Nihiltres 236191 Fixed iteration-and-removal bug Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Labelled list -- -- -- -- This module does the core work of creating a hatnote composed of a list -- -- prefixed by a colon-terminated label, i.e. "LABEL: [andList of pages]", -- -- for {{see also}} and similar templates. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local mHatnote = require('Module:Hatnote') local mHatlist = require('Module:Hatnote list') local mArguments --initialize lazily local yesno --initialize lazily local p = {} -- Defaults global to this module local defaults = { label = 'See also', --Final fallback for label argument labelForm = '%s: %s', prefixes = {'label', 'label ', 'l'}, template = 'Module:Labelled list hatnote' } -- Localizable message strings local msg = { errorSuffix = '#Errors', noInputWarning = 'no page names specified', noOutputWarning = "'''[[%s]] — no output: none of the target pages exist.'''" } -- Helper function that pre-combines display parameters into page arguments. -- Also compresses sparse arrays, as a desirable side-effect. function p.preprocessDisplays (args, prefixes) -- Prefixes specify which parameters, in order, to check for display options -- They each have numbers auto-appended, e.g. 'label1', 'label 1', & 'l1' prefixes = prefixes or defaults.prefixes local indices = {} local sparsePages = {} for k, v in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'number' then indices[#indices + 1] = k local display for i = 1, #prefixes do display = args[prefixes[i] .. k] if display then break end end sparsePages[k] = display and string.format('%s|%s', string.gsub(v, '|.*$', ''), display) or v end end table.sort(indices) local pages = {} for k, v in ipairs(indices) do pages[#pages + 1] = sparsePages[v] end return pages end --Helper function to get a page target from a processed page string --e.g. "Page|Label" → "Page" or "Target" → "Target" local function getTarget(pagename) local pipe = string.find(pagename, '|') return string.sub(pagename, 0, pipe and pipe - 1 or nil) end -- Produces a labelled pages-list hatnote. -- The main frame (template definition) takes 1 or 2 arguments, for a singular -- and (optionally) plural label respectively: -- * {{#invoke:Labelled list hatnote|labelledList|Singular label|Plural label}} -- The resulting template takes pagename & label parameters normally. function p.labelledList (frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local labels = {frame.args[1] or defaults.label} labels[2] = frame.args[2] or labels[1] labels[3] = frame.args[3] --no defaulting labels[4] = frame.args[4] --no defaulting local template = frame:getParent():getTitle() local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {parentOnly = true}) local pages = p.preprocessDisplays(args) local options = { category = yesno(args.category), extraclasses = frame.args.extraclasses, ifexists = yesno(frame.args.ifexists), namespace = frame.args.namespace or args.namespace, selfref = yesno(frame.args.selfref or args.selfref), template = template } return p._labelledList(pages, labels, options) end function p._labelledList (pages, labels, options) if options.ifexists then for k = #pages, 1, -1 do --iterate backwards to allow smooth removals local v = pages[k] local title = mw.title.new(getTarget(v), namespace) if (v == '') or title == nil or not title.exists then table.remove(pages, k) end end end labels = labels or {} label = (#pages == 1 and labels[1] or labels[2]) or defaults.label for k, v in pairs(pages) do if mHatnote.findNamespaceId(v) ~= 0 then label = ( #pages == 1 and (labels[3] or labels[1] or defaults.label) or (labels[4] or labels[2] or defaults.label) ) or defaults.label end end if #pages == 0 then if options.ifexists then mw.addWarning( string.format( msg.noOutputWarning, options.template or defaults.template ) ) return '' else return mHatnote.makeWikitextError( msg.noInputWarning, (options.template or defaults.template) .. msg.errorSuffix, options.category ) end end local text = string.format( options.labelForm or defaults.labelForm, label, mHatlist.andList(pages, true) ) local hnOptions = { extraclasses = options.extraclasses, selfref = options.selfref } return mHatnote._hatnote(text, hnOptions) end return p lgbn92zoszcjkbsmuwkrn9f0fvft89t 828 39762919 602886406 601020017 2014-04-05T17:01:23Z Mr. Stradivarius 4708675 use demopage instead of page as the main "page" parameter Scribunto text/plain --[[ -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- NAMESPACE DETECT -- -- -- -- This module implements the {{namespace detect}} template in Lua, with a -- -- few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases are supported, -- -- and namespace names are detected automatically for the local wiki. The -- -- module can also use the corresponding subject namespace value if it is -- -- used on a talk page. Parameter names can be configured for different wikis -- -- by altering the values in the "cfg" table in -- -- Module:Namespace detect/config. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --]] local data = mw.loadData('Module:Namespace detect/data') local argKeys = data.argKeys local cfg = data.cfg local mappings = data.mappings local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local mArguments -- Lazily initialise Module:Arguments local mTableTools -- Lazily initilalise Module:TableTools local ustringLower = mw.ustring.lower local p = {} local function fetchValue(t1, t2) -- Fetches a value from the table t1 for the first key in array t2 where -- a non-nil value of t1 exists. for i, key in ipairs(t2) do local value = t1[key] if value ~= nil then return value end end return nil end local function equalsArrayValue(t, value) -- Returns true if value equals a value in the array t. Otherwise -- returns false. for i, arrayValue in ipairs(t) do if value == arrayValue then return true end end return false end function p.getPageObject(page) -- Get the page object, passing the function through pcall in case of -- errors, e.g. being over the expensive function count limit. if page then local success, pageObject = pcall(mw.title.new, page) if success then return pageObject else return nil end else return mw.title.getCurrentTitle() end end -- Provided for backward compatibility with other modules function p.getParamMappings() return mappings end local function getNamespace(args) -- This function gets the namespace name from the page object. local page = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demopage) if page == '' then page = nil end local demospace = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demospace) if demospace == '' then demospace = nil end local subjectns = fetchValue(args, argKeys.subjectns) local ret if demospace then -- Handle "demospace = main" properly. if equalsArrayValue(argKeys.main, ustringLower(demospace)) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[0].name else ret = demospace end else local pageObject = p.getPageObject(page) if pageObject then if pageObject.isTalkPage then -- Get the subject namespace if the option is set, -- otherwise use "talk". if yesno(subjectns) then ret = mw.site.namespaces[pageObject.namespace].subject.name else ret = 'talk' end else ret = pageObject.nsText end else return nil -- return nil if the page object doesn't exist. end end ret = ret:gsub('_', ' ') return ustringLower(ret) end function p._main(args) -- Check the parameters stored in the mappings table for any matches. local namespace = getNamespace(args) or 'other' -- "other" avoids nil table keys local params = mappings[namespace] or {} local ret = fetchValue(args, params) --[[ -- If there were no matches, return parameters for other namespaces. -- This happens if there was no text specified for the namespace that -- was detected or if the demospace parameter is not a valid -- namespace. Note that the parameter for the detected namespace must be -- completely absent for this to happen, not merely blank. --]] if ret == nil then ret = fetchValue(args, argKeys.other) end return ret end function p.main(frame) mArguments = require('Module:Arguments') local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false}) local ret = p._main(args) return ret or '' end function p.table(frame) --[[ -- Create a wikitable of all subject namespace parameters, for -- documentation purposes. The talk parameter is optional, in case it -- needs to be excluded in the documentation. --]] -- Load modules and initialise variables. mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools') local namespaces = mw.site.namespaces local cfg = data.cfg local useTalk = type(frame) == 'table' and type(frame.args) == 'table' and yesno(frame.args.talk) -- Whether to use the talk parameter. -- Get the header names. local function checkValue(value, default) if type(value) == 'string' then return value else return default end end local nsHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader, 'Namespace') local aliasesHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader, 'Aliases') -- Put the namespaces in order. local mappingsOrdered = {} for nsname, params in pairs(mappings) do if useTalk or nsname ~= 'talk' then local nsid = namespaces[nsname].id -- Add 1, as the array must start with 1; nsid 0 would be lost otherwise. nsid = nsid + 1 mappingsOrdered[nsid] = params end end mappingsOrdered = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(mappingsOrdered) -- Build the table. local ret = '{| class="wikitable"' .. '\n|-' .. '\n! ' .. nsHeader .. '\n! ' .. aliasesHeader for i, params in ipairs(mappingsOrdered) do for j, param in ipairs(params) do if j == 1 then ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n| <code>' .. param .. '</code>' .. '\n| ' elseif j == 2 then ret = ret .. '<code>' .. param .. '</code>' else ret = ret .. ', <code>' .. param .. '</code>' end end end ret = ret .. '\n|-' .. '\n|}' return ret end return p j7kygz1y56jpz4doq0m2c6x1td5d8ar 828 42256703 948472518 948472515 2020-04-01T06:12:44Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect configuration data -- -- -- -- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here -- -- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. -- -- -- -- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means -- -- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Parameter names -- -- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added -- -- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. -- -- To add one extra name, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' -- -- -- -- To add multiple names, you can use this format: -- -- -- -- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace: -- cfg.main = 'main' ---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces: -- cfg.talk = 'talk' ---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which ---- parameters have not been specified): -- cfg.other = 'other' ---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding ---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]]. ---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc. -- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns' ---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace: -- cfg.demospace = 'demospace' ---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare: cfg.demopage = 'page' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Table configuration -- -- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, -- -- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module -- -- documentation. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of ---- possible subject-space parameters. -- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace' ---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space ---- parameters. -- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases' -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End of configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line. 1o6ozz56i8q0xgyl6xa41n2v7kelhli 828 42257476 948472520 948472519 2020-04-01T06:12:45Z MusikAnimal 14882394 1 revision imported Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Namespace detect data -- -- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per -- -- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config') local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey) if key ~= defaultKey then t[#t + 1] = key end end -- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name. -- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while -- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table -- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings. local defaultKeys = { 'main', 'talk', 'other', 'subjectns', 'demospace', 'demopage' } local argKeys = {} for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey} end for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey] local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue) if cfgValueType == 'string' then addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey) elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do addKey(t, key, defaultKey) end end cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more. end local function getParamMappings() --[[ -- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys -- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the -- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The -- table entries are structured like this: -- { -- [''] = {'main'}, -- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'}, -- ... -- } --]] local mappings = {} local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName) mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main) mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk) for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace. local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name) local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName) mappings[nsname] = {nsname} if canonicalName ~= nsname then table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName) end for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias)) end end end return mappings end return { argKeys = argKeys, cfg = cfg, mappings = getParamMappings() } ojp6d3pc8mql5nufaqdg576c9so3479 828 38827227 1054994468 1054938041 2021-11-13T05:33:43Z Izno 2927383 remove unnecessary line Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbar/configuration') local function get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_arg = 1 if is_collapsible then title_arg = 2 end if template then title_arg = 'template' end return title_arg end local function choose_links(template, args) -- The show table indicates the default displayed items. -- view, talk, edit, hist, move, watch -- TODO: Move to configuration. local show = {true, true, true, false, false, false} if template then show[2] = false show[3] = false local index = {t = 2, d = 2, e = 3, h = 4, m = 5, w = 6, talk = 2, edit = 3, hist = 4, move = 5, watch = 6} -- TODO: Consider removing TableTools dependency. for _, v in ipairs(require ('Module:TableTools').compressSparseArray(args)) do local num = index[v] if num then show[num] = true end end end local remove_edit_link = args.noedit if remove_edit_link then show[3] = false end return show end local function add_link(link_description, ul, is_mini, font_style) local l if link_description.url then l = {'[', '', ']'} else l = {'[[', '|', ']]'} end ul:tag('li') :addClass('nv-' .. link_description.full) :wikitext(l[1] .. link_description.link .. l[2]) :tag(is_mini and 'abbr' or 'span') :attr('title', link_description.html_title) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(is_mini and link_description.mini or link_description.full) :done() :wikitext(l[3]) :done() end local function make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) local title = mw.title.new(mw.text.trim(title_text), cfg.title_namespace) if not title then error(cfg.invalid_title .. title_text) end local talkpage = title.talkPageTitle and title.talkPageTitle.fullText or '' -- TODO: Get link_descriptions and show into the configuration module. -- link_descriptions should be easier... local link_descriptions = { { ['mini'] = 'v', ['full'] = 'view', ['html_title'] = 'View this template', ['link'] = title.fullText, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 't', ['full'] = 'talk', ['html_title'] = 'Discuss this template', ['link'] = talkpage, ['url'] = false }, { ['mini'] = 'e', ['full'] = 'edit', ['html_title'] = 'Edit this template', ['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=edit'), ['url'] = true }, { ['mini'] = 'h', ['full'] = 'hist', ['html_title'] = 'History of this template', ['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=history'), ['url'] = true }, { ['mini'] = 'm', ['full'] = 'move', ['html_title'] = 'Move this template', ['link'] = mw.title.new('Special:Movepage'):fullUrl('target='..title.fullText), ['url'] = true }, { ['mini'] = 'w', ['full'] = 'watch', ['html_title'] = 'Watch this template', ['link'] = title:fullUrl('action=watch'), ['url'] = true } } local ul = mw.html.create('ul') if has_brackets then ul:addClass(cfg.classes.brackets) :cssText(font_style) end for i, _ in ipairs(displayed_links) do if displayed_links[i] then add_link(link_descriptions[i], ul, is_mini, font_style) end end return ul:done() end function p._navbar(args) -- TODO: We probably don't need both fontstyle and fontcolor... local font_style = args.fontstyle local font_color = args.fontcolor local is_collapsible = args.collapsible local is_mini = args.mini local is_plain = args.plain local collapsible_class = nil if is_collapsible then collapsible_class = cfg.classes.collapsible if not is_plain then is_mini = 1 end if font_color then font_style = (font_style or '') .. '; color: ' .. font_color .. ';' end end local navbar_style = args.style local div = mw.html.create():tag('div') div :addClass(cfg.classes.navbar) :addClass(cfg.classes.plainlinks) :addClass(cfg.classes.horizontal_list) :addClass(collapsible_class) -- we made the determination earlier :cssText(navbar_style) if is_mini then div:addClass(cfg.classes.mini) end local box_text = (args.text or cfg.box_text) .. ' ' -- the concatenated space guarantees the box text is separated if not (is_mini or is_plain) then div :tag('span') :addClass(cfg.classes.box_text) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(box_text) end local template = args.template local displayed_links = choose_links(template, args) local has_brackets = args.brackets local title_arg = get_title_arg(is_collapsible, template) local title_text = args[title_arg] or (':' .. mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle()) local list = make_list(title_text, has_brackets, displayed_links, is_mini, font_style) div:node(list) if is_collapsible then local title_text_class if is_mini then title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_mini else title_text_class = cfg.classes.collapsible_title_full end div:done() :tag('div') :addClass(title_text_class) :cssText(font_style) :wikitext(args[1]) end return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = cfg.templatestyles } } .. tostring(div:done()) end function p.navbar(frame) return p._navbar(require('Module:Arguments').getArgs(frame)) end return p jd5no8v1zi4m1e6lvbwo0a9t0kogdvi 828 66010105 1054995103 992950717 2021-11-13T05:39:10Z Izno 2927383 well, since I edited the other one... Scribunto text/plain return { ['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Navbar/styles.css', ['box_text'] = 'This box: ', -- default text box when not plain or mini ['title_namespace'] = 'Template', -- namespace to default to for title ['invalid_title'] = 'Invalid title ', ['classes'] = { -- set a line to nil if you don't want it ['navbar'] = 'navbar', ['plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks', -- plainlinks ['horizontal_list'] = 'hlist', -- horizontal list class ['mini'] = 'navbar-mini', -- class indicating small links in the navbar ['this_box'] = 'navbar-boxtext', ['brackets'] = 'navbar-brackets', -- 'collapsible' is the key for a class to indicate the navbar is -- setting up the collapsible element in addition to the normal -- navbar. ['collapsible'] = 'navbar-collapse', ['collapsible_title_mini'] = 'navbar-ct-mini', ['collapsible_title_full'] = 'navbar-ct-full' } } lydm72m86hfvyzj0u2lqfps9lz9gquk 828 58923020 1063604349 1054937957 2022-01-03T23:12:15Z Izno 2927383 navbar styles that were moved to parent templates sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=yes}} */ .navbar { display: inline; font-size: 88%; font-weight: normal; } .navbar-collapse { float: left; text-align: left; } .navbar-boxtext { word-spacing: 0; } .navbar ul { display: inline-block; white-space: nowrap; line-height: inherit; } .navbar-brackets::before { margin-right: -0.125em; content: '[ '; } .navbar-brackets::after { margin-left: -0.125em; content: ' ]'; } .navbar li { word-spacing: -0.125em; } .navbar a > span, .navbar a > abbr { text-decoration: inherit; } .navbar-mini abbr { font-variant: small-caps; border-bottom: none; text-decoration: none; cursor: inherit; } .navbar-ct-full { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 7em; } .navbar-ct-mini { font-size: 114%; margin: 0 4em; } id9uhrgq1wqygbzuyhnoc90pmdlwwhd 828 38634746 1064341473 1057332100 2022-01-07T21:39:23Z Izno 2927383 remove titlegroup per templatestyles section on talk page Scribunto text/plain local p = {} local navbar = require('Module:Navbar')._navbar local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Navbox/configuration') local getArgs -- lazily initialized local args local format = string.format local function striped(wikitext, border) -- Return wikitext with markers replaced for odd/even striping. -- Child (subgroup) navboxes are flagged with a category that is removed -- by parent navboxes. The result is that the category shows all pages -- where a child navbox is not contained in a parent navbox. local orphanCat = cfg.category.orphan if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup and args[cfg.arg.orphan] ~= cfg.keyword.orphan_yes then -- No change; striping occurs in outermost navbox. return wikitext .. orphanCat end local first, second = cfg.class.navbox_odd_part, cfg.class.navbox_even_part if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] then if args[cfg.arg.evenodd] == cfg.keyword.evenodd_swap then first, second = second, first else first = args[cfg.arg.evenodd] second = first end end local changer if first == second then changer = first else local index = 0 changer = function (code) if code == '0' then -- Current occurrence is for a group before a nested table. -- Set it to first as a valid although pointless class. -- The next occurrence will be the first row after a title -- in a subgroup and will also be first. index = 0 return first end index = index + 1 return index % 2 == 1 and first or second end end local regex = orphanCat:gsub('([%[%]])', '%%%1') return (wikitext:gsub(regex, ''):gsub(cfg.marker.regex, changer)) -- () omits gsub count end local function processItem(item, nowrapitems) if item:sub(1, 2) == '{|' then -- Applying nowrap to lines in a table does not make sense. -- Add newlines to compensate for trim of x in |parm=x in a template. return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end if nowrapitems == cfg.keyword.nowrapitems_yes then local lines = {} for line in (item .. '\n'):gmatch('([^\n]*)\n') do local prefix, content = line:match('^([*:;#]+)%s*(.*)') if prefix and not content:match(cfg.pattern.nowrap) then line = format(cfg.nowrap_item, prefix, content) end table.insert(lines, line) end item = table.concat(lines, '\n') end if item:match('^[*:;#]') then return '\n' .. item ..'\n' end return item end -- we will want this later when we want to add tstyles for hlist/plainlist local function has_navbar() return args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_off and args[cfg.arg.navbar] ~= cfg.keyword.navbar_plain and ( args[cfg.arg.name] or mw.getCurrentFrame():getParent():getTitle():gsub(cfg.pattern.sandbox, '') ~= cfg.pattern.navbox ) end local function renderNavBar(titleCell) if has_navbar() then titleCell:wikitext(navbar{ [cfg.navbar.name] = args[cfg.arg.name], [cfg.navbar.mini] = 1, [cfg.navbar.fontstyle] = (args[cfg.arg.basestyle] or '') .. ';' .. (args[cfg.arg.titlestyle] or '') .. ';background:none transparent;border:none;box-shadow:none;padding:0;' }) end end local function renderTitleRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.title] then return end local titleRow = tbl:tag('tr') local titleCell = titleRow:tag('th'):attr('scope', 'col') local titleColspan = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then titleColspan = titleColspan + 1 end titleCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.titlestyle]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_title) :attr('colspan', titleColspan) renderNavBar(titleCell) titleCell :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title])) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.titleclass]) :css('font-size', '114%') :css('margin', '0 4em') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.title])) end local function getAboveBelowColspan() local ret = 2 if args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then ret = ret + 1 end if args[cfg.arg.image] then ret = ret + 1 end return ret end local function renderAboveRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.above] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.aboveclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.abovestyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if no title :attr('id', args[cfg.arg.title] and nil or mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.above])) :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.above], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderBelowRow(tbl) if not args[cfg.arg.below] then return end tbl:tag('tr') :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_abovebelow) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.belowclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.belowstyle]) :attr('colspan', getAboveBelowColspan()) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.below], args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) end local function renderListRow(tbl, index, listnum, listnums_size) local row = tbl:tag('tr') if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.imageleft] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 2px 0 0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imageleftstyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.imageleft])) end local group_and_num = format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, listnum) local groupstyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.groupstyle_and_num, listnum) if args[group_and_num] then local groupCell = row:tag('th') -- id for aria-labelledby attribute, if lone group with no title or above if listnum == 1 and not (args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group2]) then groupCell :attr('id', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.group1])) end groupCell :attr('scope', 'row') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_group) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.groupclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.basestyle]) -- If groupwidth not specified, minimize width :css('width', args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] or '1%') groupCell :cssText(args[cfg.arg.groupstyle]) :cssText(args[groupstyle_and_num]) :wikitext(args[group_and_num]) end local listCell = row:tag('td') if args[group_and_num] then listCell :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list_with_group) else listCell:attr('colspan', 2) end if not args[cfg.arg.groupwidth] then listCell:css('width', '100%') end local rowstyle -- usually nil so cssText(rowstyle) usually adds nothing if index % 2 == 1 then rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.oddstyle] else rowstyle = args[cfg.arg.evenstyle] end local list_and_num = format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, listnum) local listText = args[list_and_num] local oddEven = cfg.marker.oddeven if listText:sub(1, 12) == '</div><table' then -- Assume list text is for a subgroup navbox so no automatic striping for this row. oddEven = listText:find(cfg.pattern.navbox_title) and cfg.marker.restart or cfg.class.navbox_odd_part end local liststyle_and_num = format(cfg.arg.liststyle_and_num, listnum) local listclass_and_num = format(cfg.arg.listclass_and_num, listnum) listCell :css('padding', '0') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.liststyle]) :cssText(rowstyle) :cssText(args[liststyle_and_num]) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_list) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_part .. oddEven) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.listclass]) :addClass(args[listclass_and_num]) :tag('div') :css('padding', (index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.list1padding]) or args[cfg.arg.listpadding] or '0 0.25em' ) :wikitext(processItem(listText, args[cfg.arg.nowrapitems])) if index == 1 and args[cfg.arg.image] then row :tag('td') :addClass(cfg.class.noviewer) :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_image) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.imageclass]) :css('width', '1px') -- Minimize width :css('padding', '0 0 0 2px') :cssText(args[cfg.arg.imagestyle]) :attr('rowspan', listnums_size) :tag('div') :wikitext(processItem(args[cfg.arg.image])) end end -- uses this now to make the needHlistCategory correct -- to use later for when we add list styles via navbox local function has_list_class(htmlclass) local class_args = { -- rough order of probability of use cfg.arg.bodyclass, cfg.arg.listclass, cfg.arg.aboveclass, cfg.arg.belowclass, cfg.arg.titleclass, cfg.arg.navboxclass, cfg.arg.groupclass, cfg.arg.imageclass } local patterns = { '^' .. htmlclass .. '$', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '$', '^' .. htmlclass .. '%s', '%s' .. htmlclass .. '%s' } for _, arg in ipairs(class_args) do for _, pattern in ipairs(patterns) do if mw.ustring.find(args[arg] or '', pattern) then return true end end end return false end local function needsHorizontalLists(border) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or args[cfg.arg.tracking] == cfg.keyword.tracking_no then return false end return not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.hlist) and not has_list_class(cfg.pattern.plainlist) end local function hasBackgroundColors() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.titlestyle, cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('background', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function hasBorders() for _, key in ipairs({cfg.arg.groupstyle, cfg.arg.basestyle, cfg.arg.abovestyle, cfg.arg.belowstyle}) do if tostring(args[key]):find('border', 1, true) then return true end end return false end local function isIllegible() local styleratio = require('Module:Color contrast')._styleratio for key, style in pairs(args) do if tostring(key):match(cfg.pattern.style) then if styleratio{mw.text.unstripNoWiki(style)} < 4.5 then return true end end end return false end local function getTrackingCategories(border) local cats = {} if needsHorizontalLists(border) then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.horizontal_lists) end if hasBackgroundColors() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.background_colors) end if isIllegible() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.illegible) end if hasBorders() then table.insert(cats, cfg.category.borders) end return cats end local function renderTrackingCategories(builder, border) local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle() if title.namespace ~= 10 then return end -- not in template space local subpage = title.subpageText if subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_doc or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_sandbox or subpage == cfg.keyword.subpage_testcases then return end for _, cat in ipairs(getTrackingCategories(border)) do builder:wikitext('[[Category:' .. cat .. ']]') end end local function renderMainTable(border, listnums) local tbl = mw.html.create('table') :addClass(cfg.class.nowraplinks) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.bodyclass]) local state = args[cfg.arg.state] if args[cfg.arg.title] and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_plain and state ~= cfg.keyword.state_off then if state == cfg.keyword.state_collapsed then state = cfg.class.collapsed end tbl :addClass(cfg.class.collapsible) :addClass(state or cfg.class.autocollapse) end tbl:css('border-spacing', 0) if border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup or border == cfg.keyword.border_none then tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_subgroup) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) else -- regular navbox - bodystyle and style will be applied to the wrapper table tbl :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_inner) :css('background', 'transparent') :css('color', 'inherit') end tbl:cssText(args[cfg.arg.innerstyle]) renderTitleRow(tbl) renderAboveRow(tbl) local listnums_size = #listnums for i, listnum in ipairs(listnums) do renderListRow(tbl, i, listnum, listnums_size) end renderBelowRow(tbl) return tbl end local function add_navbox_styles() local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() -- This is a lambda so that it doesn't need the frame as a parameter local function add_user_styles(templatestyles) if templatestyles and templatestyles ~= '' then return frame:extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = templatestyles } } end return '' end -- get templatestyles. load base from config so that Lua only needs to do -- the work once of parser tag expansion local base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles local templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.templatestyles]) local child_templatestyles = add_user_styles(args[cfg.arg.child_templatestyles]) -- The 'navbox-styles' div exists for two reasons: -- 1. To wrap the styles to work around T200206 more elegantly. Instead -- of combinatorial rules, this ends up being linear number of CSS rules. -- 2. To allow MobileFrontend to rip the styles out with 'nomobile' such that -- they are not dumped into the mobile view. return mw.html.create('div') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox_styles) :addClass(cfg.class.nomobile) :wikitext(base_templatestyles .. templatestyles .. child_templatestyles) :done() end function p._navbox(navboxArgs) args = navboxArgs local listnums = {} for k, _ in pairs(args) do if type(k) == 'string' then local listnum = k:match(cfg.pattern.listnum) if listnum then table.insert(listnums, tonumber(listnum)) end end end table.sort(listnums) local border = mw.text.trim(args[cfg.arg.border] or args[1] or '') if border == cfg.keyword.border_child then border = cfg.keyword.border_subgroup end -- render the main body of the navbox local tbl = renderMainTable(border, listnums) local res = mw.html.create() -- render the appropriate wrapper for the navbox, based on the border param if border == cfg.keyword.border_none then res:node(add_navbox_styles()) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode( args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1] ) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end elseif border == cfg.keyword.border_subgroup then -- We assume that this navbox is being rendered in a list cell of a -- parent navbox, and is therefore inside a div with padding:0em 0.25em. -- We start with a </div> to avoid the padding being applied, and at the -- end add a <div> to balance out the parent's </div> res :wikitext('</div>') :node(tbl) :wikitext('<div>') else res:node(add_navbox_styles()) local nav = res:tag('div') :attr('role', 'navigation') :addClass(cfg.class.navbox) :addClass(args[cfg.arg.navboxclass]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.bodystyle]) :cssText(args[cfg.arg.style]) :css('padding', '3px') :node(tbl) -- aria-labelledby title, otherwise above, otherwise lone group if args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or (args[cfg.arg.group1] and not args[cfg.arg.group2]) then nav:attr( 'aria-labelledby', mw.uri.anchorEncode(args[cfg.arg.title] or args[cfg.arg.above] or args[cfg.arg.group1]) ) else nav:attr('aria-label', cfg.aria_label) end end if (args[cfg.arg.nocat] or cfg.keyword.nocat_false):lower() == cfg.keyword.nocat_false then renderTrackingCategories(res, border) end return striped(tostring(res), border) end function p.navbox(frame) if not getArgs then getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs end args = getArgs(frame, {wrappers = {cfg.pattern.navbox}}) -- Read the arguments in the order they'll be output in, to make references -- number in the right order. local _ _ = args[cfg.arg.title] _ = args[cfg.arg.above] -- Limit this to 20 as covering 'most' cases (that's a SWAG) and because -- iterator approach won't work here for i = 1, 20 do _ = args[format(cfg.arg.group_and_num, i)] _ = args[format(cfg.arg.list_and_num, i)] end _ = args[cfg.arg.below] return p._navbox(args) end return p aps8opqyleqagctjqmi5zb3x6sq8mux 828 67685668 1064341544 1057330154 2022-01-07T21:39:52Z Izno 2927383 remove titlegroup Scribunto text/plain return { aria_label = 'Navbox', nowrap_item = '%s<span class="nowrap">%s</span>', templatestyles = mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag{ name = 'templatestyles', args = { src = 'Module:Navbox/styles.css' } }, -- do not localize marker table marker = { oddeven = '\127_ODDEVEN_\127', restart = '\127_ODDEVEN0_\127', regex = '\127_ODDEVEN(%d?)_\127' }, category = { orphan = '[[Category:Navbox orphans]]', horizontal_lists = 'Navigational boxes without horizontal lists', background_colors = 'Navboxes using background colours', illegible = 'Potentially illegible navboxes', borders = 'Navboxes using borders', }, keyword = { border_subgroup = 'subgroup', border_child = 'child', border_none = 'none', evenodd_swap = 'swap', navbar_off = 'off', navbar_plain = 'plain', nocat_false = 'false', nowrapitems_yes = 'yes', orphan_yes = 'yes', state_collapsed = 'collapsed', state_off = 'off', state_plain = 'plain', subpage_doc = 'doc', subpage_sandbox = 'sandbox', subpage_testcases = 'testcases', tracking_no = 'no' }, class = { autocollapse = 'autocollapse', collapsible = 'mw-collapsible', collapsed = 'mw-collapsed', -- Warning navbox = 'navbox', -- WMF currently hides 'navbox' from mobile, -- so you probably shouldn't change the navbox class. navbox_abovebelow = 'navbox-abovebelow', navbox_group = 'navbox-group', navbox_image = 'navbox-image', navbox_inner = 'navbox-inner', navbox_list = 'navbox-list', navbox_list_with_group = 'navbox-list-with-group', navbox_part = 'navbox-', -- do not l10n navbox_styles = 'navbox-styles', navbox_subgroup = 'navbox-subgroup', navbox_title = 'navbox-title', -- l10n only if you change pattern.navbox_title below navbox_odd_part = 'odd', -- do not l10n navbox_even_part = 'even', -- do not l10n nomobile = 'nomobile', nowraplinks = 'nowraplinks', noviewer = 'noviewer' -- used to remove images from MediaViewer }, pattern = { listnum = '^list(%d+)$', sandbox = '/sandbox$', navbox = 'Template:Navbox', nowrap = '^<span class="nowrap">', style = 'style$', navbox_title = '<th[^>]*"navbox%-title"', hlist = 'hlist', plainlist = 'plainlist' }, arg = { above = 'above', aboveclass = 'aboveclass', abovestyle = 'abovestyle', basestyle = 'basestyle', bodyclass = 'bodyclass', bodystyle = 'bodystyle', border = 'border', below = 'below', belowclass = 'belowclass', belowstyle = 'belowstyle', evenodd = 'evenodd', evenstyle = 'evenstyle', group1 = 'group1', group2 = 'group2', group_and_num = 'group%d', groupstyle_and_num = 'group%dstyle', groupclass = 'groupclass', groupstyle = 'groupstyle', groupwidth = 'groupwidth', innerstyle = 'innerstyle', image = 'image', imageclass = 'imageclass', imageleft = 'imageleft', imageleftstyle = 'imageleftstyle', imagesetyle = 'imagestyle', list_and_num = 'list%d', listclass_and_num = 'list%dclass', liststyle_and_num = 'list%dstyle', list1padding = 'list1padding', listclass = 'listclass', listpadding = 'listpadding', liststyle = 'liststyle', name = 'name', navbar = 'navbar', navboxclass = 'navboxclass', nocat = 'nocat', nowrapitems = 'nowrapitems', oddstyle = 'oddstyle', orphan = 'orphan', state = 'state', style = 'style', templatestyles = 'templatestyles', child_templatestyles = 'child templatestyles', title = 'title', titleclass = 'titleclass', titlestyle = 'titlestyle', tracking = 'tracking' }, -- names of navbar arguments navbar = { name = 1, fontstyle = 'fontstyle', mini = 'mini' } } 8npf15277sgmgep5j2bnmes7i7ktuvo 828 69272159 1061467846 1057682214 2021-12-21T22:10:10Z Izno 2927383 remove qualifications on th - this will remove styling from "hand-crafted" navboxes, but there's no other elegant way to deal with it. see talk page sanitized-css text/css /* {{pp|small=y}} */ .navbox { box-sizing: border-box; border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; width: 100%; clear: both; font-size: 88%; text-align: center; padding: 1px; margin: 1em auto 0; /* Prevent preceding content from clinging to navboxes */ } .navbox .navbox { margin-top: 0; /* No top margin for nested navboxes */ } .navbox + .navbox, /* TODO: remove first line after transclusions have updated */ .navbox + .navbox-styles + .navbox { margin-top: -1px; /* Single pixel border between adjacent navboxes */ } .navbox-inner, .navbox-subgroup { width: 100%; } .navbox-group, .navbox-title, .navbox-abovebelow { padding: 0.25em 1em; line-height: 1.5em; text-align: center; } .navbox-group { white-space: nowrap; /* @noflip */ text-align: right; } .navbox, .navbox-subgroup { background-color: #fdfdfd; } .navbox-list { line-height: 1.5em; border-color: #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-list-with-group { text-align: left; border-left-width: 2px; border-left-style: solid; } /* cell spacing for navbox cells */ /* Borders above 2nd, 3rd, etc. rows */ /* TODO: figure out how to replace tr as structure; * with div structure it should be just a matter of first-child */ tr + tr > .navbox-abovebelow, tr + tr > .navbox-group, tr + tr > .navbox-image, tr + tr > .navbox-list { border-top: 2px solid #fdfdfd; /* Must match background color */ } .navbox-title { background-color: #ccf; /* Level 1 color */ } .navbox-abovebelow, .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-title { background-color: #ddf; /* Level 2 color */ } .navbox-subgroup .navbox-group, .navbox-subgroup .navbox-abovebelow { background-color: #e6e6ff; /* Level 3 color */ } .navbox-even { background-color: #f7f7f7; } .navbox-odd { background-color: transparent; } /* TODO: figure out how to remove reliance on td as structure */ .navbox .hlist td dl, .navbox .hlist td ol, .navbox .hlist td ul, .navbox td.hlist dl, .navbox td.hlist ol, .navbox td.hlist ul { padding: 0.125em 0; } .navbox .navbar { display: block; font-size: 100%; } .navbox-title .navbar { /* @noflip */ float: left; /* @noflip */ text-align: left; /* @noflip */ margin-right: 0.5em; } r3sdo030s2y37osfqh0rur7i26x9epy 828 42567026 948473889 948472526 2020-04-01T06:28:55Z MusikAnimal 14882394 Undid revision 948472525 by [[Special:Contributions/w>DiBabelYurikBot|w>DiBabelYurikBot]] ([[User talk:w>DiBabelYurikBot|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain local mt = getmetatable(_G) or {} function mt.__index (t, k) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to read nil global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end return nil end function mt.__newindex(t, k, v) if k ~= 'arg' then error('Tried to write global ' .. tostring(k), 2) end rawset(t, k, v) end setmetatable(_G, mt) gggsv54pq7f94l3up48hr91qtxnskdm 828 40875383 963271820 960206111 2020-06-18T21:22:08Z RexxS 6112901 add caps parameter per talk request Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- -- -- PAGETYPE -- -- -- -- This is a meta-module intended to replace {{pagetype}} and similar -- -- templates. It automatically detects namespaces, and allows for a -- -- great deal of customisation. It can easily be ported to other -- -- wikis by changing the values in the [[Module:Pagetype/config]]. -- -- -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Load config. local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Pagetype/config') -- Load required modules. local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs local yesno = require('Module:Yesno') local nsDetectModule = require('Module:Namespace detect') local nsDetect = nsDetectModule._main local getParamMappings = nsDetectModule.getParamMappings local getPageObject = nsDetectModule.getPageObject local p = {} local function shallowCopy(t) -- Makes a shallow copy of a table. local ret = {} for k, v in pairs(t) do ret[k] = v end return ret end local function checkPagetypeInput(namespace, val) -- Checks to see whether we need the default value for the given namespace, -- and if so gets it from the pagetypes table. -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- val for other input. local ret = yesno(val, val) if ret and type(ret) ~= 'string' then ret = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end return ret end local function getPagetypeFromClass(class, param, aliasTable, default) -- Gets the pagetype from a class specified from the first positional -- parameter. param = yesno(param, param) if param ~= false then -- No check if specifically disallowed. for _, alias in ipairs(aliasTable) do if class == alias then if type(param) == 'string' then return param else return default end end end end end local function getNsDetectValue(args) -- Builds the arguments to pass to [[Module:Namespace detect]] and returns -- the result. -- Get the default values. local ndArgs = {} local defaultns = args[cfg.defaultns] if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsAll then ndArgs = shallowCopy(cfg.pagetypes) else local defaultnsArray if defaultns == cfg.defaultnsExtended then defaultnsArray = cfg.extendedNamespaces elseif defaultns == cfg.defaultnsNone then defaultnsArray = {} else defaultnsArray = cfg.defaultNamespaces end for _, namespace in ipairs(defaultnsArray) do ndArgs[namespace] = cfg.pagetypes[namespace] end end --[[ -- Add custom values passed in from the arguments. These overwrite the -- defaults. The possible argument names are fetched from -- Module:Namespace detect automatically in case new namespaces are -- added. Although we accept namespace aliases as parameters, we only pass -- the local namespace name as a parameter to Module:Namespace detect. -- This means that the "image" parameter can overwrite defaults for the -- File: namespace, which wouldn't work if we passed the parameters through -- separately. --]] local mappings = getParamMappings() for ns, paramAliases in pairs(mappings) do -- Copy the aliases table, as # doesn't work with tables returned from -- mw.loadData. paramAliases = shallowCopy(paramAliases) local paramName = paramAliases[1] -- Iterate backwards along the array so that any values for the local -- namespace names overwrite those for namespace aliases. for i = #paramAliases, 1, -1 do local paramAlias = paramAliases[i] local ndArg = checkPagetypeInput(paramAlias, args[paramAlias]) if ndArg == false then -- If any arguments are false, convert them to nil to protect -- against breakage by future changes to -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. ndArgs[paramName] = nil elseif ndArg then ndArgs[paramName] = ndArg end end end -- Check for disambiguation-class and N/A-class pages in mainspace. if ndArgs.main then local class = args[1] if type(class) == 'string' then -- Put in lower case so e.g. "Dab" and "dab" will both match. class = mw.ustring.lower(class) end local dab = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.dab], cfg.dabAliases, cfg.dabDefault ) if dab then ndArgs.main = dab else local na = getPagetypeFromClass( class, args[cfg.na], cfg.naAliases, cfg.naDefault ) if na then ndArgs.main = na end end end -- If there is no talk value specified, use the corresponding subject -- namespace for talk pages. if not ndArgs.talk then ndArgs.subjectns = true end -- Add the fallback value. This can also be customised, but it cannot be -- disabled. local other = args[cfg.other] -- We will ignore true/false/nil results from yesno here, but using it -- anyway for consistency. other = yesno(other, other) if type(other) == 'string' then ndArgs.other = other else ndArgs.other = cfg.otherDefault end -- Allow custom page values. ndArgs.page = args.page return nsDetect(ndArgs) end local function detectRedirects(args) local redirect = args[cfg.redirect] -- The yesno function returns true/false for "yes", "no", etc., and returns -- redirect for other input. redirect = yesno(redirect, redirect) if redirect == false then -- Detect redirects unless they have been explicitly disallowed with -- "redirect=no" or similar. return end local pageObject = getPageObject(args.page) -- If we are using subject namespaces elsewhere, do so here as well. if pageObject and not yesno(args.talk, true) and args[cfg.defaultns] ~= cfg.defaultnsAll then pageObject = getPageObject( pageObject.subjectNsText .. ':' .. pageObject.text ) end -- Allow custom values for redirects. if pageObject and pageObject.isRedirect then if type(redirect) == 'string' then return redirect else return cfg.redirectDefault end end end function p._main(args) local redirect = detectRedirects(args) local pagetype = "" if redirect then pagetype = redirect else pagetype = getNsDetectValue(args) end if yesno(args.plural, false) then if cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] then pagetype = cfg.irregularPlurals[pagetype] else pagetype = pagetype .. cfg.plural -- often 's' end end if yesno(args.caps, false) then pagetype = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 1, 1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(pagetype, 2) end return pagetype end function p.main(frame) local args = getArgs(frame) return p._main(args) end return p 3uutklb10j89clizor7gnyrlkhbqg0d 828 42396800 1032938598 1029747509 2021-07-10T15:47:32Z Trialpears 35786750 Book namespace removal will happen within a few days Scribunto text/plain -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Module:Pagetype configuration data -- -- This page holds localisation and configuration data for Module:Pagetype. -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- Start configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- This table holds the values to use for "main=true", "user=true", etc. Keys to -- this table should be namespace parameters that can be used with -- [[Module:Namespace detect]]. cfg.pagetypes = { ['main'] = 'article', ['user'] = 'user page', ['project'] = 'project page', ['wikipedia'] = 'project page', ['wp'] = 'project page', ['file'] = 'file', ['image'] = 'file', ['mediawiki'] = 'interface page', ['template'] = 'template', ['help'] = 'help page', ['category'] = 'category', ['portal'] = 'portal', ['draft'] = 'draft', ['timedtext'] = 'Timed Text page', ['module'] = 'module', ['topic'] = 'topic', ['gadget'] = 'gadget', ['gadget definition'] = 'gadget definition', ['talk'] = 'talk page', ['special'] = 'special page', ['media'] = 'file', } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes by default. cfg.defaultNamespaces = { 'main', 'file', 'template', 'category', 'module' } -- This table holds the names of the namespaces to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes if cfg.defaultnsExtended is set. cfg.extendedNamespaces = { 'main', 'user', 'project', 'file', 'mediawiki', 'template', 'category', 'help', 'portal', 'module', 'draft' } -- The parameter name to set which default namespace values to be looked up from -- cfg.pagetypes. cfg.defaultns = 'defaultns' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set all namespaces, including talk. cfg.defaultnsAll = 'all' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set the namespaces listed in -- cfg.extendedNamespaces cfg.defaultnsExtended = 'extended' -- The value of cfg.defaultns to set no default namespaces. cfg.defaultnsNone = 'none' -- The parameter name to use for disambiguation pages page. cfg.dab = 'dab' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for disambiguation-class -- pages. These should be lower-case. cfg.dabAliases = { 'disambiguation', 'disambig', 'disamb', 'dab' } -- The default value for disambiguation pages. cfg.dabDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for N/A-class page. cfg.na = 'na' -- This table holds the different possible aliases for N/A-class pages. These -- should be lower-case. cfg.naAliases = {'na', 'n/a'} -- The default value for N/A-class pages. cfg.naDefault = 'page' -- The parameter name to use for redirects. cfg.redirect = 'redirect' -- The default value to use for redirects. cfg.redirectDefault = 'redirect' -- The parameter name for undefined namespaces. cfg.other = 'other' -- The value used if the module detects an undefined namespace. cfg.otherDefault = 'page' -- The usual suffix denoting a plural. cfg.plural = 's' -- This table holds plurals not formed by a simple suffix. cfg.irregularPlurals = { ["category"] = "categories" } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -- End configuration data -- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- return cfg -- Don't edit this line qi8m5o0e66j9quw6kiawd2otsulzq9m 828 56477902 1074949613 1073901179 2022-03-03T02:11:37Z Ahecht 2016996 Sync from sandbox. Follow Wikipedia redirects, remove _entityid() function. Feel free to revert if any more issues crop up. Scribunto text/plain local p = {} function p._id(idOrTitle, alt) local function checkId(id) if id and mw.wikibase.entityExists(id) then local sitelink = mw.wikibase.getSitelink(id) if sitelink then return mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(sitelink) or mw.wikibase.getEntity(id).id end return mw.wikibase.getEntity(id).id else return alt end end if type(idOrTitle) == 'string' then idOrTitle = mw.ustring.upper(mw.ustring.sub(idOrTitle, 1, 1)) .. mw.ustring.sub(idOrTitle, 2) if mw.wikibase.isValidEntityId(idOrTitle) then -- idOrTitle is in the proper format for a Wikidata entity ID return checkId(idOrTitle) else local eid = mw.wikibase.getEntityIdForTitle(idOrTitle) if eid then -- idOrTitle is a title that matches a Wikidata entity local instanceOf = mw.wikibase.getBestStatements(eid, 'P31')[1] --instance of if not instanceOf or instanceOf.mainsnak.datavalue.value.id ~= 'Q4167410' then -- instance-of value is missing or is not "disambiguation" return checkId(eid) end else -- idOrTitle is a title, but no wikidata item exists for that title local rtarget = mw.title.new(idOrTitle).redirectTarget if rtarget then -- title is a Wikipedia redirect return p._id(rtarget.fullText, alt) end end end end return alt end function p.entityid(frame) return p._id(frame.args[1], frame.args[2]) end return p 9l1sws0u0b0ltjr9lghqn47cx0xng74 828 64744418 973333723 973332619 2020-08-16T17:20:37Z RexxS 6112901 if no connection to Wikidata, then do nothing Scribunto text/plain --[[ SDcat Module to check whether local short description matches that on Wikidata --]] local p = {} ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --[[ setCat has the qid of a Wikidata entity passed as |qid= (it defaults to the associated qid of the current article if omitted) and the local short description passed as |sd= It returns a category if there is an associated Wikidata entity. It returns one of the following tracking categories, as appropriate: * Category:Short description matches Wikidata (case-insensitive) * Category:Short description is different from Wikidata * Category:Short description with empty Wikidata description For testing purposes, a link prefix |lp= may be set to ":" to make the categories visible. --]] -- function exported for use in other modules -- (local short description, Wikidata entity-ID, link prefix) p._setCat = function(sdesc, itemID, lp) if not mw.wikibase then return nil end if itemID == "" then itemID = nil end -- Wikidata description field local wdesc = (mw.wikibase.getDescription(itemID) or ""):lower() if wdesc == "" then return "[[" .. lp .. "Category:Short description with empty Wikidata description]]" elseif wdesc == sdesc then return "[[" .. lp .. "Category:Short description matches Wikidata]]" else return "[[" .. lp .. "Category:Short description is different from Wikidata]]" end end -- function exported for call from #invoke p.setCat = function(frame) local args if frame.args.sd then args = frame.args else args = frame:getParent().args end -- local short description local sdesc = mw.text.trim(args.sd or ""):lower() -- Wikidata entity-ID local itemID = mw.text.trim(args.qid or "") -- link prefix, strip quotes local lp = mw.text.trim(args.lp or ""):gsub('"', '') return p._setCat(sdesc, itemID, lp) end return p cml06m2kvz7og9bi5f1xe6ylhi3d9a0 828 38569505 970815276 924313232 2020-08-02T15:49:42Z RexxS 6112901 separate annotations for str.match from those for str._match Scribunto text/plain --[[ This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions. Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters, unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or remove such whitespace. Global options ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in an empty string being returned rather than an error message. error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to include with the error message. The default category is [Category:Errors reported by Module String]. no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error is generated. Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests. ]] local str = {} --[[ len This function returns the length of the target string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}} OR {{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}} Parameters s: The string whose length to report If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. ]] function str.len( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' return mw.ustring.len( s ) end --[[ sub This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices. Usage: {{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}} OR {{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}} Parameters s: The string to return a subset of i: The fist index of the substring to return, defaults to 1. j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character. The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as selecting the last character of the string. If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is reported. ]] function str.sub( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1 local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1 local len = mw.ustring.len( s ) -- Convert negatives for range checking if i < 0 then i = len + i + 1 end if j < 0 then j = len + j + 1 end if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' ) end if j < i then return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j ) end --[[ This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order to maintain these older templates. ]] function str.sublength( frame ) local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0 local len = tonumber( frame.args.len ) return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) ) end --[[ _match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules Usage: strmatch = require("Module:String")._match sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch ) Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) if s == '' then return str._error( 'Target string is empty' ) end if pattern == '' then return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' ) end start = tonumber(start) or 1 if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' ) end if match_index == 0 then return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' ) end if plain_flag then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) end local result if match_index == 1 then -- Find first match is simple case result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start ) else if start > 1 then s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start ) end local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern) if match_index > 0 then -- Forward search for w in iterator do match_index = match_index - 1 if match_index == 0 then result = w break end end else -- Reverse search local result_table = {} local count = 1 for w in iterator do result_table[count] = w count = count + 1 end result = result_table[ count + match_index ] end end if result == nil then if nomatch == nil then return str._error( 'Match not found' ) else return nomatch end else return result end end --[[ match This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a specified pattern. Usage: {{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}} OR {{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index |match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}} Parameters s: The string to search pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1. match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting the last match. Defaults to 1. plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain text. Defaults to false. nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error. If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found. If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and an empty string will be returned on any failure. For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see: * http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1 * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns * http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns ]] -- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match function str.match( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} ) local s = new_args['s'] or '' local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1 local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false ) local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 ) local nomatch = new_args['nomatch'] return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch ) end --[[ pos This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos. Usage: {{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}} OR {{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}} Parameters target: The string to search pos: The index for the character to return If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. The first character has an index value of 1. If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character. A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error. ]] function str.pos( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} ) local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0 if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then return str._error( 'String index out of range' ) end return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos ) end --[[ str_find This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks. This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead. Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based, and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source". Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for separatetly. ]] function str.str_find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local target_str = new_args['target'] or '' if target_str == '' then return 1 end local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true ) if start == nil then start = -1 end return start end --[[ find This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search target: The string or pattern to find within source start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1 plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace. This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this function also returns 0. This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings. ]] function str.find( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['target'] or '' local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1 local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return 0 end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain ) if start == nil then start = 0 end return start end --[[ replace This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another string. Usage: {{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}} OR {{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string| count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}} Parameters source: The string to search pattern: The string or pattern to find within source replace: The replacement text count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all. plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true ]] function str.replace( frame ) local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } ) local source_str = new_args['source'] or '' local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or '' local replace = new_args['replace'] or '' local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] ) local plain = new_args['plain'] or true if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then return source_str end plain = str._getBoolean( plain ) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern ) replace = mw.ustring.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences. end local result if count ~= nil then result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count ) else result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace ) end return result end --[[ simple function to pipe string.rep to templates. ]] function str.rep( frame ) local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] ) if not repetitions then return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' ) end return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions ) end --[[ escapePattern This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1] for details on how patterns work. [1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns Usage: {{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}} Parameters pattern_string: The pattern string to escape. ]] function str.escapePattern( frame ) local pattern_str = frame.args[1] if not pattern_str then return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' ) end local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return result end --[[ count This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another. ]] function str.count(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true) if plain then pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern) end local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '') return count end --[[ endswith This function determines whether a string ends with another string. ]] function str.endswith(frame) local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'}) local source = args.source or '' local pattern = args.pattern or '' if pattern == '' then -- All strings end with the empty string. return "yes" end if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then return "yes" else return "" end end --[[ join Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator. Usage: {{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}} ]] function str.join(frame) local args = {} local sep for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do if sep then if v ~= '' then table.insert(args, v) end else sep = v end end return table.concat( args, sep or '' ) end --[[ Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application. ]] function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list ) local new_args = {} local index = 1 local value for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do value = frame_args[arg] if value == nil then value = frame_args[index] index = index + 1 end new_args[arg] = value end return new_args end --[[ Helper function to handle error messages. ]] function str._error( error_str ) local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame() local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String' local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then return '' end local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>' if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str end return error_str end --[[ Helper Function to interpret boolean strings ]] function str._getBoolean( boolean_str ) local boolean_value if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then boolean_str = boolean_str:lower() if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0' or boolean_str == '' then boolean_value = false else boolean_value = true end elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then boolean_value = boolean_str else error( 'No boolean value found' ) end return boolean_value end --[[ Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated as plain text. ]] function str._escapePattern( pattern_str ) return mw.ustring.gsub( pattern_str, "([%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]])", "%%%1" ) end return str cufmbepw7ml3gut4lchtqrhtj5r63cp 828 40945493 1048913973 872090768 2021-10-08T18:22:16Z Trappist the monk 10289486 sync from sandbox; see [[Module_talk:Unsubst#template_invocation_name_override|talk]]; Scribunto text/plain local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType local p = {} local BODY_PARAM = '$B' local specialParams = { ['$params'] = 'parameter list', ['$aliases'] = 'parameter aliases', ['$flags'] = 'flags', ['$B'] = 'template content', ['$template-name'] = 'template invocation name override', } function p.main(frame, body) -- If we are substing, this function returns a template invocation, and if -- not, it returns the template body. The template body can be specified in -- the body parameter, or in the template parameter defined in the -- BODY_PARAM variable. This function can be called from Lua or from -- #invoke. -- Return the template body if we aren't substing. if not mw.isSubsting() then if body ~= nil then return body elseif frame.args[BODY_PARAM] ~= nil then return frame.args[BODY_PARAM] else error(string.format( "no template content specified (use parameter '%s' from #invoke)", BODY_PARAM ), 2) end end -- Sanity check for the frame object. if type(frame) ~= 'table' or type(frame.getParent) ~= 'function' or not frame:getParent() then error( "argument #1 to 'main' must be a frame object with a parent " .. "frame available", 2 ) end -- Find the invocation name. local mTemplateInvocation = require('Module:Template invocation') local name if frame.args['$template-name'] and '' ~= frame.args['$template-name'] then name = frame.args['$template-name'] -- override whatever the template name is with this name else name = mTemplateInvocation.name(frame:getParent():getTitle()) end -- Combine passed args with passed defaults local args = {} if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*override%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end else for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do if not specialParams[k] then if v == '__DATE__' then v = mw.getContentLanguage():formatDate( 'F Y' ) end args[k] = v end end for k, v in pairs( frame:getParent().args ) do args[k] = v end end -- Trim parameters, if not specified otherwise if not string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*keep%-whitespace%s*,' ) then for k, v in pairs( args ) do args[k] = mw.ustring.match(v, '^%s*(.*)%s*$') or '' end end -- Pull information from parameter aliases local aliases = {} if frame.args['$aliases'] then local list = mw.text.split( frame.args['$aliases'], '%s*,%s*' ) for k, v in ipairs( list ) do local tmp = mw.text.split( v, '%s*>%s*' ) aliases[tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[1], '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or tmp[1]] = ((tonumber(mw.ustring.match(tmp[2], '^[1-9][0-9]*$'))) or tmp[2]) end end for k, v in pairs( aliases ) do if args[k] and ( not args[v] or args[v] == '' ) then args[v] = args[k] end args[k] = nil end -- Remove empty parameters, if specified if string.find( ','..(frame.args['$flags'] or '')..',', ',%s*remove%-empty%s*,' ) then local tmp = 0 for k, v in ipairs( args ) do if v ~= '' or ( args[k+1] and args[k+1] ~= '' ) or ( args[k+2] and args[k+2] ~= '' ) then tmp = k else break end end for k, v in pairs( args ) do if v == '' then if not (type(k) == 'number' and k < tmp) then args[k] = nil end end end end -- Order parameters if frame.args['$params'] then local params, tmp = mw.text.split( frame.args['$params'], '%s*,%s*' ), {} for k, v in ipairs(params) do v = tonumber(mw.ustring.match(v, '^[1-9][0-9]*$')) or v if args[v] then tmp[v], args[v] = args[v], nil end end for k, v in pairs(args) do tmp[k], args[k] = args[k], nil end args = tmp end return mTemplateInvocation.invocation(name, args) end p[''] = p.main -- For backwards compatibility return p eu3d3ip0gtd6n65iz4vmtpogb62rxdi 828 38665046 948473803 948472535 2020-04-01T06:27:55Z MusikAnimal 14882394 Undid revision 948472533 by [[Special:Contributions/w>Vogone|w>Vogone]] ([[User talk:w>Vogone|talk]]) Scribunto text/plain -- Function allowing for consistent treatment of boolean-like wikitext input. -- It works similarly to the template {{yesno}}. return function (val, default) -- If your wiki uses non-ascii characters for any of "yes", "no", etc., you -- should replace "val:lower()" with "mw.ustring.lower(val)" in the -- following line. val = type(val) == 'string' and val:lower() or val if val == nil then return nil elseif val == true or val == 'yes' or val == 'y' or val == 'true' or val == 't' or val == 'on' or tonumber(val) == 1 then return true elseif val == false or val == 'no' or val == 'n' or val == 'false' or val == 'f' or val == 'off' or tonumber(val) == 0 then return false else return default end end swdskn7svew8i9wuydn9uj5l3r2ghcs